Home Blog Page 3

This map shows natural change by county in 2021 based on census data


  • The Census Bureau recently released data comparing deaths and births in every US county last year.
  • Rhode Island was one of four states where every county experienced a natural decline.
  • The map above shows which counties experienced a natural increase or natural decrease from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021.

About three-quarters of the 3,143 counties in the United States recorded more deaths than births in 2021.

This is based on data on natural population change, comparing the number of births and deaths, from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021 for counties recently published by the Census Bureau.

“In 2021, fewer births, an aging population, and increased mortality — intensified by the COVID-19 pandemic — contributed to an increase in natural decline,” or an excess of deaths over births, the Census wrote. Office in a Press release.

Only about a quarter of U.S. counties saw a natural increase, or more births than deaths, during that time. The above map of the 3,143 US counties shows what natural change looked like per 1,000 people across the country. A county in red means it has had a natural decrease, while blue means it has had a natural increase over that period.

A point to remember is that none of the counties in New Hampshire, Maine, Delaware and Rhode Island experienced natural increases. According to the Census Bureau press release and as shown in the map above, the counties that make up these four states have all had more deaths than births.

Maine, for example, had a natural decrease of 6,344, as there were 11,291 births from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021 and 17,635 deaths during that same period.

The following table shows the counties with populations of at least 10,000 in 2020 that had the highest natural increase per 1,000 population:

Similarly, the following table shows the counties with at least 10,000 residents as of July 1, 2020 that had the largest natural decline per 1,000 residents:

London area unemployment rate drops to pandemic low


The unemployment rate in the London area has fallen to its lowest level since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020.

Statistics Canada released new figures on Friday showing the unemployment rate in the London census metropolitan area was 5.3% last month, down from 5.8% in February. This is the second month in a row that the rate has fallen locally. The last time the figure was this low was in February 2020, when the unemployment rate was 4.9%.

The drop is attributed to about 800 new jobs that were created in March. In January as in February, the London region recorded only job losses. The job gains signal a rebound from economic losses from the Omicron-fueled provincial shutdown in January, which forced businesses to reduce capacity, go online or shut down.

The labor force fell by 600 people in March and the number of people actively seeking work fell by 1,400.

The participation rate, which reflects the percentage of people of working age employed or looking for work, fell to 65.3% from 65.6% in February.

There are currently 292,700 people employed in the region, up from 291,900 in February.

Nationally, the unemployment rate fell to a record low of 5.3% in March, from 5.5% the previous month. The economy added 72,500 jobs. Statistics Canada noted that the rate would have been higher than 7% if people who wanted a job, but weren’t looking for one, had been included in the figures.

Ontario added 35,000 jobs last month. This helped bring the unemployment rate down to 5.3%. In February, Ontario’s unemployment rate was 5.5%.

Construction of 100,000 National Housing Movement units to start in new cities


TEHRAN- The Deputy Minister of Transport and Urban Development announced that the construction operation of 100,000 units of the National Housing Movement will be launched in new towns by the end of the current Iranian calendar month (April 20) .

Alireza Jafari, who is also the managing director of the New Towns Development Company, made the remarks during a virtual meeting with the relevant directors, on the latest state of the conduct of the national housing movement in the new towns.

“He said that there are plans to build 608,000 units of the National Housing Movement in the new cities, which, in addition to the 100,000 units of the National Action for Housing, our commitment in this due is the construction of around 700,000 units,” he added.

In late March, Transport and Urban Development Minister Rostam Qasemi said more than 800,000 National Housing Movement units were already under construction across the country.

Referring to important steps taken under the National Housing Movement, Qasemi said, “Important issues such as banking, land extensions, land use change and the establishment of a land bank have been resolved with the support of the National Land and Housing Organization”.

He said that according to information from the land bank, there are 40,000 cases in the area of ​​land, some of which the value is significant, noting that issues such as the law prohibiting the sale of land, which prevented the access to new resources for years, have been resolved.

In mid-March, the Deputy Minister of Transport and Urban Planning announced that 5.2 million candidates have already registered for the government’s two major housing plans (National Action for Housing and National Movement for Housing).

Mahmoud Mahmoudzadeh said that according to the Supreme Housing Council, the two plans of the National Housing Movement and the National Housing Action have been merged so that those who had already registered (in the Housing Action) can benefit benefits of this plan (Housing Movement).

After following the candidates in these two housing projects, the names will be sent to the departments of the provinces and relevant organizations to approve the condition, and those who are eligible to go through further stages, the official explained.

As previously reported, the construction operation of 209,212 National Housing Movement residential units began in early February.

The launching ceremony of the mentioned operation and the launching of some development projects in the housing sector was attended by the Minister of Transport and Urban Development, Rostam Qasemi.

After the National Housing Action Plan (launched in 2018), the National Housing Movement is the second major government program aimed at providing affordable housing to the lower income classes.


Organization helps seniors avoid phone scams


NEW YORK (PIX11) — Fraudulent phone calls are sadly all too familiar. It is a growing problem that often targets the elderly population; On Thursday, organizers met with seniors from Lynbrook Restorative Therapy and Nursing to introduce a new program aimed at preventing them from becoming victims of fraud.

For Kathleen Lavin, receiving fraudulent calls has become frequent. She said sometimes it’s obvious. Other times, it’s not always so clear.

“A few weeks ago I got a call from the New York State Police saying they were having a drive to get guns off the street,” she told PIX11News.

After agreeing to pay $30 a month, Lavin began giving the caller his personal information. The caller asked for his social security number, which raised a red flag. Luckily, Lavin avoided getting scammed.

But this is not always the case for the elderly population. Financial abuse of older adults in the United States has increased by approximately 10% over the past two years, from 7.86 million to 8.68 million cases per year.

Lisa Penziner is Director of Special Projects at Lynbrook Restorative. She said after seeing seniors being scammed, she decided to do something about it.

Penziner is on a mission to provide them with tips and advice on how to stay safe.

These tips include:

  • Know that you are threatened by strangers
  • Don’t isolate yourself — stay involved and ask questions
  • If something’s wrong, it probably isn’t.
  • Tell the lawyers, “I never buy anything or give anyone who comes unannounced. Send me something in writing.
  • Subscribe to the do not call list. and learn how to report suspicious emails and text messages
  • Never give out your credit card, banking, social security or other information over the phone unless you are sure the call is legitimate
  • Beware of things that seem too good to be true
  • Stay in touch with your loved ones
  • Use direct deposit for benefit checks to prevent checks from being stolen from the mailbox
  • Don’t open the door to strangers

Penziner also said the key to avoiding senior citizen fraud is getting rid of personal documents. She therefore organized a drive-by to encourage seniors to do so. To find out where the mobile shredders are heading next, visit Lynbrook Restorative.

Munster Rugby | Munster Rugby 2022/23 season ticket waiting list


The Munster Rugby ticket office advises supporters to join a waiting list ahead of the 2022/23 season ticket renewal period.

By adding your name to our waiting list, you will be the first to receive communication if season tickets and MRSC memberships become available. To join this list, simply fill out the form at the bottom of the page.

Benefits of a Season Pass and MRSC Membership

Having a Munster Rugby season ticket and MRSC membership entitles you to the following:

  • Highest discount level.
  • Children are free!*
  • Forward tickets you can’t use to a friend.
  • Access to the best location in Thomond Park and Musgrave Park.
  • Access to all European pool matches at home.
  • Right to purchase the same seat/terrace for Champions Cup knockout matches (if we reach that stage of the competition).
  • Access to all United Rugby Championship home matches at Thomond Park and/or Musgrave Park.
  • Right to purchase tickets for away matches**.
  • Entitlement to a discount on additional tickets and reduced booking fees.

* All MRSC full members can bring up to two juniors to all United Rugby Championship matches FREE (except Leinster, subject to availability).

** Subject to availability/lottery system.

How do I keep my current subscription?

All Munster Rugby Supporters Club members and Munster Rugby Clubs have the option to renew their subscription ahead of the 2022/23 season. See full renewal period details here.

Any ticket NOT renewed within the time limit will be made available to those on the waiting list.

Sign up for the waiting list below

Census: Greene is the biggest landing spot during the pandemic | Greene County


CATSKILL — Greene County’s population grew in the first 15 months of the pandemic, trailing only growing Sullivan County statewide from April 2020 through July 2021.

According to a new analysis of 2021 U.S. Census data from the Cornell Jeb E. Brooks School of Public Policy, 46 of New York’s 62 counties have seen population losses since the last census.

From April 2020 to July 2021, the state lost nearly 400,000 people to net migration, with more people leaving the state than entering it.

While New York City lost nearly 350,000 people during this period, Greene County benefited, gaining 568 residents during this period, a 1.2% increase in population.

The county trails only Sullivan County in population increase during this period, as Sullivan gained 1,182 new residents, an increase of 1.5%. From April 2020 to July 2021, Columbia County gained 208 residents, an increase of 0.3%.

Leslie Reynolds, research support specialist for the Cornell Program in Applied Demography, said Cornell’s analysis indicates that upstate communities have seen an influx of new residents from the New York metropolitan area to the during the first year of the pandemic.

“That’s our conclusion so far,” Reynolds said Wednesday. “The maps show the flow of internal migration to many counties just outside the city, such as the capital region. It somehow flows outside the city. They lost a lot of population in the city due to internal migration. Greene recorded the highest gains due to internal migration. So that seems like the right place up there in the Catskills area and a bit in the Adirondacks. We are witnessing a diffusion from large concentrated urban areas to places that are still populated, but less than the big city.

Greene County saw a 1.84% increase in in-migration, with more people moving into the county than moving out.

With hundreds of thousands of residents leaving New York in the past two years and endless relocation options available, Greene County Administrator Shaun Groden cited the local real estate market as a key factor in making Greene an attractive destination for people looking to relocate.

“I would say real estate is probably the most important thing,” Groden said. “Also proximity to Thruway and you have Albany close by. You have the entire Albany metro area nearby, including Saratoga and Lake George. And for us, you have the Catskills. We are in the middle of the Catskill reservation so there is a quality of life issue that people can see wherever they come from. More just our local economy. We have good main streets, good businesses, so we’re attractive, apparently.

While the state lost nearly 400,000 residents to net migration between April 2020 and July 2021, the Capital Region was the only one in 10 in the state to gain population.

“This one is particularly a historic census, especially with New York State,” Reynolds said. “It actually increased in number for a short period of time, especially with the very high international migration (in New York). It was greater than all the other counties and areas in New York. It’s actually reduced to the level of the other counties, which is definitely a COVID issue. We can see these numbers bouncing back. We have colleagues from the New York City Planning Department and they’ve already seen these numbers start to reverse, like migration People are starting to come back to the city, so it’s very possible in those estimates next year that it’s going to be completely different.”

While Groden said the population increase in Greene County is a positive development, an increased flow of residents could exacerbate the lack of affordable housing the county faces.

“The housing crunch is already here, it happened last year,” Groden said Wednesday. “I always wonder if we have seen the ebb but will we finally see the ebb? Will people return to pre-COVID-19 geography, lifestyles, or working life? Or has COVID fundamentally changed things? I hear a lot of people say that Aunt Sally will never go back to the office because she can now always work from home. How will this change? If that changes, does that mean we will then have a net loss at some point because people are going back to where they were before? I think there has been a fundamental change.

Greene County experienced a natural decrease of 272 residents from April 2020 through July 2021, with an estimated 637 deaths and 365 births during that time.

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

Nanaimo Population Begins To Get Younger, Says State Of Economy Report – Nanaimo News Bulletin


Nanaimo’s growth will present both challenges and opportunities, says the City of Nanaimo’s Economic Development Officer.

Amrit Manhas gave a presentation on the “state of Nanaimo’s economy” at a Monday April 4 city council meeting and noted, for example, that housing starts are up and population growth aged 25 to 44 is expected to exceed that of the population over 65 over the next decade.

The report reviewed around 30 indicators such as gross domestic product, demographics, business, development, housing, real estate, local workforce, income and tourism to paint a picture of Nanaimo’s economy and the directions it may take in the years to come.

Nanaimo’s population growth rate over the reporting period ranked among the highest in Canada.

“According to the 2021 census, Nanaimo was among the five fastest growing urban centers in Canada…our growth rate was twice the growth rate of the country,” Manhas said.

From 2016 to 2021, Nanaimo’s population grew by 10.3%, or about 9,400 people, and is expected to add just under 12,000 more people, or about 12% more, by 2026.

Manhas said that from 2016 to 2021, the number of housing units in the city has also increased by around 10.4%.

“So what does all of this mean in terms of implications? Well, growth can provide both opportunities and challenges,” she said. “New entrants increase demand for retail and personal services, which helps our existing businesses, but growth can also strain existing infrastructure…and, of course, as you all know, we anticipate this growth. now with the ReImagine Nanaimo process. ”

Most of the population growth in Nanaimo, 3,617 people in 2021, was due to immigration from other provinces. Manhas said that over the next decade, the 25-44 age category of the population is expected to increase by 25%. Changing demographics will lead to structural changes in the economy, as a younger population demands different services and amenities, such as nightlife entertainment and schools, and a growing population will also mean prioritizing investments in infrastructure and housing.

In 2021, Nanaimo had 6,214 licensed businesses, with the largest portion, 1,219, being in the construction sector, followed by professional, scientific and technical services, 786, and the retail sector with 777 licensed businesses. Home-based businesses also made up 41% of businesses in Nanaimo in 2021, an increase of 4% since the start of the pandemic.

“The strongest growth, in terms of business licensing, was in the health care and social services sector as well as in retail,” Manhas said. “The biggest declines [included] hairdressing places, personal training, these types of services, arts and entertainment… but these fluctuations, they really reflect the impact of the COVID restrictions on some of the hardest hit sectors of the economy and we expect that this readjusts again as the economy begins to improve.

The value of building permits for 2021 was the second highest on record at $272 million, a 12% increase from the previous year, driven by non-residential, industrial and public projects. Seventy-five percent of new housing starts were for apartment-type housing. New housing starts, triggered by house prices rising by a record 22% in 2021, jumped 50% to 1,036.

Nanaimo’s unemployment rate fell from 9.1% in 2020 to 6.1% in 2021, but the local workforce also shrank by 1.6% and demand for workers exceeded supply.

Overall student enrollment at VIU decreased by 12.5% ​​in 2020 and international student enrollment fell by 55%, due to COVID-19 travel restrictions.

To learn more about the report and economic development in Nanaimo, visit www.nanaimo.ca/doing-business/economic-development.

[email protected]
Like us on Facebook and follow us on Twitter

CensusConstructionEconomic growthEconomyEducationHousingLabour marketMunicipal governmentServices

New York landlords can’t evict while tenants wait for help; some try other ways to clear ownership


The water to the Garcias’ home in Binghamton, New York, was turned off in early February. Despite several court orders, their owner has still not turned it back on.

Angel Garcia and his wife, Deidre, now have to walk their seven children, all under the age of 10, down the street to their aunt’s house to wash up.

“They shouldn’t have to walk down the street to bathe,” Garcia said. “They should be able to do it in their own comfort, in their home.”

The family will still cook at home, but they will need to use bottled water.

Their landlord, Douglas Ritter, said the family intentionally flooded the downstairs neighbor’s apartment, making it uninhabitable. The Garcias denied this and sued Ritter for damages and rent.

The Broome County Supreme Court twice ordered Ritter to restore water service, after the City of Binghamton Code Enforcement Office repeatedly did the same and condemned the property. He did not comply.

The water cut came months after Ritter tried to get a court order to evict the family for nonpayment of rent last September. The Garcias had been a few months behind on rent over the summer, and after paying it back, they failed again when both parents had their work hours reduced due to COVID surges at the school. fall.

But since the family applied for New York’s Emergency Rental Assistance Program (ERAP), their eviction case has been put on hold indefinitely.

New York’s eviction protections are among the most restrictive

Like renters across the country, tens of thousands of tenants in New York are still waiting to get a share of the federal rent relief distributed to states and municipalities last year. While New York’s eviction moratorium expired Jan. 15, tenant protections remain among the most restrictive in the nation. Anyone who both faces eviction for nonpayment and has a pending application for the state housing assistance program is protected by law from court-ordered eviction.

A similar measure in California protects tenants who are still waiting to be approved for housing assistance from eviction. Lawmakers voted to extend that through the end of June, though the state is no longer accepting new requests for help.

Shorter-term protection exists in Connecticut, where tenants applying for housing assistance can ask the court for a 30-day break on their eviction cases. In Seattle, tenants with school-age children cannot be evicted for nonpayment until the end of the school year.

Such protections continued to frustrate some owners, including Ritter. He said his “right” to a court-ordered eviction was denied while pandemic-related restrictions remained in place.

“I would like the state to return my federal civil rights law and state constitutional due process rights to me,” Ritter said, “through immediate trials and evictions.”

Eviction cases have resumed in New York, but the Garcias are among thousands of tenants still waiting to hear if they will get state housing assistance.

New York has exhausted the roughly $2 billion in federal rent relief it received last year. While the state temporarily stopped accepting applications, a court order last January forced the state to reopen the program.

Tenants can still apply for assistance, but the agency managing the funds told tenants this month that the fund has run out and any applications entered after October 7, 2021 are unlikely to be met anytime soon. That includes the Garcias, who applied in January.

Their landlord, Ritter, said he didn’t turn off the family’s water service because their eviction was halted or because they applied for housing assistance. Still, he has no plans to open the water until the Garcias are gone.

Ritter said he would also not check their housing assistance application for reimbursement of their rent. A landlord’s approval is a requirement for receiving assistance.

Bill Niebel, an eviction defense attorney with Central New York Legal Services, is representing the Garcias in the water utility case, as well as several tenants at other Ritter-owned properties.

Niebel said while some landlords have been patient with the slow rental assistance process, Ritter and others have not.

“Some just say, ‘No, I don’t want to participate. I want that person out,'” Niebel said. “Mr. Ritter, again, is being somewhat extreme in that it appears he is not involved in any PIU applications.”

/ Jillian Forstadt/WSKG


Jillian Forstadt/WSKG

Angel Garcia and his wife, Deidre, have seven children, all under the age of 10. They now have to walk down the street to a relative’s house to bathe.

Tenants in New York can take legal action, but results vary

While Binghamton’s code enforcement office could use its emergency power to restore water, city officials said that in this case, the repairs needed to do so are too extensive to repair. Ritter cut off some of the pipes in the apartment building where the Garcias live and padlocked the door to the plumbing to prevent them from being repaired.

“He effectively kicked them out by turning off the water so they have to leave imminently,” Niebel said.

In New York, coercing or coercing a tenant out of their unit by disrupting essential services is defined as unlawful eviction, a misdemeanor.

Police arrested and charged Ritter with unlawful eviction for doing so in late February. If found guilty, he could be sentenced to up to a year in prison.

But of the 24 landlords arrested on the charge between January 2020 and June 2021, none were jailed, according to court data released last year. Only three were convicted and fined.

Marie Claire Tran-Leung of the National Housing Law Project in Washington, DC, said legal action against landlords often takes a long time. This is part of the reason why many families choose to leave their homes without reporting the illegal eviction.

Additionally, Tran-Leung said, some households would not trust law enforcement to help them.

“Especially families of color, if you have disabled people, marginalized families, undocumented people, they’re not trying to bolster law enforcement,” Tran-Leung explained.

For this reason, data on extrajudicial evictions – which legal aid lawyers often refer to as informal or “self-help” evictions – are limited, but the practice is a major concern among legal aid lawyers. nationwide legal. Of attorneys surveyed by the National Housing Law Project in July 2020, when the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s federal eviction moratorium was in effect, 91% reported cases of illegal eviction in their area.

A follow-up survey saw 35% of legal aid attorneys report an increase in illegal evictions or lockouts since the moratorium was lifted in August 2021, in addition to an increase in court-sanctioned evictions.

Researchers have also begun to examine the effect of the moratorium on self-help evictions at the local level. In a survey of tenants conducted with the state tenants union, researchers from the University of Washington found that the number of low-income tenants experiencing informal evictions of any kind rose from 13.7% before the pandemic to 19.4% during it.

Landlords, according to tenants interviewed, told tenants to leave via text, changed locks and shut down utilities, as in the Garcias’ experience. The researchers, however, did not assess how often these tactics occurred after landlords attempted to evict the tenant in court.

Back in Binghamton, the Garcias search for a place to relocate, but affordable options in the area are scarce.

“It’s all for students, or it’s all $1,500 and up with no utilities included,” Garcia said. “I can’t afford this.”

If they are forced to move, the family may separate and stay with relatives. Garcia said he wanted to avoid that if he could.

Copyright 2022 WSKG Radio. To learn more, visit WSKG Radio.

Mumbai fully vaccinates 100% of adult population against Covid-19, first major city to achieve feat


The Brihanmumbai Municipal Corporation has announced that all eligible beneficiaries over 18 in Mumbai have been fully vaccinated with two doses of Covid-19 vaccine. Mumbai thus became the first major city in the country to fully vaccinate 100% of its citizens. It also has the highest vaccination coverage among the 36 districts of Maharashtra.

On Tuesday, Mumbai vaccinated its entire adult population of 92.39 lakh with two doses of the Covid-19 vaccine, officials confirmed.

“So far, 1,02,96,917 first doses have been administered in the 18+ segment, reaching 111% vaccination of this age group. In the population over 12, the city has achieved 93% vaccination,” an official said. “So far, 94,92,511 people have received the second dose of the vaccine out of the 1,02,44,843 people initially targeted,” the official added.

“It’s really a proud moment for us. Initially we had lukewarm responses (to vaccination) but gradually it increased. Now we have over 350 vaccination centers where we have also called on retired nurses for vaccination,” said BMC Additional Commissioner Suresh Kakani.

Mumbai crossed 50% vaccination coverage last October. The city has so far administered 2.05 crore doses of Covid-19 vaccine since the start of the mass vaccination program in January 2021. Of which 4.15 lakh are third doses (precautionary doses).

(with PTI inputs)

US NORTHCOM again requests funding for the territory’s cruise missile defense on its wishlist


WASHINGTON — The US Northern Command is again requesting additional funds to develop a domestic cruise missile defense capability in its wish list sent to Capitol Hill.

The wish list – or list of unfunded needs – is sent to Congress annually by combatant commands and service chiefs and includes items that were not included in the budget request, but would be desirable if additional funding became available.

General Glen VanHerck, the commander of US NORTHCOM, is seeking $50.87 million for a demonstration of the cruise missile defense homeland kill chain, according to the list obtained by Defense News.

“The requested funds will enable a demonstration of capability that integrates an elevated sensor into an integrated tactical fire control architecture with fire control for a Navy long-range surface-to-air interceptor,” the document states.

“Funding will support the purchase and integration of sensors into the existing fire control network/architecture, up to three week-long exercises for data collection and evaluation, integration of a Navy long-range surface-to-air interceptor and a live-fire test/demonstration “it’s going on.

VanHerck notes that the national defense strategy includes the development and fielding of capabilities necessary to deter and defeat specific threats to the homeland, “including the growing threat from Russia’s long-range cruise missiles.”

To detect and defend against these types of threats, an elevated sensor array must “provide high-fidelity tracking and identification of low-altitude, low-section radar targets approaching critical points.” [continental United States] infrastructure,” the document reads.

NORTHCOM is partnering with the Missile Defense Agency to develop affordable technology that could quickly move from testing to procurement to integration and commissioning, according to the document.

The Missile Defense Agency plans to spend $11 million to work on the architecture of the Homeland’s cruise missile defense system, according to its fiscal year 2023 budget request. This includes the fire control demonstration at using the Joint Tactical Integrated Fire Control System.

“The trading space is always within the department on how quickly we are going to act against defended assets and critical assets, so there is a lot of homework to do,” said Vice Admiral Jon Hill, director of the MDA, said, of domestic cruise missile defense, when the FY23 budget was released last month. “Our job is to define the technical architecture options and work within the department to see what we can do.”

MDA requested $14 million in FY22 to work on domestic cruise missile defense. In its FY22 wishlist, it sought an additional $27 million to develop and demonstrate the fire control sensor for a potential cruise missile threat engagement, which could also be effective in detecting missile threats. hypersonic.

US NORTHCOM included the same request in its list of unfunded requirements for FY22.

In the new wishlist, NORTHCOM is requesting an additional $135 million in total.

The command would like $29.8 million for an information dominance activation capability. Funding would purchase necessary information technology equipment and fund configuration infrastructure to support the application and optimization of artificial intelligence and machine learning capabilities in the operations center joint NORAD and NORTHCOM.

An additional $5.05 million would be spent digitizing Alaska’s long-range radar sites, and NORTHCOM is requesting $49.3 million to renovate and replace aging infrastructure systems at the Cheyenne Mountain complex. The funding would “recondition” two vintage 1960s diesel generators, repair blow-off valve components and HVAC systems, and replace the uninterrupted power supply battery system.

Joe Gould contributed to this report.

Jen Judson is an award-winning reporter covering ground warfare for Defense News. She has also worked for Politico and Inside Defense. She holds a Master of Science in Journalism from Boston University and a Bachelor of Arts from Kenyon College.

Larimer County up 1% since 2020 census – Estes Park Trail-Gazette


Weld County has added more new residents than any other county in the state since the April 2020 census, according to new data released by the US Census Bureau.

The county added approximately 11,055 residents, growing it from a population of 328,981 to 340,036, as of July 1, 2021, a growth rate of 3.4%.

The Census Bureau estimates county populations each year, based on the latest census, previous estimates, and demographic analysis.

Douglas County ranked second in the state in residents added, with 11,012 new residents, increasing the population from 357,978 to 368,990, an increase of 3.1%.

Looking at estimates for the one-year period from July 1, 2020 to July 1, 2021, Weld and Douglas reversed positions, with Douglas County adding 8,888 residents over that 12-month period and Weld County adding adding 8,678.

El Paso County ranked No. 3 statewide in population added since the census, with 7,472 new residents boosting the population from 730,395 to 737,867, up 1%.

Larimer County ranked No. 4 statewide, adding 3,467 residents, increasing the population from 359,066 to 362,533, an increase of 1%.

Boulder County actually lost population according to the estimate, dropping 1,215 residents from 330,758 to 329,543, down 0.4%.

Broomfield County added 1,213 residents, increasing the population from 74,112 to 75,325, up 1.6%.

Rich Werner, president and CEO of Upstate Colorado, a regional economic development organization based in Greeley, said the latest population gains reflect a trend that has existed for the past decade.

Weld County communities offer more affordable housing options than many parts of the Denver area, Werner noted, with industry growth adding to the appeal.

“When you have an area of ​​northern Colorado tied to the Denver metro area and you see robust industry growth, along with additional affordability [housing] options and a variety of communities to live in, you find that supports that growth,” he said. “It’s always been a question of housing stock and affordability that lends itself, as well as the commuting habits of the workforce.”

The Census Bureau identified net migration as the primary driver of Larimer County’s year-over-year population growth, while Weld County showed robust natural change of 1,993 and net migration of 6,730.

But negative net migration has been cited as the key driver of Boulder County’s population loss since July 1, 2020, with 1,413 residents leaving the county, only slightly offset by natural change or births versus deaths. .

This could be a reflection of the high housing costs in Boulder County. The median sale price of single-family homes for the city of Boulder, for example, approached $1.6 million in February, with Longmont at $600,000. The median February sale price on the Greeley-Evans market was just $434,850.

“We saw this happen in Longmont years ago, where the growth of Longmont was really about the affordability issue of people who worked in Boulder but couldn’t afford to live there and so moved to Longmont. “, Werner said. “And now we’re seeing the same thing as our population growth increases, as our industries continue to grow, we’re seeing an increased interest in living close to the workplace.”

Nationally, five of the top 10 counties in 2021 were in Texas, with Collin, Fort Bend, Williamson, Denton and Montgomery counties gaining a combined population of 145,663.


Los Angeles County, California has seen the largest population loss of any county, losing 159,621 residents in 2021.

Seventy-one percent of counties (2,218) experienced positive net international migration.

Four counties crossed the 100,000 population threshold in 2021: Cleveland County, North Carolina (100,359); Lancaster County, South Carolina (100,336); Bastrop County, Texas (102,058); and Grant County, Washington (100,297).

Los Angeles County, California (9,829,544) and Cook County, Illinois (5,173,146) had over 5 million residents in 2021, making them the two most populous counties from the country.

‘Everyone is different’: March and rally in Regina highlight SIS issues


A march from Carmichael Outreach to the office of the Department of Social Services was meant to send a message loud and clear: Saskatchewan’s income support program isn’t doing enough.

“The problems (with the SIS program) are so deep. The most important is the amount that (the people above) actually receive. Their living expenses, I believe they get $575 for rent and bills,” said Payton Byrne, who helped organize Monday’s march in Regina.

“They have taken direct payment out to landlords, which means instead of the salary going directly to landlords to make sure their rent is paid, they get a quarter of what the rent should be and are supposed to pay for it. everything and return it to their owners. as well as.”

More than 50 people came out to support the march. One of those people was Morley Redwood, who brought his 18-month-old son.

Redwood knows firsthand what kind of help homeless people get. He was homeless and turned to Camp Hope for help as he also battled addiction issues.

“I’ve been sober since December 3,” Redwood said. “I wrote down every day I was at Camp Hope in a book. I realized it had a lot to do with addictions, but everyone should be judged differently. Everyone is different.

“I believe the SIS program has made people fail. Look how many pennies (government officials) have invested in the (CFL’s Saskatchewan) Roughriders. They give them millions but only give pennies to the penniless. Our society despises the homeless, but they are real people.

In a written statement, the Department of Social Services said it continues to work with partners and all levels of government to help address homelessness.

“Budget 2022-23 represents a record investment to support Saskatchewan individuals and families in need. This includes an investment of $11.4 million to increase basic Saskatchewan Income Support benefits and housing benefits,” the statement said.

“The budget also includes expanded guardianship and financial management services through partner community organizations to help more clients with complex needs. The Saskatchewan Housing Benefit helps low-income people better pay their housing costs, providing up to $11.5 million through the National Housing Strategy.

But Byrne said the record investment is just an extra dollar a day for people in the SIS program.

“A dollar a day doesn’t help me pay my rent. A dollar a day doesn’t even help me eat a bagel. A dollar a day is a slap in the face when you ask to be able to have a roof over your head. It doesn’t matter except they can say, “Well, we did it,” Byrne said.

In its statement, the ministry said the best way to receive help was to visit one of its service centers in person. That’s why Byrne and others brought the issue to the ministry’s office.

“People should not be homeless; that shouldn’t be a question. We are trying to prove to Lori Carr, the Minister of Social Services, that people are homeless and that this SIS program is a failed program that needs to be scrapped,” Byrne said.

“We hope she realizes that there are homeless people and that the SIS program is failing. She keeps repeating the same three sentences in the Legislative Assembly and she admitted it. She said, “I will continue to say the same things. If there’s anyone who’s really turned down, bring them to me.

“There are homeless people and people who care about them too. It’s not just the homeless. There are people who want to show him that no matter where you stand politically, these are humans, these are lives, these are not numbers and these are not dollar signs.

99% of the world’s population breathe poor air quality, according to the World Health Organization


Almost everyone in the world breathes air containing too many pollutants, the World Health Organization said on Monday.

The UN health agency has called for more action to reduce the use of fossil fuels, which generate pollutants that cause respiratory and blood circulation problems and lead to millions of preventable deaths each year.

What are the effects of air pollution?

New data shows that 99% of the world’s population breathe air that exceeds WHO air quality limits and is often filled with particles that can penetrate deep into the lungs, enter veins and arteries and cause disease. Air quality is worst in the WHO’s Eastern Mediterranean and Southeast Asia regions, followed by Africa, he said.

“After surviving a pandemic, it is unacceptable to still have 7 million preventable deaths and countless preventable lost years of good health due to air pollutionsaid Dr Maria Neira, head of the environment, climate change and health department of the WHO.

“Yet too much investment is still being invested in a polluted environment rather than clean and healthy air,” she added.

What causes high levels of air pollution?

The database, which has traditionally considered two types of particles known as PM2.5 and PM10, for the first time included ground-based measurements of nitrogen dioxide. The latest version of the database was released in 2018.

Nitrogen dioxide comes mainly from human combustion of fuel, for example by car trafficand is most common in urban areas. Exposure can lead to respiratory illnesses like asthma and symptoms like coughing, wheezing and difficulty breathing, and more hospital and emergency room admissions, the WHO said. The highest concentrations were found in the eastern Mediterranean region.

Particulate matter has many sources, such as transportation, power plants, agriculture, waste burning, and industry, as well as natural sources like desert dust. The developing world is particularly affected: India had high levels of PM10, while China had high levels of PM2.5, according to the database.

“Particles, particularly PM2.5, are capable of penetrating deep into the lungs and entering the bloodstream, causing cardiovascular, cerebrovascular (stroke) and respiratory impacts,” the WHO said.

“There is new evidence that the particles impact other organs and also cause other diseases.”

How to fight against air pollution?

The findings highlight the scale of change needed to tackle air pollution, said Anumita Roychowdhury, an air pollution expert at the Center for Science and Environment, a research and advocacy organization in New Delhi. .

India and the world must prepare for major changes in an attempt to reduce air pollution, including using electric vehicles, moving away from fossil fuels, embracing a massive increase in green energy and by separating the types of waste, she said.

The Council on Energy, Environment and Water, a New Delhi-based think tank, found in a study that more than 60% of India’s PM2.5 loads come from households and industries.

Tanushree Ganguly, who leads the council’s clean air programme, called for action to reduce emissions from industries, automobiles, biomass burning and household energy.

“We must prioritize access to clean energy for those households that need it most and take active steps to clean up our industrial sector,” she said.

SBA should change its criminal history rules


Current small business loans discriminate by prohibiting loans to people with criminal backgrounds.

The United States Small Business Administration (SBA) restricted access to its loan programs – which are essential lifelines for small businesses – for those affected by the criminal justice system. These policies subtract racial disparities, are out of step with anti-discrimination law and should be reformed.

Each year, hundreds of thousands of people in the United States are published from prison. They face daunting obstacles to reintegration into society, including exclusion from employment, housing and other opportunities. Due to structural inequalities and systemic racism, the population released from prison is disproportionately African American and Hispanic. For example, African Americans to understand about 38 percent of all federal prisoners, but reconcile only 13% of the American population. As a result, loan policies that exclude people with criminal histories tend to have outsized negative effects on people of color.

Anti-discrimination laws such as the Fair Housing Actthe Equal Credit Opportunity Actand Title VII Civil Rights Act can help those released from prison to overcome these negative impacts. These laws bar intentional discrimination based on race and other protected characteristics in housing, loans and employment. They too bar seemingly neutral policies – those that do not explicitly target a particular group – that have a “disparate impact” on protected groups, such as racial minorities, or otherwise affect them negatively and disproportionately. Entities can be held liable for disparate impact if a seemingly neutral policy does not meet a legitimate business need or if there are less discriminatory alternatives that would meet that business need. While much more work remains to be done, for decades the disparate impact framework has helped dismantle unnecessary and discriminatory barriers to opportunity.

Disparate Impact Principles have increased equitable housing and employment opportunities by limiting overreliance on criminal history in these contexts. For example, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in the United States has Publishedguidance explaining that blanket employment and housing bans for people with criminal backgrounds are illegal. The US Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) has Published similar direction. Housing Advocates Succeeded disputed overly broad tenant selection policies that unnecessarily limit housing options for those affected by the criminal justice system.

Unfortunately, blunt criminal history bans persist in small business lending, in part because of the SBA’s criminal history criteria. As with employment and housing, access to secure credit can be vital for economic progress. Owning a small business can to augment income, wealth and independence. Small businesses also provide employment opportunities and vital services to the communities they serve. To start and scale their business activities, small business owners need access to capital, and they access this capital primarily through debt.

The SBA operates two loan programs designed to increase small businesses’ access to capital: the 7(a) Loan programand the 504 Loan Program. While both programs provide much-needed capital to small businesses, the SBA’s current treatment of criminal history is not in line with standard disparate impact principles, as described above.

Two Aspects of SBA Rules are particularly problematic. First, applicants on probation or parole for any crime are categorically Rod to receive SBA 7(a) and 504 loans. Second, applicants with a prior felony must undergo a “personality determination” conducted by the SBA, with no publicly available standards to guide that determination.

These policies likely have a disparate impact on candidates of color. The question, then, is whether the SBA’s criminal history rules are necessary to achieve a substantial, non-discriminatory interest. HUD guidance teaches that this interest “cannot be hypothetical or speculative” or be “based on generalizations or stereotypes”. Management too ordered that there must be evidence that “the policy actually achieves that interest”.

The SBA has a legitimate interest in ensuring that borrowers are creditworthy and will repay their loans. But as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) recently observed, “there is little evidence to suggest that criminal history lowers creditworthiness.” Indeed, given the lack of evidence, any attempt to link applicants’ probation or parole status to their ability to repay is likely based on “generalizations and stereotypes”. Similarly, the mere fact that a person has been convicted of a crime says nothing about that person’s likelihood of future repayment.

As a result, the SBA policy is too broad and most likely short violates anti-discrimination laws by failing to properly distinguish “between criminal behavior that indicates a demonstrable risk” of non-reimbursement and “criminal behavior that does not.”

The overbreadth of the SBA policy is a major problem. As the CFPB has Noted, more than 1.1 million small business owners have criminal histories, and people returning from incarceration are 50% more likely to become entrepreneurs than people who have never been incarcerated. Additionally, some financial institutions have looked to the SBA rules to develop their own internal policies on lending to business applicants with criminal backgrounds, indicating that the SBA’s criminal background rules have a significant impact on the beyond its own programs.

The SBA recently Shrunk his criminal history exclusions that apply to the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), which is designed to help businesses during the COVID-19 crisis. The original SBA rule Rod anyone convicted of a crime within the past five years and anyone on probation or parole to receive a PPP loan. The SBA later Shrunk the exclusion to only prohibit loans to persons guilty of crimes for “fraud, corruption, embezzlement or misrepresentation in a loan application”, unless the owner has been convicted or has started his parole or probation for a crime in the previous year. Despite these improvements to PPP rules, the SBA’s problematic standards for its core programs persist.

What should the SBA do about the criminal history policies that apply to its core programs? Given the discriminatory effect that consideration of criminal history can have, the SBA should not consider it unless there is a solid, non-speculative basis to believe that it achieves a substantial interest. and non-discriminatory.

At a minimum, this change would mean defining a bespoke list of types of convictions that could result in a loan being denied. This list should not be broader than the SBA Restricted List listing financial crimes prohibited for PPP loans. Even then, the SBA should conduct individualized assessments of prior convictions in a manner that takes into account creditworthiness factors, including the nature and seriousness of the conduct, the time elapsed since the conduct, and other past history. applicant’s credit. The SBA should be transparent about these criteria and how these assessments are conducted, and it should provide reasonable opportunities to challenge unfavorable decisions. Such an approach to criminal history would broaden access to credit and reduce the risk of the SBA violating the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and other anti-discrimination laws, while respecting the interests of the SBA and other lenders to be repaid.

If the SBA were to adopt these changes, positive effects would ripple through the credit industry.

Zacharie Best is an attorney at Relman Colfax.

Stephen Hayes

Stephen Hayes is a partner at Relman Colfax.

This essay is part of a six-part series entitled Promote economic justice.

You can now search for your family in the new 1950s census records

The digital recordings were released on Friday and are being made freely available to the public at a dedicated website, allowing viewers to research their family histories and backgrounds. They include 6.57 million population lists — many of which include multiple families and households — and 33,360 Indian reservation lists for Native Americans living on reservations.
In one video celebrating the release of the archives, Archivist of the United States David S. Ferriero explained that the National Archives had been preparing for publication for a decade. The images featured on the website are actually microfilm taken by the office in 1952 that had to be carefully digitized by archive staff. The original paper documents were destroyed in the 1960s.

Ferriero praised the archives staff “for their dedication to preserving and providing access to this important body of material.”

“Personally, I can’t wait to be reunited with my own family in Beverly, Massachusetts,” he added.

The archive recommends that users search for the first and last name of the head of household they are looking for; the database will return close matches even if users don’t know the exact spelling. The archive used an artificial intelligence technique called “optical character recognition” to extract names from images of handwritten text, so not all names are perfect.

Users can refine the name index by modifying and adding correct names. The National Archives also posted a video explaining how amateur genealogists can explore newly published records.
Home Secretary Deb Haaland also explained in a video the census is “particularly important to Indian tribes because it helps decide federal funding, which then impacts the government’s fiduciary responsibility to Indigenous communities.”

The 1950 census included 20 questions for all respondents aged 14 and over; some respondents also had to answer six additional questions.

“Since 1790, census data has painted a vivid and dynamic portrait of America,” said Robert Santos, director of the US Census Bureau, in another video celebrating publication.

Notably, the 1950 census marked the last personal visit by enumerators to most households. The office later moved to mailing household census forms, and today citizens can complete the census online, by phone, or by mail.

According to the records, censuses from 1960 and later are not publicly available “due to a legal access restriction of 72 years for confidentiality reasons”, but they can be requested privately from the US Census Bureau. .

“The census is full of family stories, and we know you’re eager to find yours,” Ferriero said.

3 charts that show why the housing market may be starting to cool


After two years of skyrocketing house prices thanks to a severe housing shortage and low interest rates that are boosting housing demand, hope may be dawning on the horizon for the millions of Americans facing to high housing costs. February 2022 showed several signs that the market might start to cool down.

While a number of factors could continue to push prices higher, these three charts show why we may be at a turning point in today’s hot housing market.

Image source: Getty Images.

1. Existing home sales are down

Graph of existing home sales from February 2022 to January 2021.

Image source: NAR February 2022 Existing home sales statistics.

According to the National Association of Realtors (NAR), in February 2022 there were 7.2% fewer existing home sales in February than in January 2022. This is the seventh consecutive decline in existing home sales in February. one year to the next.

The slight drop in the number of homes sold helped push existing home inventory up to 1.9 months of supply, although that figure remains well below the target range of five to six months of inventory. The sales trend has been a bit of a roller coaster, moving up and down over the past year, but rising property costs coupled with inflation and the current rise in mortgage rates could mean that the lack of sales activity is here to stay.

2. New home sales are down

February 2022 Census Bureau new home sales chart.

The housing shortage has been attributed as one of the main drivers of today’s scorching housing market. Years of underbuilding after the Great Recession created a shortage of housing available today. New homebuilders have been furiously trying to close the gap between demand and supply, accelerating housing starts and completions since 2020. But February could be the first sign that supply could outpace demand.

According to the US Census Bureau and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), new home sales were down 2% in February 2022 from January 2022 levels and 6.2% from February 2021. There is approximately 6.3 months of new home supply, putting it in a balanced supply market.

Despite the national shortage, it seems people are buying fewer new homes. This could be because affordability is becoming a growing concern as house prices continue to rise and interest rates also rise. If this downward trend in demand for new home sales continues, it could push inventory into oversupply.

3. Interest rates are rising

Line chart showing rising mortgage rates from 2021 to 2022.

Image source: Freddie Mac.

The Federal Reserve (the Fed) issued its first increase in the federal funds rate in more than four years. This movement, although modest, is the first of a long series since the Fed goes from 0% to 1.9% by the end of the year.

Although the federal funds rate does not set mortgage rates, it does impact the cost of capital and complicated movements in financial markets, meaning lenders like banks and other non-mortgage lenders are susceptible to raise mortgage rates, pushing some of that cost burden higher. on consumers.

Interest rates are trending higher, sitting at 4.67% today for a 30-year mortgage, up 1% from just a month ago. With the upcoming rate hikes by the Fed, it is very likely that mortgage rates will continue to climb, making homes even less affordable.

To illustrate how big a 1% jump can be, a 30-year mortgage at 3.76% on a $281,000 home, the national median house price today, assuming a 20 %, would equal a monthly mortgage payment of $1,042. At the current interest rate of 4.76%, that same home purchase would result in a monthly mortgage payment of $1,174. That’s $1,584 more every year.

Coupled with inflation, rising food prices, skyrocketing gas prices, rising property taxes and property insurance, and sky-high real estate prices, more and more Americans are being squeezed out of the market because of affordability. This will ultimately lead to lower demand and likely slower house price growth as demand more closely matches supply.

Housing prices are determined by supply and demand. As you can see in these three charts, there are many signs pointing to a balance or potential correction between today’s tight supply and record high demand. We could see things start to stabilize in the coming months, although there is no guarantee that this trend will continue.

National links: public transport and housing


Every day at The Overhead Wire, we collect city news and send the links to our mailing list. At the end of the week, we take some of the most popular stories and publish them on Greater Greater Washington, a group blog similar to street.mn that focuses on urban issues in the DC area. These are national links, sometimes entertaining and sometimes absurd, but hopefully useful.

Preparing transit for the future of work: Before the pandemic, only 5% of all hours worked were from home. Once the pandemic passes, that number is expected to rise to 28%, a remarkable societal shift. Public transport systems in many cities are organized primarily around business travel. This gives urban transit agencies the opportunity to reorganize to support people’s new daily routines. (Nick Caros | Eno Center for Transportation)

Tire chemicals kill fish: When researchers followed a study that showed salmon were affected by a tire chemical found in water runoff, they discovered that other fish like trout are affected by the same chemical in water courses. water near roads. The chemical, which has been used in tires since the 1950s, works to prevent fish from processing oxygen when they breathe. A small amount in an urban stream is enough to choke and kill trout. (Bob Weber | Toronto Star)

Infrastructure Bill is watershed moment for buses: Typically, buses are replaced every 12 years, and agencies have used limited federal funds for replacement and construction of facilities. But now there’s $2.35 billion available for buses, and agencies should start thinking bigger about how to provide better bus service through capital improvements that might not have been available in the past. This includes bus stops, stations, and ADA improvements that can make a huge difference in rider comfort and access. (Transit Center)

Why Christopher Alexander Still Matters: Urban design pioneer Christopher Alexander died last week at the age of 85. His books, including his most famous work, A Model language, are still must-reads for architecture students and computer coders everywhere. It even inspired the invention of Wikipedia. What he taught us about design is still important, and we need to find a way to preserve the environment around us. (Michael Mehaffy | Planetizen)

A lack of coordination of public transit and housing: The importance of linking affordable housing and transport is well known, but linking them in practice is another matter. New research from the Transit Cooperative Research Program examines the challenges residents face in education, employment and health care when public transit is less accessible than it should be. The work also shares solutions some agencies have used to bridge the gap. (Maria Zimmerman | MZ Strategies)

quote of the week

“When asked to estimate their annual gas tax expenditure, only one in five respondents came within 10% of the calculated cost. Fifty-five percent of respondents understated their gas taxes by more than 10 percent. The remaining 24% overestimated, sometimes by huge margins. People often couldn’t guess how much they were paying in state gas taxes, but 52% of respondents still thought it was too high.

Catie Gould in Sightline explains how voters in Washington state have no idea how much gas taxes are.

This week in podcast, Brookings’ Adie Tomer explains how transit-oriented development and active transportation play a role in climate strategies.

As Aging Population Grows, More People Turn to Palliative Care for Enrichment and Comfort | News


Mission House blends in with all the other homes on its quiet residential street in Redwood City. The only difference is that it houses terminally ill patients.

On a recent Monday afternoon, five residents were staying at the six-bedroom house. Some were behind closed doors, labeled with their first names. Others sat outside on a sunny terrace, chatting with visitors. In the kitchen, a staff member baked chocolate chip cookies.

Run by the nonprofit Mission Hospice & Home Care of San Mateo, Mission House is among the local alternatives for those seeking specialized hospice care. The vast majority of hospitalized patients — defined by Medicare as people expected to live six months or less — receive care at home, in assisted living facilities or nursing homes.

Local carers said specialist palliative care is not about focusing on death.

“The focus can be on living and understanding the goals you have with the time you have left and how we can help you enjoy it,” said Christine Ritzo, registered nurse at Mission Hospice & Home Care. .

It’s a myth that all hospice patients are bedridden or on morphine, Ritzo said, noting that some patients even take the opportunity to travel with “transfer” hospice support, possibly making be last trips to Hawaii or Lake Tahoe.

The demand for palliative care services is increasing as the elderly population and the number of patients with life-threatening illnesses increase. Nationally, the number of hospitalized patients rose from 1.38 million in 2015 to 1.61 million in 2019, according to the National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. Medicare spending on palliative care increased by $5 billion over a five-year period: in 2019, spending reached $20.9 billion, up from $15.9 billion in 2015.

Last October, Governor Gavin Newsom signed legislation to strengthen oversight of hospice care across the state. The new laws now place auditing and monitoring procedures for palliative care providers under the responsibility of the Department of Public Health.

“For a long time people have treated death as a medical event, but death is a human event, and hospice brings humanity back to the experience of death,” said Terri Simpson-Tucker, director of the hospice for Sutter Care at Home.

Hospitalized patients receive visits from nurses or orderlies as needed — Medicare defines and reimburses four levels of care — and families receive help from social workers, doctors, chaplains, bereavement counselors and many volunteers.

But the choice to enter palliative care – which belongs to the patient and can be revoked at any time – is difficult to face because it requires accepting only comfort care for a terminal illness while explicitly renouncing medical efforts to cure the person’s illness.

With advances in chemotherapy, radiation and drugs, “people are holding on to that hope,” said Dolores Miller, CEO of Mission. “Sometimes people aren’t ready. … It’s not until they’ve been in hospital, five times, six times, seven times or in their last year of life that they start thinking about hospice or something different.

“The (doctor) will say, ‘There’s nothing more we can do for you. We don’t have curative treatment options anymore – there’s only symptom management.” But that’s what hospice does.”

For patients and families accustomed to comprehensive treatment, hospice can feel like giving up or even hastening death.

But high-quality palliative care can actually prolong life, according to Palo Alto Medical Foundation physician David Tran, who directs palliative care and support services there.

“With good early palliative care, people actually live longer and more comfortably than we often expect,” Tran said. “I think it has to do with reducing medical complications from treatment, reducing the number of people placed in institutions and allowing people to stay at home longer in a less stressful environment.”

Simpson-Tucker, of Sutter Care at Home, said some patients “die when we admit them, which is not optimal. Most patients are on our ward for four or five months.”

Some even get better and leave hospice, but may come back later if they get worse, she added.

Between 2015 and 2019, the average length of stay for people in hospice rose from 86.7 days to 92.6 days, according to the National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. About 19% of patients were enrolled in palliative care for two days or less, 25% were enrolled for five days or less and 50% were enrolled for 18 days or less, the group said. Patients with Alzheimer’s disease, dementia and Parkinson’s disease had the longest stays, while those with kidney failure and cancer had much shorter stays.

Local providers have said that working in palliative care is one of the most rewarding in their medical career.

Tran became a hospice and hospice physician after the lonely experience of being the primary caregiver during his own father’s four-year terminal illness as a teenager.

“It would have been great, back then, to have the social support and the kind of spiritual support that hospice provides,” Tran said. “As I progressed in my career, this kind of work really appealed to me.”

Simpson-Tucker called hospice “the most rewarding kind of nursing I have ever had.”

“I have the privilege of doing something that not many people can do, to sit down and talk with someone about their life, the connections they’ve made in life,” she said. “I see so much grace with which people leave this world.”

While California’s hospice movement began with volunteers and nonprofit organizations in the 1970s, the majority of programs in the state are now for-profit.

To help potential patients select a provider, Medicare publishes comparative information — including family ratings in categories such as “communication with family” and “getting help fast” — at medicare.gov/care-compare.

Imagine another world. Now imagine 5,000 more.


Luis Calcada, a science visualization artist which works with the European Southern Observatory, chose another hot Jupiter: Vega b.

“This star, which is only 25 light-years away from us, is at the heart of Carl Sagan’s novel ‘Contact’,” Calçada said. He said the book sparked an interest that led him “to pursue university studies in astronomy. After that, I built a career as a science illustrator. So this book, Carl Sagan and Vega were present at a defining moment in my life. So seeing a planet discovered around it was very exciting.

During his years on “Star Trek: The Next Generation,” Wil Wheaton became familiar with fictional worlds and new forms of life. He chose YZ Ceti b, which is slightly smaller than Earth and orbits a red dwarf 12 light-years away, making it extremely close for further study.

“It doesn’t make sense that, in a universe as vast as ours, we are the only intelligent (sentient) species,” Wheaton said in an email. “So when I look up at the night sky, I don’t just imagine someone else looking back. I know they are.

He added that the proof was unlikely to come in our lifetimes, so “our most pressing challenge as a species right now is to care for the only planet we can live on so that generations to come come, in a future so distant that we cannot imagine what it will be like, our descendants will be able to establish a first contact.

At just 500 million years old, Kepler-51 is among the youngest star systems on this list. But despite still being a baby in astronomical terms, the system is already home to several planets with enigmatic properties, said Peter Gao, a staff scientist at the Carnegie Institution for Science.

Dr Gao said the system’s three planets were dubbed ‘super puffs’, with extremely low density reminiscent of styrofoam or cotton candy and ‘challenging our understanding of planet formation and evolution’ .

He added that “I like them because I like a good mystery, and their existence showed that the universe is always more imaginative than us.”

Some city ward boundaries may change after the 2020 census


Now that the results of the 2020 census are available, the data will mean boundary changes for some areas of the city. At the Administrative and Community Services (ACS) committee on Thursday, the committee heard some details about the proposed changes to the first reading of the ordinance before voting unanimously to amend the ordinance.

State law dictates that ward boundaries should be nearly equal in population, compact, and contiguous. Urban planner Emily Calderon said the proposed new neighborhood map was drawn up using certain parameters. The target population for each ward was set by dividing the city’s total population of 26,808 by the number of wards of seven, setting the target population for each ward at 3,830 people. Five percent above or below this target is considered acceptable.

Calderon said the three major changes would involve the Grandview Subdivision, West Linden, Cherry, Magnolia and Quince streets moving from Ward 4 to Ward 5. The area between Hillsboro Avenue and Chapman Street would move from Ward 5 to Ward 1 The other change moves a few blocks west of Troy Road between Franklin and McKinley Avenues from Ward 5 to Ward 3.

This formula means that there will be changes in Wards 1, 3, 4, and 5. If residents live in Wards 2, 6, or 7, everything remains as it is now. The population of Ward 1 will increase by nearly 240 people. The population of district 3 will gain 57 inhabitants. Ward 4 will lose approximately 750 people. District 5 will gain 460 inhabitants.

Calderon added that these proposed changes are the least possible to meet the population guidelines for each neighborhood. This updated ward map would come into effect before the next election and before the next council election in April 2023.

Then the aldermen will review the map. Ward 5 Alderman William Krause believes this is the biggest population shift in his ward since 2000.

“I’m happy to invite Grandview residents to Ward 5; happy to come out and start talking to them to see what their concerns are,” he said.

The plan now goes to the full city council for a first reading on Tuesday, then to the ACS for a second reading on April 14 and to the city council on April 19 for a vote. The final approved map will come into effect at the next election.

Rocking Horse, health district partner to encourage COVID-19 vaccination


The vaccine is effective in preventing the main variant of the coronavirus, as well as the delta variant, Cook said, but it is also effective in preventing hospitalization and death from the virus.

Carter-Smith said schools in the city of Springfield also worked with Rocking Horse in preparation for the clinic, sending flyers home with students and sending out robocalls.

Friday’s vaccination clinic, held at 651 S. Limestone St. in Rocking Horse, included food, music and a rotating photo booth. Everyone who received a vaccine dose that day also received Groceryland, Door Dash or Visa gift cards.

To exploreTeens create art to promote self-love and raise donations

Around 50 appointments were scheduled for the event, and many walk-ins were also conducted. The clinic administered a variety of doses to patients, with a diverse mix of first, second and booster doses administered, said Stacy Lee, chief operating officer.

Roger and Sharon Evans attended the vaccination event to get their second booster doses.


Sharon Evans receives her second booster at the Rocking Horse Vaccination Clinic on Friday.

Sharon Evans receives her second booster at the Rocking Horse Vaccination Clinic on Friday.
callout arrowLegend

Sharon Evans receives her second booster at the Rocking Horse Vaccination Clinic on Friday.

“We want to stay healthy and our loved ones to stay healthy,” said Sharon Evans. “We constantly encourage our family to get vaccinated.”

Roger Evans, who is a retired chief of the Springfield Police Division, said he thinks the vaccine is one of the best guards against catching COVID-19, and the virus doesn’t make a discrimination.

To exploreOhio announces $10.5 million initiative to solve gun crimes

“When you catch a virus like this, it doesn’t matter what political party you are,” he said.

Since the pandemic, 34,390 cases of COVID-19 have been reported in Clark County.

Those interested in starting or continuing their vaccine series can visit the health district website to see future clinic times and locations.

West Haven needs to do more for housing


Housing is a human right.

We demand the City of West Haven invest more of its COVID relief money in housing

Safe and dignified housing is a human right and an essential part of a healthy life. But in West Haven, working-class families are struggling to afford to rent a house. Due to monthly rent increases, the average tenant in West Haven is short $13,000 to afford a two-bedroom apartment, according to a 2019 report from DataHaven. The federal government says that for housing to be considered affordable, it must cost 30% or less of a family’s monthly income. By this definition, a person must earn at least $27 an hour in West Haven to afford a two-bedroom apartment. That’s more than double the minimum wage.

Paying rent was hard enough before the pandemic, and COVID-19 has only made it worse. We all know someone who has lost their job, or had their hours cut dramatically, or had to quit to care for sick loved ones. When working paycheck to paycheck, these hardships mean the difference between eviction and having a home, with long-term consequences for families but also for entire communities. It also means never having the opportunity to save. According to the National Low Income Housing Coalition, “increasing access to affordable housing is the single most cost-effective strategy for reducing child poverty and increasing economic mobility in the United States… Without affordable housing, families have limited opportunities to increase their income.

Many families in our community live in apartments that are far too small and overcrowded, even though their parents work around the clock to support their families. Although federal housing subsidies exist, waiting lists far exceed the number of affordable housing units available.

We, the Sisters in Diaspora collective, want to see the urgency of this housing crisis reflected in city spending and priorities. Last year, the city of West Haven received a one-time payment of $29 million from the federal government through the US bailout to help recover from the effects of COVID-19. Mayor Rossi proposed a plan to allocate just $1 million of that fund to housing, creating a “housing crisis fund” that would “establish short-term emergency housing for families facing a housing crisis.” inevitable”. Meanwhile, the mayor’s plan proposes to allocate $2.4 million in bonuses to police officers for the next two years. This plan demonstrates the mayor’s desire to prioritize policing, a move community members and organizers in Connecticut and the United States have opposed at least since 2020, over providing affordable housing to members of the West Haven community.

We urge West Haven City Council to reject the currently proposed plan in favor of one that focuses on the basic living needs of West Haven’s working class residents. Given the severity of the city’s housing crisis and the limitations of existing housing access programs, we urge our city to take advantage of this federal funding to create real solutions for the thousands of people who have no access to the basic human right of safe and affordable housing. As a start, we are proposing that 50% of ARP funding, or $14.5 million, be used to provide six months of rent relief to families in West Haven. We also urge the city to invest funds over the next few years in structural solutions to the housing crisis, such as increasing the number of affordable housing options in this city. By agreeing to these proposals, Mayor Rossi and City Council can take significant first steps toward easing West Haven’s housing crisis and show that they are listening to their constituents and prioritizing their needs.

The Sisters in Diaspora collective is a group composed mainly of immigrant and refugee women.

How population estimates could delay funding for George Wythe


RICHMOND, Va. — Back and forth continues between the Richmond School Board and the Richmond Board over what the correct population projection will be for the south side of Richmond.

This is a situation that is contributing to delaying the release of funds to rebuild George Wythe Secondary School.

Cracks and collapsing facilities are why Richmond’s George Wythe High School is considered a priority for all city and school board leaders. However, it is the prediction of the number of students who will occupy these seats that blocks the process. The members of the municipal council and the school board do not agree on this figure. The majority of the school board voted in favor of a capacity of 1,600 places.

While many city members are in favor of a 2,000 seat capacity.

Those in favor of the 2,000 number rely on the following projections of numbers that show continued growth in Richmond.

A Cooper Center projection that analyzed the 2010 census said it predicts the Richmond area will continue to grow. A US community survey that surveys annually finds a similar trajectory of increased growth.

“The city of Richmond has grown in population and that’s a trend we’ve seen that’s different than in the past,” said Tom Shields, associate dean for academic and student affairs at the University of Richmond.

Those arguing for the 2,000-person capacity also cite a study by the Cropper firm that was commissioned by the district in 2019.

This study predicted that George Wythe would have 1,741 students in the fall of 2026. The school is also expected to have 110% of the current capacity of 1,401 for the 2021–22 school year. That’s 1,541 students.

In fact, officials say George Wythe’s current enrollment count is close to 1,300, a difference of nearly 200 people from what the company had forecast for the year.

School board members like Jonathan Young, who supports building 1,600 students, say they want to use the actual data on a projection that’s already turned off. He also wants the approximately 2,500 vacant seats in the city’s high schools to be used before they spend more money creating more space.

At this time, it is unclear when a decision will be made on capacity. The school board is due to meet again in April

10 books to add to your reading list in April 2022


Reviewer Bethanne Patrick recommends 10 promising titles, fiction and non-fiction, to consider for your April list.

April is the mildest month, the season when novels spring from the richest literary soil. Beloved novelists return to push their particular talents in bold new directions (and one of them, Ocean Vuong, returns to poetry). These recommendations include some amazing books on dark and difficult subjects, but there’s always joy in good writing.


sea ​​of ​​tranquility
By Emily St. John Mandel
Knopf: 272 pages, $25
(April 5)

Mandel is perhaps best known for “Station Eleven,” her bestselling dystopian pandemic tale of grief and recovery in which art may be the only thing worth saving. After a beloved HBO Max adaptation and realistic follow-up novel, “The Glass Hotel,” the author returns to science fiction with a saga about a wormhole in time and a group of lost souls who may hold the key to human survival.

The candy house
By Jennifer Egan
Scribner: 352 pages, $28
(April 5)

Egan has already expanded the possibilities of fiction with “A Visit From the Goon Squad,” his time- and genre-hopping 2010 story novel – and won the Pulitzer for it. But she wasn’t done with her eclectic and eccentric characters. “The Candy House” takes them into an ever-distant future, an era of AI-fused consciousness that still leaves room for hope, change, and rock ‘n’ roll.

Young Mungo
By Douglas Stuart
Grove: 400 pages, $27
(April 5)

Stuart’s debut novel ‘Shuggie Bain’ won the 2020 Booker Prize. Any writer would find it a tough act to follow. ‘Young Mungo’, a gay ‘Romeo and Juliet’ set in Glasgow, has the same dynamic writing as ‘Shuggie’ but a word of warning: it goes to much darker places exploring the entanglements of love and violence. Again, Shuggie Bain is a child, Mungo Hamilton a teenager. Growing up can be brutal.

"A little push up," by Melissa Chadburn

(Farrar, Straus & Giroux)

A little push up
By Melissa Chadburn
FSG: 352 pages, $27
(April 12)

Born to a Filipina mother and a black father, Marina Salles endures sexual abuse, the horrors of foster care, a struggle with drug addiction and a too short period of happiness with a girlfriend before a serial killer does not end his life. But that’s not the end: a Filipino spirit known as an aswang inhabits Marina’s consciousness and opens up insights into her life that she never had while living it. The novel shocks, but always with a purpose.

city ​​on fire
By Don Winslow
William Morrow: 384 pages, $29
(April 26)

The first volume in a planned trilogy, “City on Fire” confronts two crime families in 1980s Providence, RI, and follows their ongoing war with an eye to the greatest epic ever written: “The Iliad.” ‘Homer. Is it also a new version of “The Godfather”? Swapping the southwest of his “Border” trilogy for the more corrupt corners of the northeast, Winslow shows that criminal dynasties know no borders.


Easy beauty: a memoir
By Chloe Cooper Jones
Avid reader: 288 pages, $28
(April 5)

Taking its title from a philosopher who describes “easy beauty” as “apparent and unchallenging,” Cooper Jones, herself a philosopher and journalist, examines aesthetics from her perspective as someone born with sacred agenesis and the challenges that come with it. For all of its heady ideas, the book has bite, especially when the author connects those ideas to his real-life conversations and practical concessions.

"Time is a mother," by Ocean Vuong

time is a mother
By Ocean Vuong
Penguin Press: 128 pages, $24
(April 5)

Vuong, acclaimed for his 2019 novel “On Earth We’re Briefly Gorgeous”, returns to poetry (following 2016’s “Night Sky With Exit Wounds”) in a collection focused on his mother’s death that incorporates fragments of his life (a poem is based on his Amazon orders). The immediacy of the verse and the universality of the loss of family will surely bring new readers to Vuong – and to the poetry.

Building a Nervous System: A Memoir
By Margo Jefferson
Hall of Fame: 208 pages, $27
(April 12)

In her 2015 memoir, “Negroland,” the Pulitzer Prize-winning critic wrote about how her upbringing in a privileged black community shaped her. Her new memoirs take the story forward to her training as a critic and thinker, analyzing her heroes, influences and foils, from her parents to Bing Crosby and Ike Turner. These self-examinations are coupled with reconsiderations of culture and society, including the artists she now sees in a much more complicated light.

"Why we fight: the roots of war and the paths to peace," by Christopher Blattman

Why we fight: the roots of war and the paths to peace
By Christopher Blattman
Viking: 400 pages, $32
(April 19)

The University of Chicago professor writes about how violence, crime and poverty are intertwined and how they can fuel larger-scale conflict. Blattman fights at every level, from local coups to global warfare, providing telling examples of escalation. But perhaps his most salient point is this: “There is rarely a reason for a war.” This is a relevant and urgent new study.

Finding Me: A Memoir
By Viola Davis
Harper One: 288 pages, $29
(April 26)

Hopefully Davis wins a Grammy for her Audible recording of those memoirs, becoming the first black woman to claim a coveted EGOT. The Oscar, Tony and Emmy winner’s memoir unravels the story she built on her way to real-life fame, a tougher but ultimately more fulfilling tale of struggle and success. Her gorgeous storytelling will inspire anyone who wants to get rid of old labels.

Lack of student voters raises concerns ahead of election


As the 2022 election approaches – following a controversial redistricting – the perceived political apathy of 1.2 million students enrolled in post-secondary education in New York State is of growing concern for long-term residents who are impacted by census college towns like Ithaca.

During the academic year, students at Ithaca College and Cornell University make up about two-thirds of The population of Ithaca. Statewide college student populations impact the census report, which in turn, affects local redistricting, determining the number of congressional seats allocated to each state and how federal funding is allocated. Students are counted in the census as residents of their college town because that is where they live and sleep most of the time. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the US Census Bureau has asked colleges and universities to provide off-campus student rosters. It was for the purpose of Include students in the census where they would have lived had there not been school closures or a shift to virtual learning. While counted in the census, students must choose between registering to vote in their college county or in their home county — many of which continue to vote at home.

Donald Beachler, an associate professor in the Department of Politics and a resident of Ithaca, said he’s frustrated with the lack of student involvement in politics, especially when it comes to redistricting states and local cities. Ward 4 of the Ithaca Common Council has a total population of 7,594 — made up mostly of Cornell students — but only 102 votes were cast in the 2021 election for its representative on the city council, according to The Voice of Ithaca.

“My old joke was that more college students throw beer cans on the street in Collegetown than they actually vote,” Beachler said. “That’s one of the implications of [dense student populations]; you have very few voters.

Senior Kaitlyn Katz said when she started college she changed her voting address so she could vote in Ithaca rather than mailing an absentee ballot to her hometown of Westchester, New York .

“I liked learning a little bit more about Ithaca politics and being able to make a decision about it,” Katz said. “Since I have lived in Ithaca for four years, I think it is important that I can make my voice heard where I currently live.”

The city of Ithaca has published its first draft offer lines of service March 28. The draft proposal was developed with the intention of keeping neighborhoods and communities together as well as having districts within 5% of each other.

Beachler is one of many residents who want college students to be diluted in city neighborhoods, allowing longtime residents to have a greater impact on the local vote.

“They are [students that are] you’ll never pay $1 in property taxes, so it’s easy to sit around and raise taxes you’re never going to pay,” Beachler said. “But by diluting the pupils, you’re going against what’s generally considered good practice in drawing neighborhoods, which is to keep neighborhoods intact and draw neighborhoods compact.” … I don’t think anything will change.

According to the Tompkins County Board of Elections, there are 63 voters with addresses at 953 Danby Road and the Circle Apartments at 1033 Danby Road. There are also 1,140 voters with a 14853 zip code unique to the Cornell University campus. Many students who attend both colleges make a living from campus and therefore the total of 1,213 student voters does not fully represent the number of students registered to vote in Tompkins County.

Ithaca College and Tompkins County moved into a newly blue 22nd congressional district as a result of state redistricting. Before the redistricting, the college and county were in the 23rd congressional district. the current representative Tom Reed (R-NY), does not plan to run again, leaving the electoral race without an incumbent. There are currently 27 districts, but when the New York Census registered only 89 fewer people than the 2010 census, the state lost a seat in the United States House.

After the redistricting process, Democrats have a national advantage, with 182 blue districts and 147 red districts. However, mid-term, the incumbent often loses House seats to his party, and with 62 competitive precincts, the election will likely be affected by President Joe Biden. job endorsement note, which is currently at a low 40%. The Republican Party also enjoys a majority of voters among likely voters in the general election, according to congressional polling data collected by RealClearPolicies. The results showed a polling average of 46.8% Republican voters to 43.1% Democratic voters for the upcoming election.

Democratic student voters like Katz worry that blue districts with more Republican voters could be lopsided because students aren’t voting.

“A lot of people in Ithaca say, ‘It’s blue already, why does it matter,’ but I don’t think that’s really the point,” Katz said. “We need more representation and more people need to be heard. …I don’t really know how to increase the number of student voters, maybe even just inject some urgency.

Junior Jacob Shelley now lives in the city of Ithaca but votes where he grew up in Trumansburg, another town in Tompkins County. Similar to Katz, Shelley said student voices are often absent from policy discussions and decisions.

“To be honest, I think a lot of people in this area are comfortable with the fact that the Democratic Party generally has a strong presence and isn’t really competitive in the Ithaca area,” Shelley said. “I think of a lot of people who just put them at ease so they don’t necessarily want to come out and vote. The student vote isn’t too incredibly hot right now but if we can increase that I think there would be a more accurate representation of what Ithaca is because Ithaca without its student population is a very Ithaca different than when she is with a student population.”

A born and bred Ithacan, Vanessa Fajans Turneris one of the first DDemocratic candidates to join the 2022 election race for the 22nd congressional district representative.

“I think the world would be a much better place if students all voted regularly, and if they voted where they felt most at home and felt most affected by policies and actions,” Fajans-Turner said. “Particularly because the issues that are so close to my heart, like climate change, are the ones that will have the biggest impact on younger generations.”

So far the candidates who started campaigns for the 22nd District with Fajans-Turner are Democrats Francis Conole, Sarah Klee Hood, Mikayla Ridley, Josh Riley and Sam Roberts. The Republican candidates are Mike Sigler and Brandon Williams. The deadline for filing is April 7 for candidates who present themselves within the primary state election, held on June 28. To be eligible to vote in the primary, nominations must be received in person by the Board of Elections by June 3 or by mail by June 8. Because New York is a closed primary state, voters must be registered under a specific party. Therefore, if a resident is not a registered Democrat, they cannot vote for that party’s candidates and vice versa.

Despite the Republican Party’s lawsuit claiming the New York redistricting is unconstitutional, Judge Patrick F. McAllister — a Republican — allowed the map to be signed on February 3 by Governor Kathy Hochul. The lawsuit comes after the Democratic Party fought for years to ban partisan gerrymandering with the Freedom to Vote Act.

Gerrymandering is the practice of drawing district lines to create an advantage for a political party by grouping voters together and diluting the opposing party into districts or bypassing areas to limit their possible seats in Congress.

“Lawsuits like this only make people more suspicious and cynical of the Democratic process and it’s incumbent on every political actor and official to try to restore that faith,” Fajans-Turner said. “The issues we all care about are not limited to districts.”

Anna Kelles, the Ddemocratic AAssembly Rrepresentative for Tompkins County, voted to adopt the new district lines for the state. She said the priority in choosing new districts was to ensure that marginalized populations were given a voice that had previously been diluted in different districts and therefore deprived of a political voice. Kelles said any political change impacted by the new districts is an indirect result of keeping previously divided populations together.

“I find it comical in the context of what’s going on across the country,” Kelles said. “Looking at how voter rights are being demolished in very Republican-dominated states to a level where I think it definitely borders on the suppression of human rights.”

Ithaca College Republicans is an on-campus group that champions conservative Republican Party values. In a statement to IthacaThe executive board of Ithaca College Republicans has said it strongly opposes the new map and hopes the courts will force Albany to draw a fair map for everyone’s benefit.

“Albany Democrats have drawn an appalling gerrymander in an attempt to salvage their slim majority in the House of Representatives,” the statement said. “Four Republican seats have been egregiously removed around the state. The map shows that Democrats are not against gerrymandering; they only oppose it when it hurts them. In a state [where] President Trump won 37% of the vote, Republicans deserve more than 15% representation in Congress. »

Nonpartisan organizations working to ensure district maps are free from political influence, such as Common Cause, are also against the new lines. Natalia Philatov, deputy director of the New York chapter of Common cause, said the lines are so heavily gerrymandered that some districts are uncompetitive. Nonprofits like Common Cause are advocating for the lines to be drawn by an independent, citizen-led redistricting commission with no political interest in the redistricting.

“Both sides engage in this kind of behavior,” Philatov said. “That’s why it shouldn’t be up to politicians to design neighborhoods. … We need to reform this process and improve it so that it serves our communities rather than politicians. This is a disservice to voters.

Mayor Adams signs legislation extending housing and vacancy survey deadline


March 30, 2022

NEW YORK – New York City Mayor Eric Adams today signed into law Intro 70, extending the deadline for the city’s Housing and Vacancy Survey (HVS). Sponsored by Pierina Sanchez, Member of the New York City Council and Chair of the Housing and Buildings Committee, Intro 70 extends the HVS deadline from April 1, 2022 to July 1, 2022.

“I am thrilled that my first bill signing and hearing will be one that gets things done for tenants and workers in New York City,” said Mayor Adams. “Too many New Yorkers are struggling to keep a roof over their heads and put food on the table, and this bill gives the city the time it needs to make an informed decision on the expansion. stabilization of rents.

“The Housing and Vacancy Study is an essential tool for tracking our housing stock and understanding the on-the-ground realities for New Yorkers trying to find affordable housing for their families,” said Jessica Katz, New York Housing Manager. “I am grateful to Council Member Sanchez for understanding how important it is for the city to have enough time to accurately assess the state of our housing market. We cannot rush a review on short notice when rent stabilized housing is at stake. This bill will allow us to do our job well.

“For more than 50 years, the New York City Housing and Vacancy Survey has been the most trusted source of information on the city’s vacancy rate, housing supply and condition, and the continued need for rent regulation. In light of the effect of the pandemic on New York City tenants, collecting in-depth citywide data is more important than ever,” said New York City Department of Housing Preservation and Development Commissioner Adolfo Carrión Jr. “We are pleased to have the Council’s support to extend the deadline to allow the New York City Vacant Housing Survey to more accurately assess the state of housing in this city.”

“The pandemic is still impacting New York City on multiple fronts, including exacerbating the housing affordability crisis that preceded the arrival of COVID,” said Adrienne Adams, President of the New York City Council. “Extending the housing emergency determination period in our city will allow tenants to remain protected under rent stabilization laws for longer. I thank Council Member Sanchez for her leadership on this important legislation. »

“Stabilized housing is critical to maintaining affordability for our New Yorkers,” said New York City Council Member Pierina Sanchez. “This bill is essential to ensure that rent stabilization can continue in New York City, based on the appropriate results of the city’s vacancy survey. I am proud to have sponsored this bill as the first act as chair of the housing and buildings committee, and I look forward to continuing all efforts to maintain rent stabilization for the two million households New Yorkers who rely on city leaders to uphold our rent stabilization laws. in this city.”
The HVS is completed every three years in accordance with New York State and New York City rent regulation laws, however, the survey scheduled for 2020 was initially postponed due to the 2021 U.S. Census , then due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Under New York State law, the city’s rent stabilization law is triggered by a “housing emergency,” which is in effect when the city’s rental housing vacancy rate – such as measured by the HVS – is less than 5%.


How 2 industries blocked justice for young lead paint victims


Without insurance, there is little chance of recovering money for a child when an owner has few resources. Landlords who hold large assets have found ways to legally distance themselves from problematic tenancies, increasingly using LLCs to hide assets and identities. In 2019, for example, a family in Virginia who received a $2 million judgment agreed to accept just $140,000 after the landlord, a major developer, dodged collection efforts.

As a result, plaintiffs’ attorneys – who often work on a contingency basis, bearing costs and collecting payment only if there is a favorable judgment or settlement – ​​are increasingly refusing to sue.

If it hadn’t been for the hurdles, ‘I would still be in front of juries,’ said Richard Serpe, an attorney who represented the Virginia family and quit taking lead cases last year after being there. worked for three decades. “We shifted the burden to those least able to handle it, which is those children.”

The issue of lead poisoning has taken on new urgency: In October, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention lowered the threshold for identifying those at risk, meaning many more children will show high levels of lead poisoning. lead. In New York state alone, that number would nearly double, from around 6,000 new cases a year to around 11,500, according to health data reviewed by The Times.

No exposure to lead is considered safe, and even low levels have been shown to affect a child’s intelligence, learning ability, and behavior, according to the CDC. The repercussions can last a lifetime, and taxpayers end up paying much of the time. the cost of care – billions of dollars a year for medical treatment and special education.

The ultimate goal is to address lead hazards so that children are not exposed at all, which local, state and federal agencies are addressing with limited success. David Jacobs, chief scientist at the National Center for Healthy Housing, points out that there are known cures for unsafe properties and argues that landlords and insurers, who can grant or deny them coverage, must play a role in resolution the problem. “We can’t afford to keep ignoring it – it costs too much and causes too much damage,” he said.

Some states have limited or attempted to ban insurance exclusions — a bill is pending in New York — but the insurance and real estate industries have opposed such moves. Frames in these companies claim that requiring lead coverage would crash the insurance market and drive up the cost of housing, regardless of whether lead paint was present before a child was poisoned.

2022 Pre-Season Top 30 Prospects List


With the new Major League season just weeks away, it’s time for a spring tradition like no other: the unveiling of each team’s top 30 pre-season prospect list.

The annual launch gives a glimpse into each club’s future, highlighting players who are likely to help either on the road or already this summer.

Here’s an overview of each farming system, with links to their top 30 lists and breakdowns of those lists:

blue jays
The Jays’ system is thinner now that they’ve turned former top prospects into key parts of their World Series prospect club. But the top of Toronto’s system in particular remains strong, especially in multi-position infielders. Continued “

Once again the owners of one of the best systems in baseball, the Orioles enter 2022 anticipating the arrival of Adley Rutschman, Grayson Rodriguez and other future cornerstones. Things might finally be about to turn a corner in Charm City. Continued “

The Rays’ ability to compete year after year remains proof of how well they develop talent and how deep their system is. It’s no different this year, with five Top 100 prospects and plenty of talent behind those headliners. Continued “

Red Sox
Boston’s down year in 2020 has helped it rebuild its system, which is now headlined by top 2021 draft prospect Marcelo Mayer and rookie of the year contender Triston Casas. There’s also a good amount of depth here to help the Red Sox get back to the playoffs. Continued “

The Yankees’ system is deep and swims in shortstops. New York’s top five prospects are all positional players, and he has several interesting weapons as well. Continued “

Getting back to the argument, the Guardians will have to rely on a farming system that has been up to snuff in recent years. Most of their rotation comes from the 2016 draft, and they remain deep in the middle field and pitching prospects. Continued “

You may have heard of Bobby Witt Jr., baseball’s new top prospect. He’s far from the only one in a Royals system that should bring excitement to Kansas City in the near future. Continued “

The Tigers have two of MLB Pipeline’s top 5 overall prospects — no other organization can make the same claim. But Spencer Torkelson and Riley Greene aren’t the only blue chippers to move to Detroit, where the big league team looks set to turn a corner. This might be the best Tigers farm system we’ve seen in a while. Continued “

Minnesota dealt from their depth of throwing prospect to bolster their rotation with Sonny Gray, overturning 2021 first-round pick Chase Petty in the deal. But there are more weapons where that came from, and many are ready to contribute now. Six of the organization’s top 10 prospects will open the season on the 40-man roster, including the top four pitchers in the system. Continued “

White socks
Chicago is more focused on the present than the future these days, owners of back-to-back playoff appearances and one of the weakest farming systems in the game. Much of their hopes rest on a strong contingent Cuban – Five of the White Sox’s top prospects hail from the island. Continued “

Although the Astros join the White Sox as the only teams without a Top 100 Prospect on our latest list, they had three players who narrowly missed shortstop Jeremy Peña, wide receiver Korey Lee and right-hander Hunter Brown. Houston, however, established a tradition of getting outstanding performances in the big leagues from players who were relatively unrecognized in the minors. Continued “

There’s been a huge turnover in our top 30 Angels list, and not just because seven of the 20 pitchers they acquired with their 20 draft picks last year are here — although that certainly shakes things up. . A total of 17 players appear on this list for the first time. Continued “

The Oakland system has been replenished. By trading a trio of their stars – Chris Bassitt, Matt Chapman and Matt Olson – the A’s received 10 players in return. Five of those newcomers immediately made it into the organization’s top 10 prospects, and three others joined the club’s top 30 prospects. Continued “

The Mariners have spent the past three offseasons cultivating and developing young talent, transforming a once-bleak farming system into one of the Majors’ best. Many of these top prospects have made it to the bigs, more are on the way, and some are just finding their way into the minors. The organization is in great shape. Continued “

The immediate and long-term future for Rangers is significantly brighter than their recent winning percentages suggest. Armed with five Top 100 Prospects and its best prospecting depth in years, especially on the pitching side, the farming system should be able to fill a variety of holes. Continued “

The Braves won the 2021 World Series behind a host of homegrown stars and key business acquisitions that didn’t require trade prospects. But replacing Freddie Freeman did. Their system is finer after sending Shea Langeliers, Cristian Pache and two others to Oakland for Matt Olson.
Continued “

Miami’s agricultural system looks stronger than ever, especially in terms of quality pitching. The Marlins open 2022 tied with the Mariners and Pirates for the most top-100 prospects with six. That total also matches their franchise record from 2013, when José Fernández and Christian Yelich were in the system. Continued “

The Mets have a very heavy system led by three big bats. There’s also right-handed throwing depth, but not a lot of high-end types, after the Mets decided against signing 2021 first-round pick Kumar Rocker. Continued “

It’s a new era in Washington’s agricultural system. The Nationals’ system was at the bottom of the MLB Pipeline standings a year ago, but it’s much improved now after the club reorganized at last summer’s trade deadline. It may take more, however, to support a full rebuild. Continued “

Things are brewing in the Phillies system, but a lot of that talent is away from Philadelphia. The lower tiers are full of international signs, which make up more than a third of the team’s Top 30. More “

The Brewers love to recruit varsity outfielders, so their system is strong at that position. The top of Milwaukee’s roster is also deep in Major League-ready left-handed throwing. Continued “

The big power is the draw at the top of the Cardinals list with Jordan Walker and Nolan Gorman, and Matthew Liberatore is a highly touted southpaw acquired for Randy Arozarena. The rest of the St. Louis system is filled with almost Major League-ready guys and rising young prospects with high ceilings. Continued “

With most of the core of their 2016 title gone, the Cubs spent more than a year redoing their big league roster and farming system through trades. Seven of their top 30 prospects are the result of these deals, with seven of their top eight prospects having joined the organization in the past 16 months. Continued “

Good things are brewing on the farm for Pittsburgh, whose system boasts both elite-level talent and considerable depth. The Pirates have six prospects in the Top 100 and three players in the top 26, including 2021 first overall pick Henry Davis. Continued “

The Reds are reorganizing after two consecutive winning seasons. This season is set to feature the long-awaited debut of top prospect Hunter Greene, contributions from southpaw Nick Lodolo and possibly Brandon Williamson, who was acquired from the Mariners for Jesse Winker and Eugenio Suárez this spring. Continued “

The D-backs system continues to improve despite recent struggles at the big league level, as evidenced by three Top 100 prospects and excellent depth. Anxious Arizona fans won’t have to wait very long to see the next wave of talent hit the desert. Continued ”

Sporting a seemingly endless supply of young talent, the Dodgers continue to marry victory and development better than any major league organization. Their roster is full of former Top 100 prospects, they’ve used others to land blockbuster deals, and they still have one of the best systems in the sport. It’s also a head-turning band, fronted by five Top 100 guys.

The Padres know how to restock quickly. Their farm isn’t as elite as it once was, but San Diego has been able to retain many of its top prospects while becoming serious contenders at the big league level. The system still sports four Top 100 hopefuls. Continued »

2020 first-round pick Zac Veen highlights Colorado’s heavier system, which is full of international talent at the lower levels. The Rockies also have several top-10 players on track for their 2022 debut and fast-rising backstop Drew Romo, another first-rounder of 2020. Continued »

Expert: Reported decline in Haitian immigrant population likely a result of census scare


NEW YORK — After a decade of decline in the number of Haitian-born immigrants, the city saw an influx of refugees from the country in 2021, according to an annual report from the Mayor’s Office of Immigration Affairs (MOIA). However, according to an expert, the reported decline may reflect a lack of Haitian participation in the census used in the city’s report.

Between 2010 and 2020, the number of residents born in Haiti decreased by 17% to 78,250 people according to the MOIA 2021 reportciting data from the 2020 American Community Survey. Haitians are the ninth largest foreign-born population in the city, according to the report, and Haitian Creole is the fifth most spoken language among people born in the stranger.

Georges Fouron, professor of social sciences at SUNY stony streamsaid the reported decline in Haitian immigrants may reflect a lack of census participation due to fear rather than actual numbers.

To see the full story, please subscribe to The Haitian Times. You can choose a $60 annual pass or a $5 weekly pass.

When you join The Haitian Times family, you get unlimited digital access to high-quality journalism about Haiti and Haitians that you won’t get anywhere else. We have been in this business for 20 years and are proud to represent you, our diaspora experience and a holistic approach view of haiti that the mainstream media don’t show you.

Join now or renew to get:
— Instant access to unique stories and special reports
— Local news from our communities (especially New York and Florida)
— Profiles of Haitians at the top of their field
— Downloadable lists and resources on Haitian culture
— Membership merchandise, benefits and special invitations

New subscribers also receive a special welcome gift handmade in Haiti by expert artisans! Do it for the culture and support black-owned businesses.

If you see this message but are already subscribed, you can log in for immediate access to this story.

Census shows more Americans leaving big cities


People take advantage of the warmer than usual day to enjoy the lakefront in Chicago, Illinois on March 16, 2022. [Photo/Agencies]

Many Americans left the nation’s largest cities during the pandemic to live in southern suburbs, according to the U.S. Census.

New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Chicago all experienced significant population losses in the first year of the pandemic, the US Census Bureau reported March 24.

The New York metropolitan area, which has seen an exodus of 385,455 people from 2020 to 2021, tops the list of major cities with the largest population declines. This happened despite the region gaining new residents from abroad and its number of births exceeding deaths during the same period.

The nation’s most populous city has also seen an increase in shootings and suffered high-profile crimes, including against Asian Americans. New York also had some of the strictest COVID-19 policies in place in the United States.

Phoenix, Arizona welcomed the most new residents. Its population has increased from 1.4 million in 2010 to 1.6 million in 2020, a rate of 11.2%, according to the Census Bureau. Phoenix has grown the fastest among the largest US cities, overtaking Philadelphia to officially become the fifth largest city in the United States since the last census.

The Dallas metro area’s population increased by 54,319 and Tampa, Florida added 42,089 new residents.

“The patterns we’ve seen in internal migration have changed in 2021,” Dr. Christine Hartley, deputy division chief for estimates and projections in the office’s population division, said in a statement.

The Los Angeles area, which lost 204,776 people, ranked second on the list. LA has also seen an increase in crime, with the county sheriff reporting a 137% increase in crime in February compared to the same month in 2021. Los Angeles has also had a controversial COVID-19 school mask policy that has been canceled on March 18.

It is closely followed by San Francisco, which was affected by an internal migration loss of 128,870 people, and Chicago, which lost 106,897 inhabitants.

Additionally, other metropolitan areas, such as the San Jose, CA, Boston, Miami, and Washington DC areas, also lost tens of thousands of residents.

As people leave the expensive and densely populated metropolitan centers, increasing numbers are also migrating to the suburbs or smaller towns, which offer a lower cost of living and a change in lifestyle.

“Even though over time we have seen a higher number of counties with a natural decrease and net international migration continuing to decline, over the past year the contribution of internal migration has counteracted these trends, from so there were actually more counties growing than losing population,” Hartley says.

These changes resulted in an increase in population in 1,822 counties, or 58% of the total US counties; 41.8%, or 1,313 counties, experienced a decline in population; eight counties, or 0.3%, saw no change in their population, the Census Bureau reported.

Texas is home to five of the top 10 counties that grew in population in 2021, which together gained 145,663 people.

Moreover, the latest census indicated that growth in micro-regions is accelerating. This is different from the past where metropolitan areas generally grow at a faster rate than their micropolitan counterparts. Micropolitan areas are defined as urban centers with a population of at least 10,000 but less than 50,000 people.

Sixty-five percent, or 251 of metropolitan areas experienced an increase in population between 2020 and 2021; 52.9% or 287 out of 543 micro-zones reported gains. Kalispell, Montana, Jefferson, Georgia, and Bozeman, Montana were the top three micro-regions that saw the largest population increases.

Demographer William Frey told The Associated Press he believed the shift in demographic trends was temporary. It comes as many people move during the pandemic when remote work becomes an option, he said.

“There’s clearly a scatter, but I think it’s a blow,” said Frey, senior fellow at the Brookings Institution’s metropolitan policy program, Brookings Metro.

“We’ve been at one of the lowest levels of immigration for a long, long time, and it’s affecting major metros like New York, Los Angeles and Chicago. It’s going to come back. With the natural decrease, we’ll go back to normal” , Frey told the AP.

The data released Thursday covered 3,143 counties, 384 of the nation’s metropolitan statistical areas and 543 micropolitan statistical areas.

Austin home value growth tops national rankings


AUSTIN (KXAN) — It’s no secret that home prices have skyrocketed across the country since the start of the coronavirus pandemic, with SmartAsset findings pointing to an average growth of 17% nothing only in 2021.

And here in Austin, those prices continue to climb through 2022. The Austin Business Journal reported the city’s median home price at just under $500,000 in February, nearly double the median price in the city. January 2016 sticker, listed at just under $255,000.

Financial technology company SmartAsset conducted an analysis of 400 metropolitan areas and housing markets to determine which regions are best for home value growth and stability. According to his findings, Austin has led the way in rising home values, with home costs in the Austin-Round Rock metropolitan area having climbed 368% since 1997.

And Austin isn’t the only one to represent the Lone Star State on national rosters. Texas cities accounted for 50% of major metropolitan markets, with 10 metropolitan areas represented in SmartAsset’s Top 20. Homebuying expert Liz Hutz attributed the trend to increased economic growth and job creation in Texas, with cities in Texas and Colorado leading the way. path for boomtown developments according to SmartAsset findings.

In related “boomtown” trends, a March report from the Austin Chamber of Commerce found that the city had recovered all of its pandemic-related job losses by May 2021. There are currently more than 58,000 jobs in Austin compared to February 2020 numbers.

To read SmartAsset’s full report, click here.

China delays employee retirements as population ages and treasury dries up


The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is delaying the retirement age of its government employees as the draconian one-child policy bears its long-term effects in the form of an aging population accompanied by increased spending of the state for social security pensions, according to a report. Friday. Starting March 1, the Communist Party of China (CCP) began to implement the Deferred Retirement Policy to address the problem of insufficient secular social security pension funds, Inside Over reported.

The move follows the “14th Five-Year Plan for the National Development of Aging and Elderly Care Service System” released last year by the Communist Party of China’s State Council on Dec. 30. “The only reason is that there is no money now,” said Feng Chongyi, a professor at Sydney University of Technology and China expert in an interview with The Epoch Times, adding that “local governments are in short supply and this hole cannot be filled”.

The policy had been in the works for a long time since 2013 but was delayed due to strong resentment among the working population, according to Chinese digital platform Tencent.com. Feng also pointed out that the CCP’s cruel family planning has destroyed natural population law, which has not only caused the imbalance of male and female population in China, but also greatly affected the labor supply. implemented and transformed China into an aging society, according to the report. noted.

An additional problem for the CCP is that the new measure is expected to leave tens of millions of graduates each year with nowhere to go, as the old cannot retire and the young have nowhere to go. “The delayed retirement policy reflects the fact that social expenditures related to retirement and old age have become a heavy burden on the central government’s financial expenditure, so it is delaying retirement to minimize this, its wage pressure,” said Wu Jialong, a Taiwanese economist.

He added that postponing the retreat is the Communist Party of China Central Committee’s last resort to deal with financial pressures, also warning that civil unrest will ensue in the future due to financial pressures. (ANI)

(This story has not been edited by the Devdiscourse team and is auto-generated from a syndicated feed.)

Start of the youth homelessness census | WDVM25 and DCW50


FREDERICK, Md. (WDVM) – Across Maryland, thousands of youth and young adults live alone or are homeless. The Youth Homelessness Census is one of many resources working to address this persistent problem.

The Homeless Youth Census is a statewide initiative that identifies students ages 14-24 who are homeless without a parent or guardian.

The initiative then assists these children with multiple resources to help them get off the streets.

“This is the first year that all 24 jurisdictions will be participating, so it’s really an initiative to document the number of students and young adults who experience homelessness, but also to better understand how to connect with them and support them. while being homeless,” said SHIP executive director Maureen Walker.

Through the Student Homelessness Initiative Partnership better known as SHIP, children identified as homeless receive food and supplies as well as a housing program.

“Young people experiencing homelessness look different from adults. So they try to better understand the unique characteristics and be able to identify them, and then find the community services that are right for them,” Walker explained.

Nathan Williamson was homeless at the start of his sophomore year of high school. Williamson knows firsthand how difficult homelessness can be for a child. He says that without the ship and their resources, he wouldn’t be where he is today.

“I’m super grateful, especially now that I’m part of the host program here,” Williamson said. “I am grateful to them for being able to integrate me into the host family that I have, who have been so supportive and allowed me to do what I needed to start my life. and my things.”

The Youth Homelessness Count was able to help 74 children in Frederick County.

Mental health tops list of concerns for students at Montgomery Co.


“There is no doubt that the Magruder shooting changed us,” Himanshu Gediya, a Magruder high school student, told board members at Thursday’s meeting. “This entire school year has changed us.

Students in Montgomery County schools have made it clear to the school board that they want easily accessible mental health services, which they say is sorely lacking.

“There’s no doubt that the Magruder shooting changed us,” Himanshu Gediya, a Magruder High School alumnus, told council members at Thursday’s meeting. “This entire school year has changed us.

Himanshu was referring to the January shooting in a school bathroom that seriously injured a student. This incident and a number of episodes of violence in schools across the county this school year have fueled new discussions about the role of police in schools.

But at Thursday’s board meeting, students focused on the need for better counseling services over a police presence in schools.

Another Magruder senior, Grace Simonson, reiterated that ease of access to mental health services at school remains difficult: “If students don’t feel the real benefit of your work, then what’s the point- he ?”

Elena Davisson, a Magruder junior, said the counseling and mental health services provided after the January shooting were temporary and students were expected to return to normal routines soon.

“Instead of listening to the Magruder students, I guess we all collectively decided to only listen to the moms on Facebook or Twitter complaining about (school resource officers) being pulled from schools,” he said. she said, referring to the public safety shutdown. program that had posted ORS in schools.

Currently, police officers are assigned to school groups as CEOs or community engagement officers, but are not stationed inside school buildings.

After the Magruder High School shooting, Montgomery County Public Schools Superintendent Monifa McKnight said the role of police in and around school buildings would be reconsidered, with CEOs given access to school workstations.

“I think it’s appropriate to support schools in their efforts to be safe and secure,” Montgomery County Council Chairman Gabe Albornoz told reporters on Monday.

Students who spoke at Thursday’s meeting reiterated their preference for the focus on mental health support.

“Is adding ORS going to fix problems after they’ve already happened,” asked Baba Cisse, a junior at Albert Einstein High School. “An officer would not be my first choice,” to talk about mental health issues, he added.

“You heard screams in Blair and Northwest. You heard Magruder’s voices screaming. You heard the voices from across the county screaming. So I ask you, will you stand up and hear the cries for help,” Cissé said in closing, drawing applause.

Board member Shebra Evans spoke directly to the students when responding to the testimony.

“I just need you to know that we care, we hear you, we listen to you,” she said.

A former council chairman, Evans told students that better mental health support has been a budget priority in recent years. But, she added, “I’m just going to be honest. We never do enough. »

The school system plans to hire up to 50 school psychologists and counselors and has offered positions to 15 recent applicants.

But board member Lynn Harris echoed some of the frustrations expressed by students when she noted that similar concerns had been brought to the board several times during the school year.

“They tell us what they need,” Harris said of student feedback, adding that the same concerns brought before the board again indicate “this is a pervasive problem that we don’t know about.” ‘have not yet resolved’.

We finally know how many people left Boston during the pandemic


In new census data, Suffolk County has seen one of the largest population declines nationwide.

Congress Street during the morning rush hour at the start of the pandemic. (Photo by David L. Ryan/The Boston Globe via Getty Images)

You wouldn’t know by looking at all the signs found elsewhere, like, say, skyrocketing rents and real estate prices in Boston, and intensifying woes for apartment hunters. But according to a new round of census data, many people really, really decamped from the city and its surrounding communities between July 2020 and July 2021.

Suffolk County, which includes Boston, Chelsea, Revere and Winthrop, saw a notable population reduction in those years of 3.3%, or 28,850 people. This figure means that we have had the seventh highest rate of population decline in the United States. Other areas have seen much larger declines, including New York County, where the population fell 6.9%, and San Francisco, where it fell 6.7%.

Overall, cities saw their numbers decline, partly because the birth rate was lower than the death rate, and partly because many people at this point in history were looking for housing outside the centers urban, driven by quality of life. changes brought about by the pandemic, or tempted by the possibility of working from home in greener and more spacious pastures.

That said, the report only covers population patterns for a while, ending as the vaccine summer was just beginning here, and the situation on the ground has clearly changed a lot in the months since. You will recall that Boston, in the deepest COVID slump, actually saw rents go down, an unfathomable outcome in all scenarios beyond a global pandemic. That is, until they don’t. Here, in 2022, high rents and cutthroat competition for housing are back with a vengeance.

Let’s also not forget that previous census data showed that between 2010 and 2020 Boston’s population grew by 58,000, and trend lines before the dreaded coronavirus showed people were pouring in for cities, no a way from their.

So what are we to make of Suffolk County’s outstanding performance when it comes to people heading out in this particularly difficult year? Maybe that tells us that all the talk about cities like ours emptying out in the wake of COVID has, for a brief moment, lived up to all the hype. But those skyrocketing rental prices certainly suggest that as colleges put the days of Zoom behind them and our restaurants and cultural centers reopened, Boston’s desirability as a place to live has quickly returned to average.

Pierre Poilievre is right to make housing an issue


Pierre Poilievre, the favored candidate for the leadership of the Conservative Party of Canada, is wrong about a lot of things. He is so constantly and noisily deceiving himself, in fact, that deceiving himself aggressively has become his stock in trade. But one thing he is right about is the dismal state of the housing market in Canada and the negative impact it is having on young people, new Canadians and anyone who does not already own property. real estate.

It’s no secret that house prices in Toronto and Vancouver have reached utterly absurd levels, and they certainly helped push the national average to a record high of $816,720 in February. That’s a 20% increase over the previous year, and finding a single-family home under $1 million in these markets has become as difficult as qualifying for the national Olympic team. But the MLS home price index, which attempts to create a national average that isn’t unduly influenced by markets like Vancouver and Toronto, is rising even faster. That’s a record 29.2% from February 2021, and it’s up 3.5% in the past month alone – yet another record high.

It’s not, as Poilievre has repeatedly said. suggested, entirely due to “money printing” by the federal government (the federal government, on the one hand, does not actually control the decisions made by the Bank of Canada). Local zoning decisions, the toxic influence of NIMBYism, and provincial housing policies have all contributed to this stew of unaffordability. From Vancouver Island to Prince Edward Island, soaring house prices are becoming an inescapable issue for elected officials who have been desperately trying to avoid it for years.

It’s not a partisan thing either. Whether it’s Doug Ford in Ontario, John Horgan in British Columbia, or Justin Trudeau in Ottawa, leaders of every stripe imaginable have not taken this as seriously as it demands, and even fewer address entrenched interests that stand in the way of meaningful progress. .

If Poilievre wants to make this a key issue of his campaign, and perhaps of his future leadership, then it’s up to the Liberal government to take the lead. Trudeau’s pact with Jagmeet Singh buys him time here, and it includes two agenda items specifically aimed at housing and affordability. Commitments to extend the Rapid Housing Initiative, which was a pandemic-era plan to create more affordable housing, and to top up the Canada Housing Benefit are good. But it is the suggestion that they will “tackle the financialization of the housing market” that will be the real litmus test.

Their deal didn’t specify how they planned to make said tackle, but Trudeau and Singh won’t have to look far for ideas. Generation Squeeze, a Vancouver-based organization focused on affordability and intergenerational equity (and which received funding from Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and its Solutions Labs program), offered four potential solutions in a report published in January.

The government, he says, should make greater investments in green, affordable, purpose-built rental and co-op housing — and leverage the resources of the Canada Infrastructure Bank to do so. It should take low-density housing and use it to create a pool of permanently affordable rental units, along with a so-called “perpetual affordable housing bond” that could fund the expansion of that pool. And in a suggestion that should be music to Poilievre’s ears, Generation Squeeze thinks the government should order Statistics Canada to report annually on the relationship between monetary policy and house prices.

But it’s the band’s fourth suggestion that deservedly got the most attention – and generated much of the pushback. Generation Squeeze proposes the creation of a small surcharge (starting at 0.2% and increasing to 1%) on homes valued over $1 million. It’s nothing like the huge untaxed capital gains that many older homeowners have accrued, and it would only start out as $200 for a $1 million home. The proposal even suggests that this modest tax could be deferred by owners.

As Generation Squeeze put it in its report, “It’s time to ask the 10% who own the most valuable real estate in Canada to tolerate a small price tag on housing inequity to demonstrate their allegiance to the dream Canadian that a good home should be within reach of what hard work can earn, whether in rental or co-op accommodation, or as landlords.

However, some of the responses the group received weren’t exactly reasonable.

STEPUP, a Vancouver-based anti-tax group that calls itself “the leading voice of current and future homeowners in British Columbia and across Canada,” described Generation Squeeze leader Paul Kershaw as an “academic of radical left of UBC”. He suggested, “Those of you familiar with the work of Karl Marx will also recognize the communist undertones in Kershaw’s proposal.”

Opinion: For all his bluster and bravado, Pierre Poilievre is good at harnessing anger and putting it to work on his behalf, writes columnist @maxfawcett. #Canada #HousePrice

Better yet, STEPUP described Vancouver homeowners — many of whom have seen their homes double or triple in value without any real work or effort on their part — as “under siege.”

It might be funny if it weren’t for the real impact this attitude has on the lives of so many young Canadians. And while conservatives have traditionally struggled to break through among voters under 50, this question could be the key to finally unlocking that door for them.

For all his bluster and bravado, Poilievre is good at harnessing anger and putting it to work on his behalf. And make no mistake: young Canadians are increasingly angry at the unfairness and unfairness that is entrenched in our housing market.

If the Liberals are to avoid losing the next election in 2025, they really need to do something to quell this anger before it consumes them.

Collin, Denton among US counties with fastest population growth in 2021, census data shows


Collin and Denton counties were among the top 10 counties in the United States in terms of population growth last year, according to data from the US Census Bureau.

Five of last year’s top 10 winning counties – Collin at No. 2, Fort Bend (No. 4), Williamson (No. 5), Denton (No. 6) and Montgomery (No. 8) – were in Texas. Those five counties grew by nearly 150,000 residents combined, the bureau reported.

Nationwide, 65.6% of counties experienced population growth due to in-migration. At the same time, 73% of counties experienced population decline due to natural causes, meaning that the number of deaths in a given county exceeded the number of births.

Harris County and Dallas County remained the third and ninth largest counties in the nation with populations of 4.7 million and 2.6 million, respectively. Dallas County lost just under 25,000 residents last year, while Harris County lost about 4,500.

The trend of natural population decline has been fueled by increased mortality – largely due to the COVID-19 pandemic – as well as an aging population and declining births.

A new development is under construction in Frisco. Among the nation’s metropolitan areas, Dallas-Fort Worth was the leader in population growth, adding 97,290 residents. (Rebecca Slezak / Staff Photographer)

“You have more older Americans and birth rates are low, so you don’t have a lot of children being born,” said Kenneth Johnson, senior demographer at the University of New Hampshire. “And then comes COVID, and it hits older people the most, often in rural areas without access to good health care.

“It’s like a perfect storm, if you will, that produced this natural decrease,” Johnson said.

The country’s biggest population declines have occurred in New England and some of the largest metropolitan areas, according to census data. Los Angeles County lost nearly 185,000 residents last year, while New York County shrank by about 117,000. The population of California’s Bay Area, which includes San Francisco, Oakland and Berkeley, fell by more than 116,000, and Cook County (Chicago) lost about 102,000 residents.

Among metropolitan areas, Dallas-Fort Worth led the nation in population growth, adding 97,290 residents. Three other Texas metropolitan areas were also among the nation’s 10 largest: Houston-The Woodlands-Sugar Land at No. 3, with a jump of about 69,000; Austin-Round Rock-Georgetown at No. 4 (53,000); and San Antonio-New Braunfels at No. 8 (35,000).

Tanya O’Neil, team leader for Estancia Group, which is brokered by Fathom Realty and works in Collin and Denton counties, described Denton County’s population surge as explosive. Collin County’s growth, however, she called a “rocky past,” noting that homes there are well above asking price.

“It’s like there’s this legend of Collin County like this lost city of gold that’s taken hold of everyone,” she said.

O’Neil said many of her customers are drawn to Plano because of the city’s schools, though she suggests looking to lower-demand markets like Aubrey and Wylie. She noted that many came from states like California and Oregon, where strict health measures during the pandemic kept many children in virtual school.

Framing of a new home is shown in Frisco.  Tanya O'Neil, a real estate agent who works in the growth...
Framing of a new home is shown in Frisco. Tanya O’Neil, a real estate agent who works in growing Collin and Denton counties, noted that many clients are West Coast transplants looking for a lifestyle change and better rapport. value for money when buying a house.(Rebecca Slezak / Staff Photographer)

Some customers are looking to not only get more bang for their buck, but also to embrace a different lifestyle, O’Neil said.

“California people are my happiest customers because of what they can get for their money here versus there,” she said. “People in California feel like they have mansions here.”

Dr. Christine Hartley, deputy division chief for estimates and projections in the Census Bureau’s Population Division, said patterns of internal migration have changed in 2021.

“Even though over time we have seen a higher number of counties with a natural decrease and net international migration continuing to decline, over the past year the contribution of internal migration has counteracted these trends, from so there were actually more counties growing than losing population,” Hartley says.

But the explosive growth of Texas, North Texas in particular, is not without challenges. Last year, the cornerstone of a $490 million lake project in Fannin County was laid to help North Texas become one of the fastest growing regions in the country.

But officials say even that lake might not be enough to keep up with the new residents.

The Associated Press contributed to this report.

Seattle Mariners farm system top ranks second in baseball based on top 100 prospect lists


We had to wait for the lockdown to end, but MLB Pipeline finally published the last of the major Top 100 Prospects lists. This completes the set with lists of Baseball America, baseball flyers, Fangraphs, Live Insightsas well as Kiley McDaniel for ESPNand Keith Law for athletics.

Many of these lists have been written here, but with seven lists we can do more. Much like creating an average of polls during election season, we can get the wisdom of the crowds and reduce bias. In the context of leads, this balances listmakers who favor proximity to majors versus those who favor upside; those who are better at spotting pitchers vs. those who are better at spotting hitters; and those who are rigorous against those whose methodology is more… mercurial [cough, Keith Law, cough].

Photo by Sam Wasson/Getty Images

The process is simple. For each time a player appears on a roster, give that player an inverse number of points. Thus, ranking first earns a player 100 points and ranking 100th earns a player one point. (Some rosters rank over 100 prospects, but using data for those players makes things less reliable than picking a boundary where all rosters end.)

Then rank players by the total number of points they received, from Adley Rutschman with his 698 out of a possible 700 points to Mets outfielder Alex Ramirez in 161st based on his single point to be ranked 100th top prospect. on just one single list.

For example, Nationals catcher Keibert Ruiz is ranked 11th in Baseball America, for which he scores 90 points. Being 39th on Baseball Prospectus gets him 62 points, Kiley McDaniel ranking him 27th adds 74 points, 29th on Prospects Live gets 72 points and being unranked by Fangraphs, Kieth Law and MLB Pipeline scores zero. That’s a total of 298 points, which puts him 49th overall, despite not being ranked by three outlets. This is the point of considering the lists together.

Seattle Sailors Photo Day

Photo by Sam Wasson/Getty Images

By that metric, the Mariners land five prospects in the top 100.

Want to guess who Mariner’s best prospect is? Yeah. Seattle’s best prospect since A-Rod is No. 3 with 680 points. The top three of Adley Rutschman, Bobby Witt, Jr. and Julio Rodriguez rebounded during the roster season, with cases facts for one of them ranked first. But over the course of seven lists, there is real distance between them, from Adley’s 698 points to Witt’s 694 and Julio’s 680.

This suggests that while the expert class may see the differences between the three as slight, there is actually a clearer order than the commentary might lead you to believe. Much of the distance between Julio and Witt is due to Keith Law ranking Julio 9th, but even without that Julio would clearly be third. Still, with the show he put on during spring training, he might make reviewers regret the lack of respect.

Noelvi Marte is second among the Mariners, 12th overall, with 613 points. It might just be me, but I feel like Noelvi has been buried under Julio’s titanic imprint this season. But imagine if we didn’t have Julio in the system. We would be so thrilled to have a shortstop prospect who put up a .373 wOBA on the A ball as a 19-year-old. Don’t let Julio’s supernova blind you to Noelvi’s potential greatness.

The third (!) prospect in the Mariners’ top-25 system is George Kirby, ranked 21st with 519 points, making him the fourth-highest ranked pitcher. From there, it’s a pretty substantial drop for Kirby’s counterpart in the battle for fifth rotational spot, with Matt Brash’s 115 points putting him at number 85. Not bad for a prospect who doesn’t. was not on a single list at this time last year that the Sailors got in exchange for a reliever that the team picked up waivers that just came from settled for minor league deal.

Rounding out the list is 2021 top pick Harry Ford. Ford, a prep pick from Georgia, ranked No. 49 on Keith Law’s list, with Law calling him “a more runner with elite batting speed, and… more raw power with the projection to reach 70 or more”. He was also one of the Fangraphs choose to clickamong those they consider most likely to feature in their next Top 100 list.

And despite ranking outside the aggregate top 100, Emerson Hancock ranked 118th on the list with 36 points. Given his ongoing health issues, however, this could be his peak for a while.

The centerpiece of the Winker/Suarez comeback, Brandon Williamson, lands in 95th, just below Harry Ford, although he does it now for Cincinnati.

But what’s really great about this approach is that you can add up all the points earned by prospects from each organization. This is, in my opinion, the best way to assess the top of an organization’s farming system. It’s more holistic than simply counting the number of prospects that come onto a given list, like this image that MLB Pipeline keeps trotting:

According to this methodology, a team like the Reds, with six prospects in the top 100, is punished for the absence of a genuine elite prospect. And it similarly punishes a team for having the biggest names but fewer likely role players, like the Royals with Witt at the top, but not much below. Here’s how the organization’s ranking plummets:

Top 100 Aggregated Prospects

Rank Team Points Top 100 Leads on any top 100 list
Rank Team Points Top 100 Leads on any top 100 list
1 Orioles 2225 6 8
2 sailors 2029 5 6
3 pirate 1865 6 6
4 Diamondbacks 1681 4 8
5 marlins 1655 5 8
6 tigers 1654 3 4
7 Rays 1613 6 7
8 Red Sox 1589 3 6
9 Rangers 1504 4 8
ten padres 1491 4 4
11 Royals 1484 3 4
12 giants 1444 4 6
13 Dishes 1442 4 6
14 Cardinals 1438 4 4
15 Dodgers 1348 5 7
16 Yankees 1295 3 8
17 Guardians 1246 4 8
18 Reds 1224 6 7
19 blue jays 1181 4 5
20 Nationals 1036 3 4
21 Athletics 877 3 5
22 Twins 784 3 7
23 Cubs 709 1 5
24 Phillies 596 2 4
25 rockies 500 1 2
26 angels 488 1 2
27 brave 326 1 4
28 Brewers 323 1 5
29 Astros 300 1 3
30 White socks 0 0 0

By that metric, as you can see, the Mariners sit solidly second, with a huge gap to the third-placed Pirates.

The other good news here is how bad the rest of the division looks by this metric. The Rangers sit 9th, but with all the daylight of George Kirby between Seattle’s 2,029 points and their 1,504. Other than them, the AL West appear to be in bad shape going forward. Even after trading Matt Olson, Matt Chapman and Chris Bassitt, the A’s are still in the final third, with the Angels and penultimate Astros backed only by the truly sterile White Sox.

It’s encouraging that Seattle’s system looks so good even after getting Jarred Kelenic, Logan Gilbert and Cal Raleigh last year. But at some point, having elite prospects is going to have to turn into winning. Here’s hoping 2022 is the year that happens.

Deaths in Alabama outnumber births since 2020 census


Deaths have exceeded births in 73% of U.S. counties — including all but seven in Alabama — since the 2020 census, according to new data released Thursday by the Census Bureau.

The dramatic numbers underscore long-term trends towards fewer births, as well as the short-term impact of COVID-19, experts say.

Statewide in Alabama, deaths exceeded births by more than 11,000 between the April 1, 2020 census date and July 1 of last year.

“Certainly we know some of this is COVID-related,” said Deputy State Health Officer Dr. Karen Landers.

Landers noted that more than 9,000 Alabama residents have died from the disease since the pandemic began. Preliminary figures from the Alabama Department of Public Health indicate that 68,626 people died from all causes in 2021, up from 64,799 the previous year. Landers said that exceeded births both years and an average of about 58,000.

“So again, more deaths than births,” she told FOX10 News. “And we think COVID certainly had an impact on that.”

Demographers have noted for decades that American women are having fewer babies, and Landers agreed that was a factor as well.

“We know that overall birth rates are down in the country,” she said.

But Landers added that pandemic-related deaths have accelerated the so-called natural population decline.

“You know, the message I would get from looking at this data is that we really don’t need to lose more Alabamians to COVID,” she said.

Natural population decline has hit every county in southwestern Alabama. Despite this, thanks to people moving in, Baldwin County has seen the largest numerical population gain of any county in the state. Between the date of the 2020 census and July 1 of last year, Baldwin recorded a net gain of 7,527 residents, bringing the total to 239,294. This edged out the net gain of 7,058 for the county of Madison.

By percentage, Baldwin’s 3.2% growth rate trailed only Limestone County’s 3.8% rate.

All other counties in the Mobile area saw a net decline in population. Mobile County’s drop of 1,736 was followed only by Jefferson County, which saw a net loss of 6,901.

Nationally, there has been a trend of people moving out of high-population counties into medium and smaller counties, according to Christine Hartley, deputy division chief for estimates and projections at the Division of Census Bureau population. This has led to an overall population increase in the majority of counties, according to the data.

“The patterns we’ve seen in inland migration have changed in 2021,” Hartley said in a press release. “Even though over time we have seen a higher number of counties with a natural decrease and net international migration continuing to decline, over the past year the contribution of internal migration has counteracted these trends, from so there were actually more counties growing than losing population.”

COVID-19 DATA SUMMARY – March 23, 2022


PREVIEW – 573 new cases | 20 deaths* | 37 hospitalizations | Statewide Alert Level: High | 59.5% of Alaskans 5 years and older vaccinated

To check variant data for Alaska, please visit the Alaska Coronavirus Variant Dashboard at akvariants.github.io.

TAKE ACTION Choosing to get vaccinated is the most important step you can take to protect yourself and your community and to keep our economy strong. Learn more about vaccines at covidvax.alaska.gov and CDC recommendations for fully vaccinated people at cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/vaccines/fully-vaccinated.html. The vaccine is now available for children 5 years and older. The rates listed below reflect the percentage of Alaskans ages 5 and older reported vaccinated.

VACCINES – 64.8% of Alaskans ages 5 and older have received at least their first dose of the vaccine.

59.5% of Alaskans ages 5 and older have been fully immunized. The higher the vaccination rate, the more members of the community are protected against COVID-19. See below for the percentages of all fully immunized Alaskans ages 5 and older by region:

  • Juneau area: 79.5%
  • Yukon Delta Region: 76.3%
  • Other South-East – North region: 74.1%
  • South West Region: 69.7%
  • Other South-East region – South: 66.9%
  • Anchor region: 64.3%
  • Northwest Region: 62.4
  • Other interior region: 59.8%
  • Fairbanks North Star Ward: 51.2%
  • Kenai Peninsula region: 49.2%
  • Matanuska-Susitna area: 41.9%

CASE DHSS today announced 573 new people identified with COVID-19 in Alaska.

553 resided in: Anchorage (161), Bethel Census Area (40 out of 12 communities), Greater Wasilla Area (32), Nome (29), Juneau (26), Dillingham (24), Ketchikan (21), Eagle River (17), Fairbanks ( 17), Nome Census Area (16 of 7 communities), Greater Palmer Area (14), North Slope Borough (13), Sitka (12), Valdez (11), Kenai (10), Kusilvak Census Area (10 of 3 communities ), Soldotna (10), Kotzebue (8), Dillingham Census Area (7 of 2 communities), Bethel (6), Kodiak (6), North Pole (6), Northwest Arctic Borough (6 of 4 communities), Seward ( 6), Homer (5), Kenai Peninsula Borough-North (5 out of 2 communities), Metlakatla (5), Wrangell (5), Anchor Point (3), Chugiak (3), Houston/Big Lake area (3), Skagway (3), Utqiaġvik (3), Hooper Bay (2), Nikiski (2) and one each in the West Aleutian Census Area, Copper River Census Area, Cordova, Fritz Creek, Haines and Mat Su Borough.

Twenty non-resident cases have been identified in:

  • Fairbanks: 11 with one goal under investigation
  • Mooring: 4 with objective under study
  • Ketchikan: 1 with a goal under investigation
  • Juneau: 1 with a goal under investigation
  • Southeast Fairbanks Census Area: 1 with a target under consideration
  • Wasilla: 1 with a goal under investigation
  • Location Under Investigation: 1 with an objective under investigation

Five resident cases and three nonresident cases were added to the overall state total due to data verification procedures, bringing the total number of Alaska resident cases to 237,883 and the total number of non-resident cases to 7,949.

HOSPITALIZATIONS & DEATHS – There were a total of 3,733 resident hospitalizations and 1,189 death of inhabitants.

Nineteen new Alaska resident hospitalizations and 20 Alaska resident deaths were reported. New deaths from COVID-19 are reported on Wednesdays. Please see this webpage for more information on the process used to report COVID-19 deaths: dhss.alaska.gov/dph/epi/id/pages/covid-19/deathcounts.aspx.

The Alaska residents who died were:

  • 80+ year old Anchorage resident
  • 80+ year old Anchorage resident
  • Male Anchorage resident in his 60s
  • An Anchorage resident in her 60s
  • A male Anchorage resident in his 50s
  • A male resident of the Bethel Census Area in his 60s
  • A Big Lake resident in his 60s
  • A male resident of the Copper River Census Area in his 60s
  • A Fairbanks resident male in his 60s
  • A Juneau resident in her 60s
  • A Kenai resident aged 80 and older
  • A Kenai resident aged 80 and older
  • A Kenai resident in her 60s
  • A Kodiak resident in his 60s
  • A male resident of Petersburg aged 80 and over
  • A resident of the Southeast Fairbanks Census Area in her 60s
  • Wasilla resident male in his 60s
  • A Wasilla resident in her 40s
  • A Wasilla resident in her 40s
  • A male resident of the Koyukuk Census Area in the Yukon aged 80 or older

Our thoughts go out to their family and loved ones.

There are currently 37 patients diagnosed with COVID-19 who are hospitalized and six additional patients who are considered persons under investigation (PUI) for a total of 43 ongoing COVID-related hospitalizations. One of these patients is on a ventilator. The percentage of patients currently hospitalized with COVID-19 is 2.7%.

TESTOur test dashboard data is archived and still available, but test data updates are now available in a tab on the case dashboard: https://experience.arcgis.com/experience/af2efc8bffbf4cdc83c2d1a134354074 /. DHSS no longer reports the percentage of positivity or the cumulative number of tests on our dashboard. This is partly due to the increased use of rapid home antigen tests, where the results are not reported to the state. Additionally, effective immediately, some testing organizations will only be required to report positive COVID-19 test results and will not need to report negative results to the Epidemiology Section. This change will allow these organizations to focus on communicating positive results and mitigation measures instead of the time-consuming task of communicating negative results. Both of these changes make percent positivity a less meaningful metric, which is why DHSS no longer tracks this on its dashboard. If you have any questions about the data or these changes, please email [email protected]

ALERT LEVELS – The current statewide alert level – based on the number of reported cases per 100,000 people in the past 7 days – is high (red) at 193.3. For boroughs and census tracts: 22 sectors are at the high alert level (>100 cases), four sectors are at the high alert level (50-99.99), no sector is at the alert level moderate (10-49.99) and one sector is at the low alert level (0-9.99).

Find alert levels for individual boroughs and census areas using the alert level map on the Cases Dashboard at www.arcgis.com/apps/dashboards/ddd52524412b41b690b82b5618735f9e.

Cities where homes are selling the most above demand | Lifestyles


Photo credit: AlexLinck/Shutterstock

Even two years into the COVID-19 pandemic, Americans are finding that buying a home remains difficult. A growing work-from-home economy, fueled by households with new financial liquidity, has boosted domestic housing demand. Meanwhile, a housing construction industry weakened by the COVID-19 pandemic has allowed the national housing stock to shrink. Existing homes are selling faster and at record prices, with some states and metro areas hit harder than others.

The personal savings rate – a measure of income remaining after regular expenses and taxes – increased by 155% from January 2020 to January 2021 during the COVID-19 pandemic. Over the same period, more than a third of households reported an increase in time spent working from home. The combination has prompted American families to move, increasing the total demand for homes across the country.

However, labor restrictions and building material supply chain bottlenecks during the pandemic sharply reduced single-family housing starts in spring and summer 2020. Construction new homes did not return to its previous pace until later this fall; however, ongoing supply chain challenges continued to impact housing completions, reducing the national supply of homes available for sale.

The country’s available housing stock, which is measured by the number of months it would take for current inventory to sell, has fallen from a 2.6-month supply in the summer of 2021 to just 1.6 months at the start of 2022. Largely because of this, the U.S. home price index rose about 30% from January 2020 to the end of 2021.

The total amount of home purchases in the economy fluctuates seasonally, fading each fall and surging each spring as families tend to move during summer school vacations. However, the general trend reveals that when robust housing demand meets anemic housing supply, homes tend to sell faster and at a higher selling price, often above the asking price.

To illustrate, in 2019, the year before the pandemic, just over 37% of all homes listed for sale that year were sold within two weeks of listing. This proportion has increased to more than 52% in 2021. Additionally, the national sales-to-list price ratio has increased each year, surpassing 100% for the first time in 2021. Today, the average U.S. home is selling above its asking price.

US Population Health Management Growth Opportunities (2021 to 2026): By 2023, the US PHM market will see increased adoption of SaaS-based PHM capabilities from all types Payers and Suppliers – ResearchAndMarkets.com | Nation/World


DUBLIN–(BUSINESS WIRE)–March 23, 2022–

The “Growth Opportunities for Population Health Management in the United States” report has been added to ResearchAndMarkets.com’s offering.

This research service will provide an overview of the US Population Health Management (PHM) market. The study period extends from 2021 to 2026. The report will provide detailed analysis of the PHM market and applications, such as data and analytics, care management, and performance management. Discussions focus on industry challenges, drivers, and restraints, as well as revenue forecasts for each application area. The study’s revenue projections will imply an end-user level breakdown for the US market during the study period.

The primary end users of PHM IT solutions are Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs), Non-ACO Hospitals, Non-ACO Medical Practices, Payers, and Provider Payers. The study provides detailed analyzes of significant business models, regulatory outlook, cost structure and competitive landscape. We will identify and describe key growth opportunities for the overall US PHM market in the context of user relevance and calls to action.

In this market, 3 strategic imperatives are at stake.

Internal challenges:

Currently, more than 50% of all users of PHM information technology (IT) solutions in the United States fail to meet their overriding clinical, financial, and operational goals. Key reasons include low clinician engagement with technology, inability to convert patient-generated data into actionable insights, lack of support to engage patients across the continuum of care, and inability to generate insights based on analytics that can improve business performance in a business. level. Over the next 2-3 years, PHM IT solutions will become much more accessible, personalized and results-oriented. Modernized analytics and care coordination solutions will help payers manage provider performance on value-based care contracts (VBC). Providers will also leverage next-gen (next-gen) PHM solutions to gain a competitive advantage in patient experience, claims management and workforce management.

Disruptive technologies:

Agile platforms are disrupting the status quo of the PHM industry. Enterprise-grade companies are deploying software-as-a-service (SaaS)-based PHM capabilities that meet a wide variety of VBC objectives for providers (responsible care organization [ACO] design and management, payer connectivity and patient engagement) and payers (usage management, standardization of care, and network design and management). By 2023, the U.S. PHM market will see increased adoption of SaaS-based PHM capabilities by all types of payers and providers. These modular, plug-in-based features will complement various electronic medical record (EMR) workflows and pave the way for population-level cloud health consumerism.

Emerging business models:

Most companies do not effectively manage their PHM program deployments. This results in poor results, including the costly purchase of external databases; delivery of manual queries in structured query language to link disparate databases, requiring third-party PHM consultants to identify gaps in care management; and high turnaround times for reports. Top PHM companies will offer more focused capabilities that address most concerns by 2023. These companies will offer a unique PHM IT value proposition that integrates many elements of data management, care coordination, patient engagement patients and quality reports via self-service. cloud-based and cloud-based infrastructure, applications and delivery solutions.

Main topics covered:

1. Strategic imperatives

  • Why is it increasingly difficult to grow taller?
  • The 8T Strategic Imperative
  • The Impact of Top 3 Strategic Imperatives on the US Population Health Management (PHM) Market
  • Growth opportunities fuel the growth pipeline engine

2. Growth Opportunities Analysis, US Population Health Management Market

  • Scope of analysis
  • Market scope
  • US PHM Market Application Segmentation
  • Revenue Segmentation by Application Areas
  • PHM IT & Service Solutions Scalable Value Propositions
  • Comparative analysis of the strategic attractiveness of PHM segments
  • PHM – Market Maturity Indicator
  • Top competitors in the US PHM market by application area, 2021
  • Key Growth Indicators for the U.S. PHM Market
  • Growth drivers for the US PHM market
  • Growth Constraints for the U.S. PHM Market
  • Revenue forecast, US PHM market
  • Revenue forecasts per end user
  • Revenue Forecast Discussion
  • Discussion of revenue forecasts by segment
  • Competitive environment, US PHM market

3. Market Overview: Total Market

  • Industry Imperative – Role of PHM in Enabling Value-Based Payments
  • Summary of PHM Market Opportunities
  • Market Snapshot – Most End Users Are Not Satisfied
  • PHM Market Opportunity – Voice of Customers
  • PHM Capability Gap Analysis
  • PHM Capability Outlook – Discussion
  • PHM Capacity Outlook for Total Market – End User Feedback

4. Market Outlook: PHM IT Requirements

  • The 3 main areas of intervention for the deployment of the PHM
  • Key Features and Functions for PHM IT and Platform UI
  • Main IT requirements of the PHM in 2021
  • MPS IT Priorities

5. Platformer in PHM

  • 3 objectives of the platform game in PHM
  • Architecture of the PHM platform for 2026

6. Analysis of growth opportunities, ACO

  • Main growth indicators for ACOs
  • Revenue Forecast, ACO
  • Revenue Forecast Analysis, ACO

7. Analysis of growth opportunities, non-ACO hospitals

  • Main growth indicators for non-ACO hospitals
  • Revenue Forecasts, Non-ACO Hospitals
  • Analysis of revenue forecasts, non-ACO hospitals

8. Analysis of growth opportunities, non-ACO medical practices

  • Main growth indicators for non-ACO medical practices
  • Revenue forecasts, non-ACO medical practices
  • Analysis of revenue forecasts, non-ACO medical practices

9. Analysis of growth opportunities, payers and payer-providers

  • Key growth indicators for payers and payer-providers
  • Revenue forecasts, payers and payer-providers
  • Analysis of revenue forecasts, payers and payer-suppliers

10. Universe of growth opportunities, non-ACO medical practices

  • Growth Opportunity 1 – Healthcare consumerism as the next frontier of MPS to expand the scope of intervention
  • Growth Opportunity 2 – RPM at the community level as a key to improving the effectiveness of the MPS program
  • Growth Opportunity 3 – PHM Analytics must be prioritized to propel VBC contract ROI growth

11. Next steps

For more information about this report visit https://www.researchandmarkets.com/r/g6zjrf

See the source version on businesswire.com: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220323005491/en/

CONTACT: ResearchAndMarkets.com

Laura Wood, Senior Press Officer

[email protected]

For EST business hours, call 1-917-300-0470

For US/CAN call toll free 1-800-526-8630

For GMT office hours call +353-1-416-8900



SOURCE: Research and Markets

Copyright BusinessWire 2022.

PUBLISHED: 03/23/2022 06:17 AM/DISC: 03/23/2022 06:17 AM


Pirates Top 30 Prospects list 2022 pre-season


There are two basic ways to measure the strength of an agricultural system. That might be overly simplistic, but for the most part there are elite-level perspectives to look at and there’s depth to consider.

That might bring little comfort right now to the Pittsburgh Pirates faithful after being the No. 1 draft pick and finishing with more than 100 losses at the big league level in 2021. But good things are brewing on the farm.

There’s definitely elite-level talent out there, with half a dozen players on this year’s Top 100 list. The draft provided half of that group, with the final three first-round picks — Quinn Priester (2019), Nick Gonzales (2020) and, of course, that No. 1 pick in Henry Davis — all highly ranked. The Pirates have three players in the top 26 alone, with Oneil Cruz joining Gonzales and Davis.

Beyond the big names, there is talent at all levels as the Pirates hope to build a sustainable system that creates competition and continues to rise. GM Ben Cherington and Co. continues to use all avenues of talent acquisition. This year’s Top 30 continues to be heavily traded, with 13 players in total coming in via trade art. All but two have been brought in since Cherington took over.

Here’s a look at the Pirates’ top prospects:

Biggest jump/fall
Here are the players whose ranks changed the most from the 2021 pre-season roster to the 2022 pre-season roster.

Jump: Matt Fraizer, DE (2021: NR | 2022: 10)
All Fraizer did in his first full season of pro ball was put up a .306/.388/.552 slash line with 23 homers and 15 interceptions as he went from High-A to Double-A in 2021. He has more speed and a ton of raw power and could still learn to tap into his considerable tools.

To fall: Brennan Malone, RHP (2021: 8 | 2022: NR)
Acquired as part of the Starling Marte deal with D-backs, Malone offers arm strength and athleticism on the mound, but struggles to be consistent and get reps. He’s only gone 14 innings in 2021 and needs innings to work on his side tricks and command. The good news is that he’s only 21 and has time to figure it out.

Best Tools
Players are rated on a scale of 20-80 for future tools – 20-30 is well below average, 40 is below average, 50 is average, 60 is above average, and 70 at 80 is well above average. Players in parentheses have the same rank.

Hit: 65 – Nick Gonzales
Power: 60 — Henry Davis (Mason Martin)
Race: 70 – Lonnie White Jr. (Ji-Hwan Bae)
Arms: 70 — Oneil Cruz (Henry Davis, Bubba Chandler)
Defense: 60 — Jared Triolo (Travis Swaggerty, Lonnie White Jr.)
Fastball: 70 — Kyle Nicolas
Curveball: 60 — Michael Burrows (Quinn Priester)
Cursor: 55 – Roansy Contreras (Anthony Solometo, Jared Jones, Carmen Mlodzinski, Kyle Nicolas)
Change: 55 – Michael Yajure (Roansy Contreras, Carmen Mlodzinski)
Control: 55 — Michael Yajure (Anthony Solometo)

How they were built
Draft: 14 | Internationals: 3 | Trade: 13

Breakdown by ETA
2022: 14 | 2023: 7 | 2024: 6 | 2025: 3

Breakdown by position
C: 2 | 1B:1 | 2B: 5 | 3B: 1 | SS: 3 | FROM: 8 | HPR: 9 | HPL: 1

How San Antonio is using new census data to target resources


The latest version of the American Community Survey (ACS), a data product of the US Census Bureau, was released last Thursday after a four-month delay.

Used by the public and private sectors, the ACS provides detailed information on 40 different data points such as a person’s income, ancestry, language spoken at home, level of education, whether served in the military, how far they commute to work, whether they have health insurance, how they heat their homes, and whether they have access to a personal vehicle.

This information is essential for many functions in the government of the city of San Antonio.

Urban planning

Planners working for the San Antonio Planning Department depend on ACS to provide accurate information. information about the different areas of the city.

Sarah Serpas, the department’s senior planner, said the ACS served as the basis for their research into the state of neighborhoods in the city. “If you’re trying to understand the demographics of an area or its economic characteristics, like the housing there, the ACS is really the best source for that,” she said.

RELATED: Residents of SA earn less than the rest of Texas. How to compare?


The City’s Equity Office also uses ACS data to maintain its Stock Atlas, an online tool designed to inform city departments on how to address city-wide equity goals and strategies. Jonathan Malagon, Equity Manager at the San Antonio Office of Equity, described it as a simple map and ranking index that guides the city’s services and support to where they’re needed most.

“We envisioned creating a simple online tool and set of maps that can be used to inform equity approaches to budgeting, program development and advocacy strategies focusing on areas with the most high concentrations of people of color and low-income households,” Malagon said.

The Equity Atlas combines multiple ACS data points, such as race, income, education level and languages ​​spoken at home, to produce a single “score” against which to rate a neighborhood.

A screenshot of the city’s Equity Atlas dashboard.

City of San Antonio

Pandemic aid

For more than two years, the Atlas has been helping with decision-making and has been particularly useful to the city at the height of the pandemic. For example, the city Economic Development Department created a dashboard that used the Atlas’ combined equity score to guide decision-making around the distribution of small business COVID-19 recovery dollars.

$1.2 billion bond

Although it was created to ensure that the city’s decisions are informed by reliable data that could address disparities between various indicators, the city has generated interest from the general public and non-profit organizations in the use of the Atlas.

In May, voters in San Antonio will be asked to approve six bond proposals covering 183 projects for a total cost of $1.2 billion. Among them will be a $150 million funding program for affordable housing opportunities in the city that will target the most vulnerable households. The city’s guidelines for bond financing will prioritize areas with high to moderate equity scores determined by the Atlas.

Learn more about ACS

“We really hope to improve access to opportunity for San Antonio residents through the work we do,” Malagon said.

The Census Bureau collects the 40 data points included in the ACS monthly from a strategically selected sample of U.S. residents, then uses statistics to apply the results to different geographies and populations across the country.

This latest version of the ACS is the 5-year estimate, a 60-month average of survey responses adjusted to correct for errors, and a lower than normal response rate. The Census Bureau received fewer responses to the survey form than at any time in the past two decades, a reduction attributed to the pandemic.

In numbers : Find out how your neighborhood, city and county has changed over the past decade

Czech population continues to grow despite historically high death rate – Brno Daily


According to the 2021 population, housing and housing census, the Czech Republic had 10.494 million inhabitants at the beginning of 2021, increasing by 21,900 over the year. However, the number of deaths increased significantly for the second consecutive year, reaching almost 140,000 and exceeding the number of births by 28,100. Photo credit: Freepik

Czech Republic, March 22 (BD) – “At the end of the year, our population was 10.516 million, with a total annual increase of 21,900 people. However, the natural monetary balance was negative, as there were 28,100 more deaths than births, the deepest natural decline in the history of the Czech Republic since its establishment in 1918. The cause of population growth in 2021 was only a positive balance of foreign migration. , while the number of immigrants exceeded the number of emigrants by 50,000,” said Terezie Styrler, head of population statistics at the CZSO.

111,800 children were born during the year, 1,600 more than in 2020. The number of children born increased despite the decline in the number of women of childbearing age, which means an increase in fertility to 1.83 children per woman, the most since 1992. The share of children born out of wedlock remained unchanged from the previous year at 48.5%.

A total of 46,800 couples got married, up 1,400 year-on-year. However, this figure was still lower than that of 2015-2019. The fewest marriages took place in January and the most in August. Three quarters of the couples were getting married for the first time. In terms of age, the most numerous are married people aged 28-31 and married people aged 26-30. In more than a tenth of the marriages, at least one of the spouses was a foreign national.


Foreign migration recorded a positive balance of 50,000 people, up 23,000 year-on-year and the highest since 2009. 69,200 people immigrated to the Czech Republic from abroad and 19,200 people left.

https://brnodaily.com/2022/03/22/news/czech-population-continues-to-grow-mespite-historically-high-death-rate/https://brnodaily.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/baby-hands-child-sucks-fists_1112-1205.jpghttps://brnodaily.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/baby-hands-child-sucks-fists_1112-1205-150×100.jpgJuris DukaCzech Republic / WorldCzech Republic,News,PeopleAccording to the 2021 population, housing and housing census, the Czech Republic had 10.494 million inhabitants at the beginning of 2021, increasing by 21,900 over the year. However, the number of deaths increased significantly for the second consecutive year, reaching almost 140,000 and exceeding…News and events in English in Brno

North Florida real estate market shows signs of moderation, says industry expert


JACKSONVILLE, Florida. – For months, News4JAX viewers have been chiming in about skyrocketing rental costs and high prices to buy a home.

The median sale price for a home in northeast Florida during the month of February was over $351,000. That’s more than 20% higher than the price of a house in the same neighborhood a year ago.

A lack of housing inventory and increased demand continue to fuel the market, but industry experts say the North Florida market is showing signs of moderating.

RELATED: I-TEAM: Breakdown of Jacksonville Rent Increases by ZIP Code | ‘Affordability crisis’ is forcing more Jacksonville-area residents out of rental housing | I-TEAM: Don’t be the next victim of a rental scam

A d

Mark Rosener is president of the Northeast Florida Association of Realtors.

“Part of that is, you know, market per sale as well. I mean, we’ve seen about a 22% increase in median price over the last 12 months, year over year. Luckily, we see that moderating a bit,” Rosener said. “Since November, median prices have fluctuated 2 or 3% in either direction. So hopefully we’re starting to see some of these indicators moderate a bit. »

Rosener said hopefully in the near future it will become a little easier for homebuyers to find a home when more inventory hits the market in April.

But unfortunately, for families who rent, the cost of rent should not go down.

“It’s classic supply and demand,” Rosener said. “The demand is strong and the supply is limited. And the market, you know, will dictate those kinds of increases.

News4JAX has learned that rents continue to rise in Northeast Florida, in part due to a slew of multibillion-dollar outside corporations that regularly buy homes and apartment complexes, sometimes at the blind.

A d

Jacksonville’s housing market is even attracting national attention. A local couple who were recently featured on 60 Minutes said their monthly rent had risen from $1,000 to $1,300.

In January, a News4JAX employee saw her rent increase by almost $400 a month.

Industry experts say business owners have started to position themselves financially during the COVID-19 pandemic.

“They see the benefits. They’re seeing really good cash flow right now with rents where they are and have values ​​where they are. But they also see a benefit over time in terms of appreciation of that asset,” Rosener said. “So at the end of the day, that’s kind of a good thing. If investors sold off and left town, we’d be more worried about that.”

We keep hearing from viewers talking about 30-40% increases in their rent. Jacksonville is now ranked nationally along with Austin, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona, as the metropolitan areas with the highest rent, according to real estate firm Redfin.

Copyright 2022 by WJXT News4Jax – All Rights Reserved.

Confluent Health Welcomes IncreMedical Therapy Solutions, Expanding Population Health Management Services | News


LOUISVILLE, Ky., March 21, 2022 /PRNewswire-PRWeb/ — Confluent Health announced its new partnership with IncreMedical Therapy Solutions, a private post-acute care physical medicine management group that currently serves clients and patients at 41 sites across Indiana, Georgiaand Wyoming.

“For the past 20+ years, IncreMedical Therapy Solutions has evolved value-based care delivery across the post-acute continuum for hospitals, ACOs and medical practices,” says Greg Coopermanaging partner of IncreMedical.

“Helping our clients reduce costs and prevent readmissions with a focus on population health and improved patient outcomes is the hallmark of our mission.

“Our focus includes the cost-effective care management of musculoskeletal conditions involving proactive physical therapy, risk stratification, and patient engagement strategies. We view this partnership as an exceptional opportunity for IncreMedical Therapy Solutions to maintain its existing brand while gaining access to Confluent Health’s industry-leading employer health services, continuing education, and professional development opportunities such as Evidence In Motion, a nationally recognized research and education program.

“We are proud to partner with IncreMedical Therapy Solutions and have known for years about their impressive solutions that combine technology-enabled care journeys and growth,” said Confluent Health President and CEO. Larry Benz, PT, DPT, OCS, MBA, MAPP. “The entire team of Greg and Barry are preeminent clinical leaders and will add significant value as we grow together. Our partnership offers endless possibilities.”

“Joining the Confluent Health family will allow our business and people to expand our population health management services, bringing together talented clinical talent to re-engineer care pathways,” comments Barry CarlstedtPT, managing partner of IncreMedical Therapy Solutions.

“In the years to come, managing the steep growth in the number of patients with costly musculoskeletal and chronic diseases will require proven and practical partnerships, and we believe IncreMedical Therapy Solutions is perfectly aligned to answer the call. .

IncreMedical Therapy Solutions’ dedication to its patients and their care teams, combined with Confluent Health’s experience in operations and efficiency, will have a positive impact on the broader healthcare community.

To learn more about Confluent Health, visit http://www.GoConfluent.com.

Media Contact

Jennifer WilliamsConfluent Health, 919-459-3592, [email protected]

SOURCE Confluent Health

Broomfield CO Restaurant Email List Building-Customer Retargeting System Launch


The recently released video highlights a nine-step system that owners can use to leverage internet marketing to grow their restaurants. It is suitable for new and existing businesses and is part of an ongoing series of “Think Tank” videos.

For more information, please visit https://fb.watch/bGaR6I3rk-

Brian Devine hosts the new video and discusses retargeting methods and marketing solutions to reconnect with customers. It focuses on email and SMS marketing and the crucial role it plays in maintaining and growing customer relationships.

Those without marketing experience may find it difficult to connect with customers and collect their contact information. However, there are several ways restaurants can build their listing using promotions and special offers.

One of the most effective list building methods featured in the new video is using QR codes as part of a marketing campaign. These can be designed so that every time a customer scans the code, they provide their contact details.

Brian Devine says there has to be a reason for customers to sign up, and it shouldn’t just be a newsletter. However, by thinking of enticing lead magnets, it is possible to create engagement and entice more customers to sign up.

Cafe Fuel is an experienced agency that takes pride in helping restaurants and hotels thrive even in competitive markets. The team works closely with clients to ensure they can consistently generate new clients.

Their strategic marketing services are grounded in building stronger reputations, increasing reach, and designing systems that can be repeated seamlessly.

Interested persons wishing to know more about the services provided by the Colorado agency can book a non-binding quote. This is an opportunity for marketing professionals to perform a business assessment and provide advice on next steps for growth.

The latest video is part of an ongoing series focusing on actionable marketing tips and strategies for customers in the food industry.

Brian says, “Build your list! This means that whenever someone walks into your restaurant, you have a way to capture their information, so you can bring them back.

Those who wish to know more can visit https://www.facebook.com/yourcafefuel

Contact information:
Name: Brian
E-mail: Send an email
Organization: Top Line Management, Inc.
Address: Hamilton Way, Broomfield, CO 80023, USA
Phone: +1-720-989-1932
Website: http://toplinemanagement.com/

Build ID: 89071075

countex tracking


Census data scrambling raises concerns in state


A property northeast of the Springdale city limits has two ponds, two sheds and – according to the 2020 US Census – five residents.

This fictional occupation is not a mistake, said Jeff Hawkins, executive director of the Northwest Arkansas Regional Planning Commission. The Census Bureau deliberately added fake residents to some addresses and “subtracted” real residents from others in its publicly available data to protect household privacy.

“My favorite thing is that there are supposedly three people living on the grounds of the State Capitol in Little Rock,” Hawkins said of the jamming.

The bureau insists in public statements that, on average, the data is accurate. But this blurring of results is more likely to create problems the smaller a planner or researcher is or the more detail they are looking for, Hawkins said.

The situation is worse for researchers, said Mervin Jebaraj, director of the Center for Business and Economic Research at the University of Arkansas in Fayetteville. The problems will get worse, the two men said, especially as the Census Bureau plans to apply the same approach to the American Community Survey. The survey is an annual estimate that provides more detailed and up-to-date data between censuses. A complete census is carried out every 10 years.

“If you’re trying to divide a city into neighborhoods of equal population, that might not be a problem in Springdale with 22,000 people per neighborhood,” Hawkins said. “But if you do the same thing in Tontitown with 1,400 people per neighborhood, that causes problems. And some of the smaller towns can have 400 people per neighborhood.

“The smaller the area, the bigger the problem.”

Major cities will also face uncertainty, Hawkins said. For example, many federal grants are aimed at helping low- and middle-income neighborhoods, he said.

“I’ve seen these grants used for everything from fixing streets to buying a fire truck,” Hawkins said.

Census figures might incorrectly show a project would help low- and middle-income residents, but that might not be true, he said.

The scramble for privacy is already causing serious problems for economists, researchers and businesses, Jebaraj said. For example, detailed results showing where minorities live in fast-growing cities in northwest Arkansas cannot be trusted, he said.

By law, the Census Bureau must keep individual census responses confidential. The Internal Revenue Service, for example, cannot obtain a household’s census income data. But modern computerized numerical computation can sift through detailed census results and identify at least some households and their details within a census block, according to the office. If only a few residents report high or low household incomes, for example, analysis of the raw data collected can determine where they live.

A census block is the first and smallest unit in which household census responses are compiled. Most census blocks contain 250 residents or fewer, according to the bureau.

Any error in the data from the “disclosure avoidance system,” as the jamming is called, is negligible at the county level and above, the bureau’s analysis concluded, according to a Jan. 28 report.

Hawkins and Jebaraj did not dispute the county-level data average. Their contention is that county-level data is of little help to a school board trying to decide where to build an elementary school to serve a growing minority community or to a businessman deciding where to set up a store serving a specific group, such as newcomers to the region, they said.

“We rely heavily on data to make it all work,” Jebaraj said.

The Census Bureau used to exchange certain addresses between real people to ensure confidentiality. The system worked, Jebaraj said.

“Nobody ever violated it,” Jebaraj said of the privacy of US census data. “There is no case of that.”

Even if it were theoretically possible to identify individuals from census block data, he said, it would be much cheaper and faster to buy this information from private sources who collect it in the normal course of business, he said.

One of the worst effects of not having a clear picture below the county level is the inability to spot the start of a trend, Jebaraj said. For example, northwest Arkansas has recently seen South Asians come to the area, he said. A slight increase at the county level could be a very big increase for one of the smaller communities in that county, he said. Pinpointing such a trend in a way that is accurate and useful to researchers and planners would not be possible with the current quality of data, he said.

“We can go back,” Jebaraj said. The original unfiltered data on which all published data is based is still available to the office. The office, Congress or the courts could access it, he said.

Doctors from the two Punjab districts with the lowest literacy rates arrive at Mann’s practice


Two doctors from the two districts of Punjab with the lowest literacy rate – Mansa and Muktsar – have been inducted into the cabinet of Chief Minister Bhagwant Mann.

According to the 2011 census, Mansa and Muktsar had recorded a literacy rate of 62.8% and 66.8%, respectively, against the state average of 76.7%.

Mansa MLA Dr Vijay Singla and Malout MLA Dr Baljit Kaur, who is the daughter of former Faridkot MP Sadhu Singh, were sworn in as Punjab government ministers on Saturday.

During their election campaigns, both had promised to make Mansa and Muktsar vibrant neighborhoods with better educational and job opportunities. Today, their elevation as cabinet ministers has further raised people’s hopes.

A 52-year-old dentist, Dr Singla beat Congress’ Shubhdeep Singh Sidhu – a popular Punjabi singer who has millions of fans – by a margin of 63,323 votes.

Dr. Singla holds a Bachelor of Dentistry and Surgery (BDS) degree and is in private practice. The Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) wave was so strong in the state that Moosewala’s star factor did not work at all in Mansa, who chose Dr Singla over the popular singer who joined Congress in November 2021.

Also in 2017, Mansa elected an AAP MP, Nazar Singh Manshahia, but he defected to Congress in April 2019 during the Lok Sabha election campaign. However, even this factor did not work against the AAP candidate.

Dr Baljit, 46, who is currently the only woman in the state cabinet, won the assembly segment of Malout in Muktsar district, which has a female literacy rate of 60% – the second lowest after Mansa with 56.4%.

She took early retirement from a Punjab government post in November 2021 to contest her first election in which she defeated former MLA Harpreet Singh of Shiromani Akali Dal (SAD) by a margin of 40,621 votes. . Dr Baljit voiced concerns about health services and began visiting hospitals shortly after winning the election.

Bathinda left without representation

The AAP devolved power from Bathinda District, which had continuously had two ministers for the past decade, leaving it without representation in the first list of ministers.

Baljinder Kaur, who won Talwandi Sabo for the second time and Jagroop Singh Gill, who beat former finance minister Manpreet Singh Badal of Bathinda Urban by 63,581 votes, were unable to make the first list of ministers.

During the previous Congress government, the district had two ministers – Manpreet Singh Badal and Gurpreet Singh Kangar of Rampura Phul.

However, Kangar was removed from office in 2021. During SAD’s tenure from 2012 to 2017, Sikander Singh Maluka and Janmeja Singh Sekhon had served as district cabinet ministers.


    Parteek Singh Mahal is a multimedia correspondent based in Faridkot, Punjab. It covers medical education, politics and policing of Punjab.
    …See the details

Questions raised on the “internal agreement” for filling the NHDT

Topsoil and fill on the Ebanks family farm

(CNS): A number of North Side residents have accused the National Housing Development Trust Board of making ‘internal agreements’ over soil and marl taken from the site of the new district scheme after several people complained saw the fill being delivered to land owned by the chairman of the board, Geoffry Ebanks, as well as his father’s farm.

The CNS has been contacted by several residents of the area concerned that this landfill, which belongs to the Housing Trust, could have been sold or even given to the pulpit outside the usual supply process.

Two weeks ago, the CNS sent several questions to the Housing Trust, the Planning Department, which is responsible for the NHDT, and to the Minister, Jay Ebanks, who is also the MP for the constituency.

We received an acknowledgment from a government official and responded to the request for information twice, but received no explanation of the movement of soil and marl from the site, which is a well audience estimated at several thousand dollars.

Although the filling may have been sold, neither the ministry nor the NHDT answered our questions about the process by which such a transaction could have been made, despite our persistent requests.

Proof of ownership of the land with the marl and the soil (click to enlarge)

Former district deputy and former chairman of the public accounts committee, Ezzard Miller, said he did not think the chairman of the NHDT board would be a suitable person to have acquired the mandate outside of a rigorous and transparent process.

Miller told CNS he also heard from North Side residents who saw the movement of soil and marl from the site towards what was believed to be the President’s property and towards Willie’s Farm, which is owned by his dad. He himself had carried out a search of the cadastre to verify the ownership of the land and had confirmed these suspicions.

‘I have been informed that the fill has been removed from the Housing Trust site and placed on land owned by the chairman of the council and on his father’s farm,’ Miller said. “As a result, I went to verify the ownership of the land where he had ended up. The embankment is a Housing Trust asset. If it had been sold to the chairman of the board, there should have been a transparent process around which the rest of the board approved the sale and ensured it was at market value.

The site was cleared earlier this year to make way for the neighborhood’s first affordable housing project. The clearing of trees and bushes was the subject of a recent ministry press release, as the green waste had been donated to Beacon Farms, a non-profit organization in the district that provides agricultural employment to recovering Caymanians. .

According to the statement, the goal was to allow the farm to compost all green waste from the site for other farmers, owners and members of the public. But there was no mention in the release of soil and fill from the same site.

Julio Ramos, chief executive of NHDT, said the plan was for current and future owners of NHDT to have access to good quality soil for their backyard gardens from waste generated by housing development sites. But he said nothing about the premium red mold that was originally on the site but apparently removed by the chairman of the board.

Beacon Farms is one of the few agricultural sites to compost, although there is no national program, despite the chronic lack of quality soils and a significant amount of green waste available. Beacon’s composting facility has the capacity to hold approximately 53 tonnes of material and uses industrial crushing and shredding machinery to speed up the process.

“Partnering with NHDT to produce higher volumes of compost benefits agriculture and our community,” said Sandy Urquhart, Chief Operating Officer. “Our social entrepreneurship program at Beacon Farms aligns well with NHDT’s mission to support those in need.”

Reflecting demographic trends, Senate redistricting proposal shifts Kingdom representation to Chittenden County

The final Senate redistribution map voted by the Senate Redistribution Committee. Courtesy of Legislative Counsel

A seven-member Senate committee in an unannounced hearing Thursday unanimously approved a significant reconfiguration of Vermont state Senate districts.

The proposal, which would determine the distribution of Vermont’s 30 senators for the next 10 years, shifts representation from the Northeast Kingdom to Chittenden County and breaks up the current – and highly unusual – six-member district of the latter. These changes are the result of population shifts measured by the 2020 census, as well as a law passed in 2019 banning senatorial constituencies with more than three members.

In Vermont, Senate constituencies roughly follow county lines, with most being represented by one to three members at large. Each senator should represent as many as possible 21,436 voters. Committee members agreed early in the redistricting process that they would not consider moving to all-single-member ridings, as has been debated at length in the House.

As the Senate proposal garnered unanimous support from the Senate Tripartite Redistribution Committee on Thursday, politicians on both sides of the ideological spectrum outside the Statehouse expressed concern about it — and the process leading to it.

Vermont Republican Party Chairman Paul Dame said he was confident the map favored Democrats and incumbents, saying more conservative communities such as Barre and Northfield were drowned out in larger districts encompassing liberal strongholds, such as Montpellier.

“If you gave Paul Dame a magic wand and he had to draw the whole map by himself, I don’t know if I could draw a map that would guarantee you Republican victory,” Dame said. “But if you gave the Democrats all the power they have, I don’t know if they could do anything more gerrymander than the map I’m looking at right now.”

Jim Dandeneau, a former Democratic Party staffer from Vermont, had a starkly different take on the map: “Based on retirements, this map seems to be breaking up the supermajority of Democrats.” His party currently controls 21 seats, while the Republicans hold seven and the Progressives two.

If the full Senate approved the map, it would grant populous Chittenden County a seventh seat and divide it into three new districts: a three-member Chittenden-Central District comprising Burlington, Winooski and Essex Junction; a three-member Chittenden-Southeast District running from South Burlington to Charlotte in the East and Underhill and Bolton in the West; and a Chittenden-North single-member district which would include Milton, Fairfax, Westford and the town of Essex.

The project to create a Chittenden-Nord district aroused the warmest reactions from Dame and Dandeneau. Dandeneau said he thinks the new district is “solidly Republican” and could cost Democrats a seat.

Dame, who previously represented Essex Junction in the House, said: ‘Essex is getting screwed on this new map.

“What I see happening in my old home neighborhood of Essex is the closest thing to gerrymandering I think I’ve ever seen in Vermont. This is very alarming,” Dame said. “Essex is the second largest community in the state. They cut him in half and made him a junior partner in two different Senate constituencies.

Sen. Randy Brock, R-Franklin, told VTDigger that he knows “there are people who aren’t going to like this.” But he said the committee looked at several different setups in that region, and the one they landed on made the most sense.

“The way we ended up, I think, for the northern district of Chittenden works because you have towns like Milton and Fairfax, and really a lot of the city of Essex, as well as Westford, are rural towns , a lot of it is agricultural,” he said. “So that makes sense.”

Currently, three counties in the North East Kingdom are served by four senators – two representing a district that includes Essex and Orleans counties and two representing Caledonia County. The new map would split Essex and Orleans into single-member constituencies and eliminate one seat representing Caledonia. (One of that county’s two senators, Republican Joe Benning, has already announced his intention to give up his seat to run for lieutenant governor.)

Chittenden County would also retain its district of Grand Isle, which historically included Colchester and was represented for decades by Democratic Senator Dick Mazza.

The proposed map makes other adjustments across the state to keep the resident-to-senator ratio as even as possible, such as expanding Rutland District’s geographic footprint to offset population attrition.

Rutland was one of three counties in Vermont whose population declined between 2010 and 2020, according to census figures released last summer – a 1.7% drop, in Rutland’s case – but the county would retain its three seats under the plan. Essex and Caledonia counties saw even larger declines of 6.1% and 3.2%, respectively.

Chittenden County, meanwhile, rose 7.5%, while Lamoille County rose 6% and Franklin and Grand Isle counties 4.6% each.

As for accusations that the committee drafted a map favorable to one party or the other, Brock, along with Sen. Chris Pearson, P/D-Chittenden, pointed to the vote count.

“The vote speaks for itself. It was 7-0 across the board,” Pearson said. “So I think all seven of us got what we thought made sense and accepted things we didn’t like. That’s the process.

Despite the important nature of the proposal, Thursday’s meeting — let alone the vote — was not announced on the Legislative Assembly’s website, as it should be. A legislative staffer updated the agenda early Friday and informed VTDigger of the change. The meeting was streamed via the redistribution committee’s YouTube page. The map wasn’t made available to VTDigger until around 7 p.m., and it wasn’t posted for public viewing until after 8 p.m.

Dame said the entire Senate committee map-drawing process was “a black box.” He only learned that the committee had held a hearing on Thursday, let alone voted on a map, after seeing late night media coverage.

Senators cannot officially vote on the redistribution bill, H.722, until they receive it from the House. The House passed the bill with a new map of the House on Thursday. From there, the Senate Redistribution Committee will insert its map into the bill, send it to the Senate, and then return it to the House for approval before it heads to Governor Phil Scott’s office.

Did you miss the latest scoop? Sign up here to receive a weekly email with all of VTDigger’s political stories. And in case you can’t get enough of the Statehouse, sign up for the final read for a preview of the day’s news in the Legislative Assembly.

Did you know that VTDigger is a non-profit organization?

Our journalism is made possible by donations from our members. If you appreciate what we do, please contribute and help keep this vital resource accessible to everyone.

Filed under:


Tags: census, 2020 Census, Chris Pearson, Dick Mazza, H.722, Jim Dandeneau, Paul Dame, Phil Scott, Randy Brock, redistribution, senate redistribution, Vermont Legislative Assembly, Vermont Senate

Sarah Merhoff

About Sarah

Sarah Mearhoff is one of VTDigger’s political reporters, covering the Vermont State House, Executive Branch, and Congressional delegation. Prior to joining Digger, she covered state politics in Minnesota and South Dakota for Forum Communications newspapers in the Upper Midwest for three years. She has also covered politics in Mississippi, New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. Born and raised in Pennsylvania, she is a proud alumnus of Pennsylvania State University where she studied journalism.

E-mail: [email protected]

Send us your thoughts

VTDigger now accepts letters to the editor. For more information on our guidelines and access to the letter form, please click here.

Recent Stories

National Instruments, Keysight Technologies, Ametek, Teledyne, Fortive – The Saber


Inasmuch asPredict the scope of growth: Data Acquisition (DAQ) Systems Market
This report provides a detailed view of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) Systems Market detailing the size of the market, then moves on to the detailed assessment of each crucial market attribute. The market report gives a detailed study of the current market position of the Data Acquisition System (DAQ) System industry, expected future growth, technological advancements, investment opportunities, economy market and market financial information. This report makes a comprehensive analysis of the market providing insights based on SWOT analysis of the industry. The Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market report provides access to decisive data, including market growth drivers, market growth limiting factors, latest market trends, economic and financial structure of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market and Other Important Highlights. of the market.

Competition Spectrum:
National Instruments, Keysight Technologies, Ametek, Teledyne, Fortive, Yokogawa

In the report, the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market is categorized based on relevant criteria to get market analysis at a granular level. To conduct accurate market research, industry standard tools used by market professionals to uncover market opportunities, determine emerging threats and market weaknesses are given in the report. The manufacturing processes, the technology used to drive the manufacturing processes and the corresponding cost structure are provided in the report.

We have recent updates in the Data Acquisition System (DAQ) market in sample copy @ https://www.orbisresearch.com/contacts/request-sample/6505604?utm_source=PoojaGIR

Report Highlights:
• The report provides up-to-date market analysis covering the latest market trends and technological developments.
• The report highlights market dynamics, competitive environment to provide you with a competitive edge in the major Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market.
• The report includes a chart table, SWOT and BEP (Break-Even Analysis) to give a detailed view of the report.
• The report performs an in-depth analysis of current trends in the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market and studies their impact on the future state of the market.
• The report details the technological improvements in the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market its technological growth impact analysis.
• The report provides a clear understanding of the Data Acquisition System (DAQ) market competitive landscape and major segments driving market growth.

The market is roughly divided into:

• Analysis by product type:
Hardware, Software

• Analysis of applications:
Research and analysis, quality control, design validation, repair

• Segmentation by region with details on country-specific developments
North America (United States, Canada, Mexico)
Europe (UK, France, Germany, Spain, Italy, Central and Eastern Europe, CIS)
Asia Pacific (China, Japan, South Korea, ASEAN, India, Rest of Asia Pacific)
Latin America (Brazil, Rest of LA)
Middle East and Africa (Turkey, GCC, Rest of Middle East)

Chapter One: Presentation of the Report
1.1 Scope of the study
1.2 Key Market Segments
1.3 Players Covered: Ranking by Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Revenue
1.4 Market Analysis by Type
1.4.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Size Growth Rate by Type: 2020 VS 2028
1.5 Market by Application
1.5.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Share by Application: 2020 VS 2028
1.6 Objectives of the study
1.7 years considered

Chapter Two: Growth Trends by Regions
2.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Outlook (2015-2028)
2.2 Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Growth Trends by Regions
2.2.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Size by Region: 2015 VS 2020 VS 2028
2.2.2 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Historic Market Share by Regions (2015-2020)
2.2.3 Forecasted Market Size of Data Acquisition (DAQ) System by Regions (2021-2028)
2.3 Industry Trends and Growth Strategy
2.3.1 Key Market Trends
2.3.2 Market Drivers
2.3.3 Market challenges
2.3.4 Porter’s Five Forces Analysis
2.3.5 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Growth Strategy
2.3.6 Key Interviews with Key Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Players (Opinion Leaders)

Chapter Three: Competition Landscape by Key Players
3.1 Top Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Players by Market Size
3.1.1 Top Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Players by Revenue (2015-2020)
3.1.2 Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Revenue Market Share by Players (2015-2020)
3.1.3 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Share by Company Type (Tier 1, Tier Two and Tier 3)
3.2 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Concentration Ratio
3.2.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Concentration Ratio (Chapter Five: and HHI)
3.2.2 Top Chapter Ten: and Top 5 Companies by Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Revenue in 2020
3.3 Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Key Players Head office and Area Served
3.4 Key Players Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Product Solution and Service
3.5 Date of Enter into Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market
3.6 Mergers and acquisitions, expansion plans

Do you have a specific question or requirement? Ask our industry expert @ https://www.orbisresearch.com/contacts/enquiry-before-buying/6505604?utm_source=PoojaGIR

Looking to bring about successful business relationships with you!

Both primary and secondary methodologies have been used to study the precise market sales as well as its breakdowns. Comprehensive primary research, such as surveys, expert opinions, profiles and secondary ratings from business journals, industry directories, paid outlets and others, has been included in the examination of the data acquisition system (DAQ). In addition, the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market research analyzes data gathered from various industry analysts and major market players around the industry value chain to provide quantitative insight and concise qualitative. This research has been used to assess the major players in the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market, with accurate market shares estimated for primary and secondary research funding.

Why buy this report?
• This Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market report includes an in-depth analysis of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System industry which helps you to understand the current market position and expected future growth.
• The report offers analysis of business driving variables and latest trends in the business.
• This report comprises the current economic state of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market clarifying it with SWOT analysis and BEP analysis.
• The report studies the top to bottom financial correlation of key players/competitors.

About Us:
Orbis Research (orbisresearch.com) is a one-stop-shop for all your market research needs. We have an extensive database of reports from leading publishers and authors around the world. We specialize in delivering customized reports according to our clients’ requirements. We have complete information about our publishers and therefore are sure of the accuracy of the industries and verticals of their specialization. This helps our clients map their needs and we produce the perfect market research required for our clients.

Contact us:
Hector Costello
Senior Client Engagement Manager
Central Highway 4144N,
Suite 600, Dallas,
Texas 75204, United States
Telephone number: United States: +1 (972)-362-8199 | IND: +91 895 659 5155

Syracuse leads the United States with the worst child poverty among major cities, according to the census


Syracuse, NY – Syracuse has the highest child poverty in the nation among cities with a population of at least 100,000, according to new census data released today.

The poverty rate for children under 18 is 48.4% in Syracuse, ranking the city ahead of places like Detroit and Cleveland. Two other upstate New York cities, Buffalo and Rochester, also made the list of the top 10 cities with the highest child poverty.

You can see the rankings for the country’s worst child poverty rates in the table below. If you don’t see the table, click here to open this story in a web browser.

Syracuse’s child poverty rate translates to more than 14,000 city children living below the poverty line. For a family of four with two children, poverty meant an annual income of less than $26,246 in 2020, according to the Census Bureau.

Syracuse also falls short on this measure among a larger group of cities with populations over 50,000. It has the fifth highest child poverty in the nation in this group, behind only Gary, Indiana; Youngtown, Ohio; Flint, Michigan and Canton, Ohio.

The situation of children under 5 in the city is even worse. The poverty rate for this age group is over 51%, #2 in the nation for cities with more than 100,000 people and #5 for cities with more than 50,000.

More than 4,400 children under age 5 in Syracuse live below the poverty line, according to census data.

The poverty figures come from the Census Bureau’s latest round of five-year population and population estimates. Estimates compile data from 2016 to 2020.

The office urged caution about the new estimates, given the disruptions the Covid-19 pandemic has caused to its data collection.

In 2020, the bureau collected only about two-thirds the number of surveys it uses to produce the estimates as it normally does. The margins of error for some figures are slightly higher than in some past years.

The margin of error for Syracuse’s child poverty rate, for example, is plus or minus 2.9 points for the 2020 estimates, up from 2.4 points in 2015.

And because the figures only cover the period from 2016 to 2020, they do not reflect the full effects of the pandemic on poverty. This includes both the economic crash that left thousands unemployed in Syracuse and federal relief efforts, many of which were aimed at alleviating poverty and did not arrive until 2021.

The bureau pointed out that the new estimates include the end of one of the longest economic expansions on record.

But the latest numbers generally follow Syracuse’s history. The city has struggled with high overall poverty and child poverty for years.

The city’s abysmal ranking in child poverty comes despite the fact that those numbers have actually improved since 2015, according to the Census Bureau.

Child poverty in Syracuse was 1.2 percentage points lower in 2020 than it was five years earlier. Other cities have simply seen bigger drops, pushing them lower on the list than Syracuse. Child poverty in Detroit has dropped nearly 10 points, for example.

Syracuse’s overall poverty rate has also improved since 2015, down 4.5 percentage points, though it also remains one of the worst in the country.

The city’s overall poverty rate of 30.3% ranks it 14th among U.S. cities with at least 50,000 residents and fourth among cities with more than 100,000 residents.

More than 38,000 people in the city live below the poverty line.

You can see the top 25 US cities with populations over 50,000 in the table below, ranked by poverty rate.

Poverty in Syracuse is more than twice the national average of 12.8% and New York State’s figure of 13.6%.

Almost every city on the top 25 lists of at least 50,000 and 100,000 people has seen declines in poverty, in some cases much larger than Syracuse. That means Syracuse’s overall poverty rankings haven’t changed much since 2015.

The city also has some of the highest poverty rates in the country among blacks and Hispanics.

The city has the highest poverty rate in the nation among Hispanics for cities with more than 100,000 residents at 42.9%. It is No. 6 for poverty among black residents at 40%.

These numbers are much higher than the figure for whites in Syracuse of 21.7%.

All of these poverty rates have improved since 2015.

The rate among Hispanic residents fell the most, dropping 6.2 percentage points. Poverty among black Syracusans fell 1.5 points and 3.1 points among whites.

Nationally, poverty fell in 49 states and Washington, D.C., and was essentially stable in Alaska from 2015 to 2020. No state saw an increase during the period, according to the Census Bureau. .

The charts and rankings in this story cover US state cities. They exclude Puerto Rico and other territories.

Contact Kevin Tampone at any time: E-mail | Twitter | Facebook | 315-282-8598

Some Minority Groups Missed Higher Rate in 2020 US Census | News


(AP) — Black, Hispanic and Native American residents were missed at higher rates than a decade ago in the 2020 census, according to a report released Thursday that assessed how well people counted once a decade. matched every U.S. resident.

Even though the 2020 census missed a surprisingly small percentage of the total U.S. population given the unprecedented challenges it faced, increasing undercount among some minority groups prompted an outcry from civil rights leaders who blamed political interference from the Trump administration, which tried unsuccessfully to add a citizenship question to the census form and curtail field operations.

“These numbers are devastating. Once again, we are seeing an overcount of white Americans and an undercount of black and Hispanic Americans,” National Urban League CEO Marc Morial said in a call with reporters. “I want to express in the strongest possible terms our outrage.”

The US Census Bureau’s post-count survey results showed that most racial and ethnic minorities were being neglected at statistically higher rates than a decade ago, with the Asian population being an exception. The survey measures whether certain populations were undercounted or overrepresented in the census. Overcounts occur, for example, if someone owns a vacation home and is counted there as well as at a permanent residence address.

The 2020 census black population had a net undercount of 3.3%, while it was almost 5% for Hispanics and 5.6% for American Indians and Native Americans. Alaska living on reservations. Those who identified with another race had a net undercount of 4.3%. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 1.6% and Asians had a net overcoverage of 2.6%, according to one of the reports.

In the 2010 census, by comparison, the black population had a net undercount of more than 2%, while it was 1.5% for the Hispanic population. There was an undercount of nearly 4.9% for Native Americans and Native Americans living on reservations, and it was 1.6% for people identifying with another race and 0.08% for Asians. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 0.8%.

The 2020 census missed 0.24% of the entire US population, a rate that was not statistically significant, while it missed 0.01% in the 2010 census.

The Post-Census Survey also showed that very young children aged 0-4 were undercounted by 2.79% in 2020, down from 0.72% in 2010, and tenants had a net undercount nearly 1.5% in 2020 compared to nearly 1.1% in 2010.

Census figures help determine the breakdown of $1.5 trillion in federal spending each year as well as the number of congressional seats each state gets. Any undercounts in various populations can reduce the amount of funding and political representation they get over the next decade.

In the years leading up to the 2020 census, supporters feared that a failed attempt by the Trump administration to add a citizenship question to the census questionnaire would deter Hispanics and immigrants from participating, whether they are legally or not in the country. The Trump administration also tried unsuccessfully to get the Census Bureau to illegally exclude locals from the numbers used to allocate congressional seats among states and to curtail the field operations schedule that had been extended in due to the pandemic.

In a conference call on Thursday, Census Bureau Director Robert Santos said many Latino communities across the United States had suffered during the pandemic from unemployment and housing insecurity, and that played a role in the undercount. But he added that the actions of the Trump administration may also have had an impact.

“I’m personally not surprised to see the results we’re seeing today,” said Santos, who was sworn in to the position earlier this year.

Arturo Vargas, CEO of NALEO Educational Fund, said he had never seen such a large undercount in the Hispanic population in the 35 years since the census.

“As you can imagine, we’re terribly — I can’t even find the word right now — upset about the extent of the Latino undercount,” Vargas said on the conference call.

About 70% of Native Americans live on reservations. James Tucker, chairman of a Census Bureau advisory committee, estimated the undercount resulted in at least 100,000 Native Americans on uncounted reservations and an annual loss of more than $300 million in federal funding for the Indian country.

“The substantial resources and efforts that tribes and national and local organizers have expended to get a full count in Indian Country have made a difference,” Tucker said. “Without these efforts, the undercount would undoubtedly have been much greater than it was.”

The pandemic has disrupted census operations and schedules, and made residents reluctant to open their doors to answer enumerators’ questions. Wildfires in the West and hurricanes on the Gulf Coast during the door-to-door phase of the count caused residents to flee their homes.

Two very big ideas that could fix America’s disastrous housing system


In many ways, the housing market in the United States is epically screwed up.

There are around 20 million households that spend more than a third of their income on housing. There is an estimated shortage of 6.8 million homes across the housing stock, an insufficient supply that reinforces these affordability issues. There are zoning laws that prohibit density in places where demand could easily support it. There are the powerful voices of landlords lobbying local authorities to block affordable housing development. There are the decades-long ramifications of racist housing policies.

[Photo: courtesy Brookings Institution Press]

Brookings Institution housing expert Jenny Schuetz dives headfirst into this snake pit in her new book Fixer-Upper: How to Fix Broken Housing Systems in the United States. As the name suggests, Schuetz knows the magnitude of the challenges facing housing in the United States. She also has an idea on how to solve them: stop building housing where it shouldn’t be and start building more housing where people really want it.

Stop building in the wrong places

Too many homes are being built in unsustainable places, says Schuetz. Climate change makes this all the more clear, “whether it’s Florida’s coastline awaiting sea level rise and hurricanes, or wildfire-prone areas across much of the ‘West,” says Schuetz. “We build houses in places that year after year are hit by climatic disasters, houses are destroyed and rebuilt in the same place.”

This cycle is not sustainable. And yet, insurance schemes, government-subsidized infrastructure, and short-sighted land use planning mean that building and rebuilding in these places is often done without considering the inherent risks.

“Households, developers, and mortgage lenders don’t pay the cost of the climate damage they create or the risk they incur,” Schuetz says. “The cost of all this climate damage caused by building in the wrong place is spread over many people, including a large portion that falls on the taxpayers of the United States.” A recent report by the Center for American Progress gives some raw numbers: in 2020, extreme weather events cost US taxpayers an estimated $99 billion.

Government-subsidized disaster recovery becomes tacit approval for building climate-risk homes in places that may be or have already been destroyed by extreme weather events. Homebuilders and homeowners see that even if a seemingly unlikely disaster were to occur, government stimulus funds would be there to help.

Similar government subsidies also signal to the market that developers can build homes in places where costs and labor are cheaper, but which are just as linked to climate change. As a result, development focused on exurban cars flourished in the United States.

“Part of that is driven by the demand for a low-density lifestyle. But it’s also something that we subsidize in a way that’s not easy to observe,” she says. The development of the peri-urban fringe is supported by these subsidies, and encouraged by peri-urban municipalities eager for a broader tax base. “The cost of building roads and all the other infrastructure that comes with houses, including water and sewer extension, is much more expensive to build in the suburbs, but that’s not borne by owners or developers.”

But Schuetz sees some signs that those conditions could change, especially when it comes to places that are at risk of a climate-related disaster. It could lead to more people choosing not to live in places they probably shouldn’t.

“Because the financial costs of issuing mortgages in these high-risk places show up on balance sheets, the financial industry is taking notice,” Schuetz said. “In places like California, the private insurance industry will at some point stop insuring homes in places that catch fire every year, and that will make people make decisions.”

Respond to demand where it is

The flip side is that while it’s easy to build in remote or at-risk locations where housing demand isn’t naturally high, it’s difficult to build in the kind of in-demand urban areas that many people would like to live. It is sometimes a problem of expensive land, which makes it difficult for finances to work on all but the most expensive dwellings. It is also a question of financing local authorities. With schools and parks relying on property taxes, cities have an incentive to approve larger homes that will bring in more money for taxpayers.

Even more pernicious, according to Schuetz, is the power cities give existing landlords to veto new developments. “Over the past 30 to 40 years, we’ve gone for a very discretionary development process,” she says. “Each proposal is evaluated on its merits on a case-by-case basis.” For homeowners sensitive to any impact on their home’s value, it’s easy to find an argument against a new affordable housing project or even a slightly higher density.

Schuetz says there are small signs of change that could shake that kind of filibuster that is not in my backyard. Zoning reform in cities like Minneapolis has made it much easier to approve multi-family housing projects, and other places are taking similar steps. “There’s definitely more political momentum for zoning reform than there’s ever been,” Schuetz says.

States can help, she argues, by using their power over local governments to set standards for how they manage growth and development. A high-profile effort to effect such change narrowly failed in California, but Schuetz says places like Idaho and Virginia could be close to success.

“We don’t need all 50 states to do zoning reform, we need maybe six to eight where it’s the biggest problem,” she says. “If a few large states succeed and start making progress, it will actually reduce our national housing shortage.”

Ballots are by mail. Here’s what to know about voting in Anchorage’s April election.


About 210,000 ballots were mailed Tuesday for the April 5 municipal elections in Anchorage.

This year, voters will decide on five Assembly seats and two School Board seats, each with multiple candidates. Voters will also see several bond proposals on their ballots, including $45.6 million in city bond packages and a $111 million school district bond proposal.

Assembly members are chosen only by voters living in their district, while school board members are elected at-large, which means that all voters in Anchorage will see the full list of school board nominees on their ballots.

There are four incumbent Assembly members running against a slate, with seats up for grabs in District 3 – West Anchorage, District 4 – Midtown, District 5 – East Anchorage, District 6 – South Anchorage and District 2 – Eagle River, where there is no incumbent in the race.

Two outgoing school board members, including the current board chair, are running against multiple challengers.

Voters can find a FAQslist of candidates and a list of voting proposals on the Municipal Elections website.

Although Anchorage switched to a mail-in voting system in 2018, residents have several options for voting. Voters can also vote in person at any of the city’s three voting centers, send their ballot by mail, or request to vote by fax or email. The city also has 18 secure drop boxes open from Tuesday where voters can return their ballot until 8 p.m. on Election Day.

Mailed-in ballots must be postmarked on or before Election Day, and voters returning their ballot envelopes the day before or on Election Day should have a postal worker hand stamp the envelope with a postmark to ensure their ballot is counted.

Requests to vote by fax or email must be received at the City Clerk’s office no later than March 29 at 5:00 p.m. Call the voters hotline (907-243-8683) or email a nomination at [email protected] Voters who are temporarily away from home can request that a ballot be mailed to them where they are, but must complete an application to vote at a temporary address by March 29 at 5 p.m.

This year, the city is implementing a new ballot tracking system, so that Anchorage voters who register for the system at anchoragevotes.com can get automatic updates via text, email or phone call on the status of their ballot. Residents can also call the Voter Helpline at 907-243-8683 to find out if their ballot envelope has been received and processed.

Although the election team begins processing envelopes and ballots several days before Election Day, there will be no voting results until around 8:30 p.m. on Election Day – and those results will be preliminary.

Because ballots will continue to arrive at the electoral center in the mail after Election Day, counts will continue to change, perhaps until the day the Assembly certifies the vote. This is because a ballot from a foreign voter that is postmarked on or before election day can be received and counted until noon on the day the vote is certified.

Regular mail-in ballots will be accepted until the public canvassing session, which is scheduled for April 18, according to the election schedule.

The Anchorage Assembly is due to certify the results of the vote on April 26, according to the election schedule.

Voters who have recently moved and have not yet updated their address in the state’s voter registration database can call the Voter Helpline at 907-243-8683 to ask a ballot to a new address.

All three Anchorage voting centers will open for in-person voting on Monday, March 28. Locations are at City Hall, 632 West 6th Ave., Room #155; Downtown Eagle River, 12001 Business Blvd., Community Hall #170; and the Loussac Library, 3600 Denali Street, in the Assembly Chamber.

The Eagle River voting center will only have Chugiak-Eagle River ballots.

Voting center hours:

• 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. on weekdays, from March 29 to April 4 and from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturday April 2.

• From 12 p.m. to 5 p.m., Sunday 3 April.

• 7:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m. on Election Day, Tuesday, April 5.

Future: Conduct surveys of all applicants.

National Housing Corporation again under investigation for awarding $1 million pre-election contract


Housing Minister Richard Frederick said his department would commission an investigation into the award of a million dollar contract to paint CDC buildings in Central Castries just before the last general election.

Addressing Parliament on Tuesday during the presentation of the $9.8 million Supplementary Budget by Finance Minister Philip J Pierre, Minister Frederick expressed concern that the contract price for the paint work awarded by the NHC was far greater than the value of the paint work done on the CDC apartments.

According to the Minister, the evaluations of the work carried out were not greater than $50,000.

Additionally, he added that the contractual arrangements made by the NHC board for the painting of the CDC apartments were outside of his purview.

While the contract was awarded barely “three weeks before” the last general election on July 26, 2021, the minister questioned the real reason for awarding a contract which he considered to be very inflated.

As a result, he said, his ministry will order an audit of the related works to determine the merits and merits of settling the claim for payment of the said contract.

This is not the first audit publicly promised by Minister Frederick, who late last year also indicated that his ministry would undertake a forensic audit of how the NHC handled its finances between 2016 and 2021.

Tenders have already been issued by qualified individuals to undertake a forensic audit of the operation of the NHC during the last administration.

Post views:

The historically adjusted unemployment rate falls to 3.0% in January


by Timothy McQuiston, Vermont Business Magazine Vermont’s statewide seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for January was 3.0%. This reflects a decrease of one tenth from December. The adjusted population and labor force estimates resulted in an overall increase in the number of unemployed in Vermont. The December 2021 rate has been adjusted upwards to 3.1% compared to the original estimate of 2.5%. At the beginning of each year, the Vermont Department of Labor adjusts rates based on revised US Census data. This results in a lag in the communication of the January rate. It can also result in significant readjustments from previous months, such as this year.

Vermont’s labor force has shrunk by more than 26,000 since January 2019, just before the pandemic hit the state. But the new estimates show an increase in the labor force compared to last year and last month, while the number of unemployed continues to rise. The increase in the number of employees slightly offset last month’s losses. All of this resulted in a higher starting point for last year’s data.

Meanwhile, the comparable rate in the United States in January was 4.0%, up one-tenth of a percentage point from the revised December estimate.

Vermont’s seasonally adjusted data for January shows Vermont’s civilian labor force increased by 777 from the previous month’s revised estimate (see Table 1). The number of employed persons increased by 941 and the number of unemployed fell by 164. The change in the number of employed persons was statistically significant in the seasonally adjusted series.

Vermont Labor Commissioner Michael Harrington said, “While this news release announces new monthly data, it also marks the re-release of historical data for calendar year 2021, which occurs concurrently with the January numbers. . This is more visible this year as partial results from the 2020 census are incorporated into statistical models for the first time. Most notably, the 2020 census results reflected an unexpected increase in Vermont’s population to 643,077. This population increase translated into an increase in all major components of the labor force. Even though labor force and employment estimates have been re-estimated at higher levels, statistical models still identify a significant decline in the labor force and the number of employed people after the onset of the “COVID recession”. Compared to January 2019, estimates for January 2022 show a decline of more than 26,000 Vermonters in the labor force, a significant change in a very short time. As Vermont continues to recover, the Department of Labor has expanded its business services team and added a foreign labor specialist to meet the needs of Vermont job seekers and employers. If you are looking for a job or have a job opening, be sure to visit VermontJobLink.com.

January unemployment rates for Vermont’s 17 labor market areas ranged from 2.6% in White River Junction to 6.9% in Derby (note: local labor market area unemployment rates are not shown). seasonally adjusted – see Table 2). For comparison, the unadjusted January unemployment rate for Vermont was 3.5%, which represents an increase of one percentage point from the unadjusted revised December level and a decrease of nine tenths of a percentage point. a percentage point from a year ago.

Analysis of employment changes by industry

January’s seasonally adjusted data show an increase of 400 jobs over December’s revised data. There was an increase of 1,700 jobs between the preliminary and revised December estimates due to the inclusion of more data. The seasonally adjusted changes in the month in January varied at the industry level. Those that experienced a notable increase are: mining and logging (+100 jobs or +12.5%) and construction (+300 jobs or +2.0%). Industries with notable declines include: private educational services (-300 jobs or -2.5%) and arts, entertainment and recreation (-100 or -2.4%).

Preliminary “unadjusted” employment estimates for January show a decrease of 8,400 jobs from the revised December figures. As with the “seasonally adjusted” data, this change in the month comes from the revised December figures which saw an increase of 100 jobs compared to the preliminary estimates. The broader economic picture can be seen by focusing on the changes over the year in this data series. As detailed in preliminary “unadjusted” January data, total private industries increased by 10,000 jobs (+4.3%) and government employment (including public education) increased by 1. 800 jobs (+3.5%) over the past year. .

The February unemployment and employment report is scheduled for release on Friday, March 25, 2022 at 10:00 a.m. View the most recent report from our Labor Market Information division at http://www.vtlmi.info/press.pdf.

Source: Vermont Department of Labor 3.14.2022

Census: Black population increases in suburbs, decreases in cities


CHICAGO (AP) — An area staple with its wagon-wheel decor and “Roy Rogers ribeye,” The Ranch Steak House is fighting to reopen as one of the last restaurants sitting in the once-thriving neighborhood of Black Chicago to Roseland.

About 13 miles (21 kilometers) near Indiana, Christopher Cain and his wife Deja Cousins-Cain sought a new market for their wine bar that promises “Good Vibes Only”, settling in the suburb of Lansing, where growth has included a steady increase in black inhabitants.

The two enclaves of about 30,000 people reflect how patterns of black migration in the 21st century are changing the composition of metropolitan areas nationwide. For decades, black residents have moved out of some of the nation’s largest cities while suburbs have seen an increase in their black population. Both of these trends have now spread to even more parts of the country, according to the 2020 U.S. Census.

The patterns echo the “white flight” that upset urban landscapes in the 20th century. Like those who left cities before them, black residents often move out of concern for crime and a desire for reputable schools, affordable housing and amenities. But there are key differences: Leaving black neighborhoods in the city that lack investment is often more of a necessity than a choice, and those who settle into new suburban lives often find racial inequities there too.

From 1990 to 2000, 13 of the largest cities in the United States lost black residents. In 2020, it was 23. According to the census, about 54% of black residents in the 100 largest U.S. metropolitan areas were commuters in 2020, up from 43% two decades ago, according to Bill Frey of the Brookings Institution.

While New York, Los Angeles and Philadelphia all lost black residents from 2010 to 2020, the change was particularly notable in Chicago, which gained in population but lost 85,000 black people, the highest number after Detroit, according to the 2020 census. These numbers could vary slightly, as the Census Bureau reported last week that 3.3% of the black population was undercounted in the 2020 census, a higher rate than in 2010.

The official tally revealed that a section of Roseland measuring less than 1 square mile lost 1,600 black residents. Now, the area near where former President Barack Obama was a community organizer — located about 20 minutes south of downtown — doesn’t even have a grocery store. That makes Judy Ware, who bought the Ranch restaurant in 2018, more determined to hang on.

“We’re proud to try to keep this institution in the neighborhood,” she said. “It’s necessary.”

For others, however, the suburbs offer a new choice.

Cousins-Cain and her husband found themselves choosing Lansing, who was not always friendly to black people.

Settled by Dutch and German immigrants, the city has seen an increase of around 50% in its black residents, who now make up nearly half of the population. Lansing recently elected its first black director.

“It feels like we finally have the opportunity to bring something to the table and bring something to the conversation,” Cousins-Cain said.


The trends are nuanced. Part of the explanation is that black residents continue to move to Southern cities in a reversal of the Great Migration, a movement that began in the 1910s and led millions of people to leave the South for the northern towns in order to escape discrimination. But more recently, some of the most dramatic changes are occurring in metropolitan areas as the suburbs of major cities see black population growth.

Black residents, who made up about 40% of Chicago’s population in 1980, now make up less than 30%. Their presence grew, meanwhile, in dozens of Chicago suburbs from 2010 to 2020.

Chicagoans and demographers have no shortage of reasons for the urban exodus:

— The decline of the steel industry and blue-collar jobs from the 1970s. — The War on Drugs. — The dismantling of social housing in the 2000s which displaced thousands of black residents. — School closures in 2014 that disproportionately affected black and Latino children.

“It’s really hard to point to one specific thing,” said Dan Cooper, research director at the Metropolitan Planning Council in Chicago. “And when you look at the confluence of factors, black people haven’t been politically centered or they’re centered in the wrong way.”

Chicago, long a segregated city, continues to report disparate results by race when it comes to home ownership, income, access to transportation and more. In Roseland, residents note persistent crime, delayed city services, and a train line that ends at the northern edge of Roseland. Concerns persist that population loss is diluting black political power, as drafts of a political remapping show fewer black-majority neighborhoods.

Many said these problems forced them to leave.

Truck driver Chris Calhoun, 32, sought more peace in the southern suburbs of Holland in 2014.

The deciding factor for him, he said, was, “Where can I live where my kids can go out and ride their bikes, or we can ride around the block as a family without looking over my shoulder. ?”

Crystal Fenn left in 2015 for law school in suburban Atlanta, where she is now a lawyer.

“If you could do something better for yourself, why would you want to be there? ” she says. “The lack of economic dollars, it’s almost like the city doesn’t care about Roseland anymore.”

Once a Dutch enclave, Roseland was annexed to Chicago in 1892. Within decades there was an influx of black families.

Marc Pullins, 56, remembers four nearby grocery stores and has fond memories of Kohn Elementary School.

“Half the neighborhood went to this school,” said Pullins, a current resident and activist. “They are all gone.”

Kohn is located in the section of Roseland that lost over 1,600 black residents. The school is vacant, a green “For Sale” sign in front. It is among some 55 schools targeted by former mayor Rahm Emanuel during the country’s largest mass school closure.

Nearby homes and businesses, including a candy store, are closed. The vacancies stretch along a once-thriving commercial corridor that Preservation Chicago has called one of Chicago’s “most endangered places.”

Kisha Pleasant, 41, bought her first home in Roseland, but violence and dwindling amenities drove her away.

“I can’t retire in this field,” she says. “I want to go out and I don’t want to be afraid of someone shooting me.”

Last year she moved to Lansing.


Sameerah and Jerrell Miller moved their daughter to a leafy Lansing street six years ago after living in Chicago and nearby Oak Park.

They bought a house near a big school for less than they would have paid in Chicago. Lansing’s median home price is around $195,000, less than half the city’s median.

“Lansing, to this day, still has kids playing outside in the summer,” Jerrell Miller said. “You don’t really get that around town without worrying.”

The growing black population prompted Micaela Smith, who moved to Lansing in 2002, to run for office. She became the suburb’s first black female administrator last year, after a difficult campaign in the predominantly white suburb.

“I had to do more persuasion to convince voters,” Smith said.

Activists say Lansing has had its fair share of race-related issues. In 2017, a black teenager was restrained and threatened by an off-duty white police officer, a confrontation that led to the city reaching a memorandum of understanding with activists and the US Department of Justice.

Pastor David Bigsby of In The Upper Room Ministries recently held a community appeal about disproportionate traffic stops, noting that a major thoroughfare divides black and white residents widely.

“It’s still segregated in the city,” he said.

Yet the 76-year-old, who moved into the rectory six years ago, now has around 250 worshipers, an increase of around 20%.

Lansing also sees a boost in black-owned businesses. Cain and Cousins-Cain opened their chic SL Wine Bar last year, with R&B and jazz in the mood. Support, especially from black customers, has been strong.

“We want our own version of ‘Cheers’,” Cousins ​​said.


Residents of Roseland who remain are proud of Obama’s work there and say they have seen signs of recovery.

Chicago officials recently launched a $750 million program to improve neglected neighborhoods, including Roseland, and have detailed plans for a train line expansion. The Greater Roseland Chamber of Commerce hopes a community hospital will become a medical district.

Judy Ware is preparing to resume table service at the Ranch after battling the coronavirus pandemic. A fire started during the unrest following the murder of George Floyd in Minneapolis destroyed the restaurant’s interior, and takeout-only food could not sustain the business, which has been in operation for more than 50 years.

After renaming it Ware Ranch Steak House and installing new flooring and orange cabins, Ware is feeling optimistic as it prepares to reopen this month.

“If we can weather the storm, I think we’ll be fine on the other side,” she said. “There are a lot of things waiting to happen at Roseland.”

Revealed: Kāinga Ora has spent more than $24 million of taxpayers’ money in four years to renovate his own offices


Kāinga Ora has spent $24,354,759 of taxpayers’ money over the past four years on office renovations.

The most significant expenditures took place during the last fiscal year:

  • $230,661 went on panels
  • $829,797 for a complete fit-up and renovation in Christchurch
  • $5.5 million for a complete office fit-up in Newmarket
  • $12 million for a total renovation of its Wellington headquarters.

“I think New Zealanders will find it hard to understand why this government is prioritizing multi-million dollar renovations for swanky new offices,” National Housing spokeswoman Nicola Willis said.

But when asked how bad the millions of dollars spent on office renovations are, Woods had a different perspective.

“It looks very good. It shows an organization rebuilding itself over a four-year period from an organization that had been reduced to a state house pushback agency.”

It’s a change of tone from Labor when it was in opposition in 2016 and Housing New Zealand spent $3million on office refurbishments.

“It’s just not really,” said then-Housing party spokesman Phil Twyford.

While Kāinga Ora spends millions on itself, it admitted in its last annual report that only 21% of its homes met Healthy Homes standards, meaning 54,000 homes failed.

“And yet, housing officials are prioritizing its office upgrades,” Willis says.

In a statement, Kāinga Ora told Newshub that he had spent $12 million on his Wellington headquarters because the organization had “undergone significant growth”, which required “appropriate and suitable office space for the business.” ‘use”.

Fit-up costs were “at the lower end of comparable public sector projects at $1,600 per square metre”.

“Houses don’t magically build and houses don’t magically renovate — you have to have staff to do that,” Woods says.

Office renovations are a hard pill to swallow for families desperately waiting to move into a home.

Keela, along with her partner and two children, are among the 25,000 currently homeless households on Kāinga Ora’s waiting list.

They were all moved to a hotel in central Wellington on Tuesday where Kāinga Ora is hosting families awaiting accommodation.

“I’ve been on the waiting list for about three years now,” he says.

He doesn’t want to be ungrateful, but he hates it. There is nowhere to park and in one week he received nearly $1,000 in parking fines that he cannot afford. Now her son has COVID-19.

“Since we arrived in Wellington, everything has been bad, everything is crap.”

Although yes, Kāinga Ora needs offices to work in, when the waiting list for a house is 25,000 households long – and almost 80% of state houses do not meet the government’s own healthy house standards – spending millions and millions on new offices seems completely disconnected.

State population decreased but increased in Picayune, Pearl River County – Picayune


Pearl River County is in a prime position for growth, but some hurdles need to be overcome.

This was the general message provided by Alan Barefield, extension professor of agricultural economics in the extension service at Mississippi State University, during his presentation to members of the Greater Picayune, Pearl River Area Chamber of Commerce. County.

During the presentation, attendees learned that statewide the population dropped in 2020. However, in Pearl River County, the city of Picayune and the county as a whole saw slight growth, from 10,878 to 11,885 in the city and from 55,834 in the county. at 56,145. This put the county in 16th place in the state in population.

According to Barefield’s presentation, a large number of young people have been added to the population. He believes employment at the Stennis Space Center played a part in this since most of the center’s employees live here. This fact leads him to suspect that the population could increase further if these young people decide to stay here to start a family.

However, the declining statewide population almost meant that Mississippi would have lost a seat in Congress. Most of the state’s population loss has been seen in the delta.

Another change observed from the census was the way people identified themselves. He said there had been a 258% increase in the number of residents who identified as dual races, from 191 in the 2010 census to 684 in the 2020 census.

Housing within the Picayune city limits also saw an increase, from 4,891 to 5,356 housing units.

The number of people with a GED or diploma has been calculated at around 81%, and the number of people with a bachelor’s degree still sits at around 16.8%. As for the median income in the city and county, these numbers show that in the city the median annual income is around $30,000 and in the county that figure is $46,901.

Most jobs in this county are considered to be in the public sector. Barefield was quick to add that the statistic is not necessarily an indication that there are too many people working in government, as the statistic includes healthcare workers who work for Highland Community Hospital and the Pearl River County Hospital and Retirement Home as Forrest Health System owns or operates these facilities respectively. Government jobs also include those in education and local government. Barefield said the highest concentration of revenue was in state and local governments.

The second highest employment sector in this county is retail.

In terms of the economic status of the city and county, this area has to contend with the lure of businesses offered in surrounding areas, such as Slidell, which are not located in Picayune. To combat the leaks associated with this fact, he suggested the community engage in a shop local campaign. As for attracting the next steakhouse chain to the area, he said many businesses consider population when looking for new locations.

Other factors currently affecting businesses are supply shortages, rising energy costs and difficulty finding and retaining employees. Barefield said he heard a recent report that soaring gas prices will likely last at least until November, but he reminded attendees that the market is fluid. and events occurring abroad may play a role.

To combat the supply shortage, as with operating supplies, he suggested companies could band together to place large orders of items they can share.

Russia to include electronics companies on list of essential businesses – report


Customers inspect cookers at an electronics store in Stavropol, southern Russia December 17, 2014. REUTERS/Eduard Korniyenko (RUSSIA – Tags: BUSINESS)

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


March 12 (Reuters) – Russia’s trade and finance ministries will widen the criteria for systematically important companies to include firms in the electronics sector, the TASS news agency quoted the deputy prime minister as saying on Saturday. Dmitry Chernyshenko.

The Russian government on Friday offered a series of support measures, including some for suppliers to state-owned companies and the IT sector, as it seeks to weather the impact of Western sanctions on its economy. Read more

“The most important task for us is to develop our products and accelerate the substitution of imports with what was imported from outside,” Chernyshenko said.

He said the support of companies in the electronic sector was needed from the banking system.

“In all sectors of the economy there are now preferential loans and subsidized rates, and the possibility of preferential loans through regional budgets is also being considered,” Chernyshenko said.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Reuters reporting; Editing by Kevin Liffey and Andrew Heavens

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

STATIN seeks to recruit 8,000 people for the population and housing census


Jamaicans looking to earn a temporary income are invited to apply to become enumerators and supervisors for the 2022 Population and Housing Census.

The Statistical Institute of Jamaica (STATIN) has indicated that recruitment is to begin on Sunday March 13 and end on Sunday April 3, 2022. The institute is seeking to recruit 8,000 enumerators from all parishes for the census collection exercise. data which is expected to start in September.

STATIN’s director of corporate communications, Georgia Garvey-Green, said applications will only be accepted online. The application form is available on the STTIN website at www.statinja.gov.jm/

Garvey-Green said people 18 and older who have reached high school or who have worked with STATIN on previous surveys are eligible to apply.

“You can see it as you help your community and help the government and STATIN understand the demographics of your community so the data can be available to make informed decisions not just by government but by individuals, the world of business and civil society organizations,” she said.

The communications manager stressed that being a census worker is a “paid job” that allows people to choose whether they want to collect the data in the afternoons or on weekends.

“People who are employed or unemployed can therefore apply…they can do it part-time and they can set the times, in conjunction with their supervisors, that they go out and collect the data,” he said. -she adds.

Data collection is expected to end in December 2022, after which the information is to be compiled, analyzed and a census report produced.

The exercise is normally carried out once every 10 years and allows the country to take a snapshot of its population to determine how many people reside within its borders, who they are and where they live. It is intended to count everyone in the country.

The 15th Population and Housing Census was originally scheduled for 2021, but was delayed due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The last census was carried out in 2011.

Some Minority Groups Missed Higher Rate in 2020 U.S. Census – Austin Daily Herald


Black, Hispanic and Native American residents were missed at higher rates than a decade ago in the 2020 census, according to a report released Thursday that assessed how well the once-a-decade people count matched each resident American.

Even though the 2020 census missed a surprisingly small percentage of the total U.S. population given the unprecedented challenges it faced, increasing undercount among some minority groups prompted an outcry from civil rights leaders who blamed political interference from the Trump administration, which tried unsuccessfully to add a citizenship question to the census form and curtail field operations.

“These numbers are devastating. Once again, we are seeing an overcount of white Americans and an undercount of black and Hispanic Americans,” National Urban League CEO Marc Morial said in a call with reporters. “I want to express in the strongest possible terms our outrage.”

The US Census Bureau’s post-count survey results showed that most racial and ethnic minorities were being neglected at statistically higher rates than a decade ago, with the Asian population being an exception. The survey measures whether certain populations were undercounted or overrepresented in the census. Overcounts occur, for example, if someone owns a vacation home and is counted there as well as at a permanent residence address.

The 2020 census black population had a net undercount of 3.3%, while it was almost 5% for Hispanics and 5.6% for American Indians and Native Americans. Alaska living on reservations. Those who identified with another race had a net undercount of 4.3%. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 1.6% and Asians had a net overcoverage of 2.6%, according to the results.

In the 2010 census, by comparison, the black population had a net undercount of more than 2%, while it was 1.5% for the Hispanic population. There was an undercount of nearly 4.9% for Native Americans and Native Americans living on reservations, and it was 1.6% for people identifying with another race and 0.08% for Asians. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 0.8%.

The 2020 census missed 0.24% of the entire US population, a rate that was not statistically significant, while it missed 0.01% in the 2010 census.

Census figures help determine the breakdown of $1.5 trillion in federal spending each year as well as the number of congressional seats each state gets. Any undercounts in various populations can reduce the amount of funding and political representation they get over the next decade.

In the years leading up to the 2020 census, supporters feared that a failed attempt by the Trump administration to add a citizenship question to the census questionnaire would deter Hispanics and immigrants from participating, whether they are legally or not in the country. The Trump administration also tried unsuccessfully to get the Census Bureau to illegally exclude locals from the numbers used to allocate congressional seats among states and to curtail the field operations schedule that had been extended in due to the pandemic.

In a conference call on Thursday, Census Bureau Director Robert Santos said many Latino communities across the United States had suffered during the pandemic from unemployment and housing insecurity, and that played a role in the undercount. But he added that the actions of the Trump administration may also have had an impact.

“I’m personally not surprised to see the results we’re seeing today,” said Santos, who was sworn in to the position earlier this year.

The severe undercount of the Hispanic population helps explain why three states with large Latin American populations underperformed in the 2020 census, with Arizona failing to secure an additional seat, Florida only getting only one seat and Texas only getting two seats, said Arturo Vargas, CEO of NALEO Education Fund.

“It was surprising to me, the level of undercount,” Vargas said. “We knew there would be an undercount, but the magnitude of it took me by surprise.”

About 70% of Native Americans live on reservations. James Tucker, chairman of a Census Bureau advisory committee, estimated the undercount resulted in at least 100,000 Native Americans on uncounted reservations and an annual loss of more than $300 million in federal funding for the Indian country.

“This undercount is not new – it’s an ongoing cycle of erasing Indigenous people from society,” said Lycia Maddocks, a citizen of the Fort Yuma Quechan Indian Tribe in Arizona and policy director of NDN Collective. , a South Dakota-based advocacy group. group. “In practice, an undercount means that Native people are not seen as a significant voting bloc when in reality our population has proven to be the margin of victory in key states such as Arizona.”

The pandemic has disrupted census operations and schedules, and made residents reluctant to open their doors to answer enumerators’ questions. Wildfires in the West and hurricanes on the Gulf Coast during the door-to-door phase of the people count caused residents to flee their homes.

The post-census showed that 18.8 million people were not counted correctly in the 2020 census. Although some of them may have been missed, others were counted using a statistical technique that fills in missing data.

After the post-census survey results were released, dozens of members of the Congressional Black Caucus sent a letter to the Census Bureau asking how it planned to investigate the undercount.

“A census that does not accurately represent black communities deprives them of their equal share of federal resources in education, health care, housing, nutritional assistance and many other areas – perpetuating systemic racism,” indicates the letter.

High housing targets raise flood fears in Barnet


High housing targets are expected to increase flood risk in Barnet by putting increased pressure on drainage systems, a council report warns.

Pressure to meet the “third highest national housing goal” is leading to “rapid urbanization” and “unprecedented population growth”, compounding the effects of climate change, the report says.

He adds that Barnet Council must protect floodplains and ensure all new development proposals include a ‘robust surface water drainage strategy’.

A government housing formula sets a target to build over 5,300 homes a year in the borough of Barnet, although the council’s new local plan adopts the London plan’s minimum annual target of 2,364 homes.

The report, which was presented to the environment committee on March 8, sets out the council’s responsibilities and progress in addressing flood risk.

It comes after opposition Labor councilors warned overflowing drains and sewers in the borough posed a ‘serious health and safety concern’ and urged council to work with water and sanitation companies other organizations to deal with the problem urgently.

Geoff Mee, the authority’s executive director of environment, told the committee the council had a “very serious problem” in ensuring it kept the drainage systems clear.

He said the council was looking into where its system of 30,000 freeway gullies leads, and further investigation using CCTV cameras was likely to show a “good proportion” had failed.

The council has secured £6million to help reduce the risk of flooding in the Silk Stream catchment area over the next six years.

He also started a program to remove artificial river banks along Burnt Oak Creek in Watling Park. Further flood reduction programs are expected to be implemented at Mill Hill and Muswell Hill over the next few years.

Questioned by councillors, the director of the environment said that a “comprehensive flood risk mitigation plan” for the borough would be presented to the committee by the fall.

CovidNow: Over 91% of Malaysian adolescent population fully vaccinated | Malaysia


A student receives his Covid-19 shot at SMA Izzuddin Shah in Ipoh on October 5, 2021. – Image by Farhan Najib

KUALA LUMPUR, March 11 – A total of 2,834,807 people or 91.1% of the country’s adolescent population aged 12-17 completed their Covid-19 vaccinations yesterday.

According to the CovidNow website, 2,934,891 people, or 94.3% of the population, received at least one dose of the vaccine.

For children aged five to 11, a total of 1,097,425 of them, or 30.9% of their population, received the first dose under the National Childhood Vaccination Program against Covid-19 (PICKids) since yesterday.

Meanwhile, for the country’s adult population, a total of 15,202,158 people, or 64.6%, have received the Covid-19 booster dose, while 22,932,696 people or 97.5% of the population have completed vaccination and 23,209,324 people or 98.7% received at least one dose of vaccine.

Yesterday, a total of 64,759 vaccine doses were distributed, of which 20,178 were administered as the first dose, 1,736 as the second dose and 42,845 as a booster, bringing the cumulative number of vaccine doses administered under the National Covid-19 Vaccination Program (PICK) at 68,002,567.

Meanwhile, according to the Health Ministry’s GitHub portal, 70 Covid-19 deaths were recorded yesterday, with 20 cases recorded in Perak, followed by Selangor (11), Johor (10) and Kelantan (nine).

Kedah has recorded seven deaths, four cases each in Negri Sembilan and Sabah, Pahang (three) and one each in Perlis and Terengganu. — Bernama

Some minority groups missed a higher rate in the 2020 census


By Mike Schneider | Associated press

Black, Hispanic and Native American residents were missed at higher rates than a decade ago in the 2020 census, according to a report released Thursday that assessed how well the once-a-decade people count matched each resident American.

Even though the 2020 census missed a surprisingly small percentage of the total U.S. population given the unprecedented challenges it faced, increasing undercount among some minority groups prompted an outcry from civil rights leaders who blamed political interference from the Trump administration, which tried unsuccessfully to add a citizenship question to the census form and curtail field operations.

“These numbers are devastating. Once again, we are seeing an overcount of white Americans and an undercount of black and Hispanic Americans,” National Urban League CEO Marc Morial said in a call with reporters. “I want to express in the strongest possible terms our outrage.”

The US Census Bureau’s post-count survey results showed that most racial and ethnic minorities were being neglected at statistically higher rates than a decade ago, with the Asian population being an exception. The survey measures whether certain populations were undercounted or overrepresented in the census. Overcounts occur, for example, if someone owns a vacation home and is counted there as well as at a permanent residence address.

The 2020 census black population had a net undercount of 3.3%, while it was almost 5% for Hispanics and 5.6% for American Indians and Native Americans. Alaska living on reservations. Those who identified with another race had a net undercount of 4.3%. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 1.6% and Asians had a net overcoverage of 2.6%, according to one of the reports.

In the 2010 census, by comparison, the black population had a net undercount of more than 2%, while it was 1.5% for the Hispanic population. There was an undercount of nearly 4.9% for Native Americans and Native Americans living on reservations, and it was 1.6% for people identifying with another race and 0.08% for Asians. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 0.8%.

The 2020 census missed 0.24% of the entire US population, a rate that was not statistically significant, while it missed 0.01% in the 2010 census.

The Post-Census Survey also showed that very young children aged 0-4 were undercounted by 2.79% in 2020, down from 0.72% in 2010, and tenants had a net undercount nearly 1.5% in 2020 compared to nearly 1.1% in 2010.

Census figures help determine the breakdown of $1.5 trillion in federal spending each year as well as the number of congressional seats each state gets. Any undercounts in various populations can reduce the amount of funding and political representation they get over the next decade.

In the years leading up to the 2020 census, supporters feared that a failed attempt by the Trump administration to add a citizenship question to the census questionnaire would deter Hispanics and immigrants from participating, whether they are legally or not in the country. The Trump administration also tried unsuccessfully to get the Census Bureau to illegally exclude locals from the numbers used to allocate congressional seats among states and to curtail the field operations schedule that had been extended in due to the pandemic.

In a conference call on Thursday, Census Bureau Director Robert Santos said many Latino communities across the United States had suffered during the pandemic from unemployment and housing insecurity, and that played a role in the undercount. But he added that the actions of the Trump administration may also have had an impact.

“I’m personally not surprised to see the results we’re seeing today,” said Santos, who was sworn in to the position earlier this year.

Arturo Vargas, CEO of NALEO Educational Fund, said he had never seen such a large undercount in the Hispanic population in the 35 years since the census.

“As you can imagine, we’re terribly — I can’t even find the word right now — upset about the extent of the Latino undercount,” Vargas said on the conference call.

About 70% of Native Americans live on reservations. James Tucker, chairman of a Census Bureau advisory committee, estimated the undercount resulted in at least 100,000 Native Americans on uncounted reservations and an annual loss of more than $300 million in federal funding for the Indian country.

“The substantial resources and efforts that tribes and national and local organizers have expended to get a full count in Indian Country have made a difference,” Tucker said. “Without these efforts, the undercount would undoubtedly have been much greater than it was.”

The pandemic has disrupted census operations and schedules, and made residents reluctant to open their doors to answer enumerators’ questions. Wildfires in the West and hurricanes on the Gulf Coast during the door-to-door phase of the people count caused residents to flee their homes.

Felicia Fonseca of Flagstaff, Arizona contributed to this report.

Native Americans worry as ballot released in 2020 census | State


National unemployment rate was 8.4% in 2019—Employment Minister


Ignatius Baffour Awuah, Minister of Employment and Labor Relations

Mr. Ignatius Baffour Awuah, Minister of Employment and Labor Relations, said the seventh round of the Ghana Living Standards Survey (GLSS7) estimated the national unemployment rate at 8.4 % in 2019.

He added that based on the Ghana Statistical Service (GSS) GLSS7, around 1,027,594 people aged 15 and above were estimated to be unemployed in 2019.

He told Parliament that statistics on unemployment in Ghana were not published regularly by the Department of Labor and the GSS, but were published periodically based on population surveys and censuses, such as those recently concluded by the GSS.

Mr. Baffour Awuah made the observation during his appearance before Parliament on Wednesday to answer a question from Mr. Thomas Nyarko Ampem, MP for Asuogyaman, on the current unemployment rate in Ghana and the number of direct jobs created by the government from 2017 to Date.

He said the 2021 population census estimated the labor force, which was the economically active population aged 15 and over, at 11,541,355, adding that of this figure, 9,990,237 were employed and 1,551,118 in the labor force. unemployment.

“This brings the unemployment rate to 13.44%,” Mr. Baffour Awuah said.

“Mr. President, the above figures are in contradiction with the figures obtained from ILOSTAT on Ghana for the same period. According to the ILOSTAT report, Ghana’s unemployment rate for 2019 was 4.12 % and 4.53% for 2020,” he said. noted.

Admitting unemployment issues as a major policy concern that had dominated the national discourse since time immemorial, the Sector Minister said it was important for stakeholders to acknowledge and recognize the dynamics of Ghana’s labor market system as well as the data and reporting challenges of national institutions such as the Department of Labor and the GSS.

To that end, he said the Department of Employment and Workplace Relations was carrying out an analysis of jobs created by the government from December 2021.

He noted that it was expected that the exercise would be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2022 and that the Chamber would receive the final report at the end of the exercise.

“Mr. Speaker, in 2021 the Department of Employment and Labor Relations has undertaken a trend analysis of the unemployment situation in the country over the past 29 years (1991-2020). Data from the analysis are sourced from the International Labor Organization’s OITSTAT, a global reference for international labor statistics.ILOSTAT cross-checks labor survey, census and other national data from the Ghana Statistical Service for its analysis “, did he declare.

Mr Baffour Awuah said the variations in the ESG and ILO figures stem from a different definition that was used in their calculations.

“Mr. Speaker, the standard ILO definition of unemployed is anyone you have reached the age of employability and who is available for work and is looking for a job but does not get one, that is- that is, it excludes all those who have reached employability age, are not working, but are not looking for jobs during the reference period.

“ESG, however, uses the relaxed ILO definition of unemployment which includes all persons who have reached employability age and are available for employment, whether seeking employment or No. For example, analyzing the 2019 metadata from the ESG, GLSS, per the ILO definition, the unemployment rate was 4.12%, but using the relaxed definition, 4.3 Additional % have been added to bring the ratio to 8.4%,” Mr Baffour Awuah told Parliament.

Rising Mortgage Rates and Home Prices Could Push Buyers Out of the Market


Housing data released this week confirmed what many industry watchers already knew: U.S. home prices have risen at their fastest pace in decades, and there’s every reason to believe that prices will continue to rise in the coming months.

See: How will the Fed’s interest rate hike affect you?

Find: Mortgage rates could rise in 2022, should you buy now or wait?

That trend, combined with an expected rise in mortgage rates for 2022, could shut some buyers out of the market altogether, experts say.

Average U.S. home prices rose 18.8% in 2021, according to the S&P CoreLogic Case-Shiller U.S. National Home Price Index. This is the largest increase in 34 years of data and well above the 10.4% gain recorded in 2020. Every region of the country saw a rise in prices last year, South and South – Is recording the highest gains at over 25% each.

Many housing experts expect prices to rise in double digits this year. Zillow recently forecast that average U.S. home prices will rise 14.3% in 2022, with cities in the South eyeing much higher gains.

Meanwhile, the Federal Reserve’s plan to raise interest rates in 2022 likely means mortgage rates will also rise. In fact, it is already happening.

The average 30-year fixed rate in the United States was 4.12% as of Feb. 22, according to a rate survey by Mortgage News Daily, Freddie Mac, the Mortgage Bankers Association and the Federal Housing Finance Agency. This is up from 3.78% at the start of February and 3.27% at the end of 2021. Rates have remained mostly stable and historically low in 2021 and have only recently started to rise.

The result is that buyers will find it very expensive to buy a home in many US markets this year as demand continues to outstrip supply. If you need an idea of ​​the price, consider this: the number of “million dollar towns” in the United States – those where the typical value of a home is at least $1 million – grew by a record 146 cities in 2021, according to Zillow. This brought the total to 481 cities nationwide.

These cities – mostly concentrated in coastal urban areas like New York, San Francisco and Los Angeles – are already out of reach for most home buyers in the United States, where the typical home value is closer to 325,000. $.

As interest rates rise, that further reduces the amount buyers can afford, MSN reported. Housing was unaffordable for many consumers even before rates started to climb. With rates and prices continuing to rise, some buyers could find themselves completely shut out of the market this year.

The good news is that not all markets are the same. If you’re looking for affordable housing, check out this GOBankingRates list of the 50 best places in every state to live on a fixed income.

More from GOBankingRates

This article originally appeared on GOBankingRates.com: As house prices hit a 34-year high, mortgage rates could be the final nail in the coffin for some homebuyers

Helping people by providing information and vaccines – The Diplomat


North Korea has dealt with COVID-19 as usual by cutting itself off from the world, regardless of the consequences for its people. The country now faces food shortages that are unlikely to be alleviated until the regime has some control over the virus and resumes trade with China. To end the country’s isolation and alleviate the humanitarian crisis, creative and flexible options are needed.

With the emergence of COVID-19, there were at least a few hope that the expected economic and humanitarian crises could encourage Kim Jong Un to start denuclearization talks to receive aid in return. Instead, when the pandemic began, North Korea shut down completely, believing that its healthcare system, already one of the worst in the world, would not be able to cope. The population is particularly vulnerable to viral infection: In 2019, the United Nations determined that 10 million people suffered from severe food shortages and that nearly half of the population was undernourished. Voluntary isolation brought an abrupt end to the low level of trade with China, on which North Korea depends almost entirely, decline by 90% from 2019 to 2021.

The country’s isolation has aggravated food insecurity. In a rare public admission, Kim referred to the food situation as “tense” last year and called for “another more difficult ‘arduous walk'”. The term refers to a famine in the mid-1990s that killed an estimated 1 million people. The current situation is not as serious, but the UN special rapporteur on human rights in North Korea warned in 2020 that “an increasing number of families eat only twice a day, or eat only corn, and there are reports that some are starving”. By mid-2021, a valued 16.3 million North Koreans were food insecure.

Although the regime has admitted to the severe food shortages, it has so far – rather implausibly – denied having had any cases of COVID-19. Even so, while the strict containment measures could have limited major epidemics throughout 2020, several sources reported “mass deaths” within the army at the end of 2021. Civilians who show symptoms of COVID-19 are put in home isolation for seven days, after which they are moved to makeshift quarantine facilities if they have not improved. By the end of 2021, at least 185,000 people with symptoms had passed through one of these civilian facilities and the regime plans construct specialized quarantine stations throughout the country. Conditions in these facilities are dire: medicines are scarce, food rations are meager and heating is insufficient.

The government has for decades shown contempt for its own people. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the human rights situation, characterized by systematic and widespread violations which amount to crimes against humanity. Today, the regime is once again showing its willingness to sacrifice its people on the altar of ideology. While Kim and her loved ones would have been vaccinated with a vaccine made in China in December, it has not launched a population-wide vaccination program despite offers of vaccines as well as abilities. One of the ideological issues of such a campaign would be how to introduce the news of foreign-made vaccines to North Koreans, who for decades have been fed propaganda about ‘juche’, the self-reliance strategy. of North Korea. Furthermore, an internationally supported vaccination campaign would involve international workers to operate inside the country, or at the very least require transparency of the vaccination program, which the regime seems unwilling to consider.

Like this article ? Click here to register for full access. Just $5 per month.

Obtaining reliable information about North Korea is difficult at the best of times, but these factors likely explain why the regime has so far refused offers of aid. In May 2021, COVAX Free nearly 2 million doses of AstraZeneca vaccines at no cost, which the regime has ostensibly rejected for fear of side effects. In August, COVAX Free nearly 3 million doses of Sinovac again at no cost, which North Korea rejected, citing a greater need elsewhere in the world. Offers from China, Russia and South Korea all along 2021 were rejected.

Still, it seems the regime wants vaccines if it can get them on its own terms. Despite the regime’s refusal of multiple offers, diplomats and intelligence agents were Recount by the leadership that the acquisition of vaccines was a top priority. North Korea allegedly tried to steal vaccine technology through cyberattacks on Pfizer, Astra Zenecaand South Korean vaccine manufacturers. Customs officers have would have received the vaccine in preparation for the resumption of limited rail trade with China, which occurred in January amid a tightly controlled pandemic restrictions. The regime has warned its citizens that “normal” trade is unlikely to resume before 2025, heightening fears of food shortages.

Calling vaccines “the key to opening the (North Korean) border and… bringing it out of isolation”, the UN special rapporteur on human rights in North Korea recently demand for 60 million doses of vaccines to be given to North Korea. Convincing the regime to accept vaccines will take creativity and flexibility. While COVAX has strict monitoring and reporting requirements, other players may relax some of these restrictions, particularly the need for international workers to monitor in-country. Any vaccine offer could also include personal protective equipment and treatments such as antiviral pills. These may be less difficult for the regime to accept, as evidenced by recent to receive limited international medical supplies. Given China’s strict dynamic zero-COVID policy, China might have an interest in undertaking secret diplomacy with North Korea to facilitate such deals to minimize the health risk to its eastern neighbor.

At the same time, the United States and South Korea could launch a countryside aimed at informing the population of the availability of safe and effective vaccines. The management fears an informed population and a potential loss of legitimacy. While North Korea reports profusely on the impact of the pandemic outside its borders, it prefers keep its people in the dark regarding global vaccine developments. Access to foreign media is very restricted and illegal, but according to to former United States special envoy for human rights issues in North Korea, Ambassador Robert King, “an important audience is listening[s] on foreign radio. The main foreign radio broadcasts are the US-funded broadcasts of Radio Free Asia and Voice of America, as well as South Korean radio KBS Minjok. An information campaign could thus complement diplomacy.

It remains to be seen how successful any of these strategies can be. What is clear is that helping North Korea help itself will require creativity, flexibility and patience.

The Bengals’ to-do list is all about ’22


Bengals fans don’t need to remember this is a quarterback league. But just in case they forgot less than a month after second Joe Burrow brought them within 50 yards of the NFL title, Aaron Rodgers and Russell Wilson offered a heartbreaking prelude to the agency spell on Tuesday. free next week.

Rodgers may or may not have become the first man on $50 million a year, depending on what his alleged extension with Green Bay looks like, and Denver has waived the ransom of a king, queen and a valet to ferry Russell Wilson out of Seattle.

As AFC champions Cincinnati prepare to sign free agents when the official signing window opens a week from Wednesday, Burrow’s massive structural change extension looms on the horizon. after this coming season.

But the $13 million franchise tag they gave free security Jessie Bates III on Monday says it’s business as usual as they try to add more pieces to a young core that has almost stole the Super Bowl from the favorite Rams rather than save their chips for Burrow, eligible for a new deal after 2022.

The only question is how the estimated $20 million available will be distributed. A percentage is undoubtedly attributed to improving the offensive line as well as retaining some key men in the middle of the defensive line such as Larry Ogunjobi and BJ Hill. And they would like to keep tight end CJ Uzomah.

“Free agency includes the guys we don’t have under contract who were on our team (in 2021). Sometimes I think that gets lost in the shuffle,” the Bengals director of player personnel said. , Duke Tobin, during the last month. . “Some years your team has guys that won’t be top guys that you’re chasing internally and so you get maybe a bit more external guys and then this year will be a mix. We’ll be looking outside of our organization. But we will definitely be looking within our organization for the guys who don’t have contracts in the future that we want to continue working with and the guys who got us to where we got to this year. And there are some has a number.

There is potential room there. Releasing or trading cornerback Trae Waynes would save around $10 million from the $208.2 million salary cap, but one thing is certain. The Bengals aren’t going to change their philosophy that disapproves of throwing big money in future years to inflate a mega deal, which works in Burrow’s favor.

They like to take the hit early in the contract, like Trey Hendrickson getting nearly a third of his $60 million last year in his first season. They also like the price-performance ratio.

The Census Bureau will establish potential failures in the 2020 count


“They have been fighting for these programs for a long time. GED, citizenship classes, ESL — they’re kind of our slice of the pie,” she said.

Research published last year by the Urban Institute, a nonpartisan research organization, estimated that the 2020 count missed more than 1.5 million people, mostly people of color, and counted twice by many white residents.

This research comes from a comparison of 2020 census results with other datasets, like the American Community Survey and the Census Bureau’s own estimate of population in 2020. But the Bureau’s report released Thursday comes from of its post-census survey. The agency sends out questionnaires to millions of people asking them for demographic information, as well as whether they responded to the 2020 census.

Over the past decade, the survey showed the agency missed more than a million members of minority communities in the 2010 census, including nearly 5% Native Americans living on reservations. The agency missed even larger parts of minority populations in previous counts.

Community advocates across the country have raised concerns about a potential 2020 census undercount in Detroit and elsewhere. Additionally, a coalition of Texas Democrats has expressed similar concerns to the Census Bureau about a potential undercount of communities in the Rio Grande Valley and other locations along the southern US border.

Joint Message on “Making Women and Girls Matter for Generational Equality”


According to the World Economic Forum’s 2021 Global Gender Gap Report, it will take at least another 135 years for the world to achieve gender parity. At this rate, no one alive today is likely to see a world where gender equality is achieved. The good news is that some countries will get there faster with committed leadership, investment and public policy.

International Women’s Day, celebrated on March 8 each year, is an opportunity for us to reflect on the efforts that have been made so far and what remains to be done to accelerate progress towards a more egalitarian.

There have been positive gains for women and girls over the past decades, but today women still face multiple challenges. Women are still more likely to be poor than men, to experience high rates of violence and abuse, and to bear the greatest burden of unpaid domestic work. They continue to be underrepresented in leadership and decision-making, as well as in science and technology fields, with persistent gender biases impeding women’s progress.

This year, Tanzania’s theme for International Women’s Day, March 8, is “Generation Equality for Sustainable Development: Take part in the next census”. It is an important and timely reminder that women and girls need to be counted and visible in the census. We need to understand their potential and realities to inform national planning, and specifically to implement Tanzania’s Generation Equality Forum commitments to promote justice and women’s economic rights. In short, Tanzania needs strong data and evidence on women and girls in order to deliver on its commitment to achieve gender equality by 2030.

In a country where women and girls constitute the majority of the country’s workforce, it is imperative to collect and analyze comprehensive data on women and girls. This data will help shape gender-responsive policies, laws, plans, programs and budgets to uplift women and girls across the country.

Population censuses provide official data on the number of people living in a country, their place of residence, age and sex distribution, and the main social and economic characteristics of the population. Various foundational assistance programs that support improved protection, education, health, and economic security outcomes for women and girls rely on census data to inform them. Census data also helps the country understand the different needs and characteristics of the nation. It is essential that everyone, especially women and girls, participate in determining where to focus development efforts.

To ensure that the census is as inclusive as possible and provides the necessary gender data, women and men, girls and boys need to understand why it matters. This includes teenage girls. As adolescence is a tipping point in a girl’s life, this data will help ensure that they can access the right resources and opportunities so that today’s girls can become leaders, entrepreneurs and actors of tomorrow’s change.

It is also essential to identify and address existing gender biases in data collection. Discriminatory social and cultural norms and attitudes have historically led to women and girls working outside the market economy being invisible in official statistics. These biases must be tackled head-on to ensure that the census takes into account the contributions of women and girls to their families’ livelihoods and the economy and that this data reflects their lived realities.

Focusing on the census on this International Women’s Day further demonstrates the government’s commitment and determination to ensure that the census is gender sensitive and to improve the production and use of statistics more broadly. genre.

The government has also made commendable progress in recent years to make gender-disaggregated data more available and accessible, resulting in a number of important publications, including the Social Institutions and Gender Index (SIGI) Tanzaniawhich provides evidence of how discriminatory social norms and practices continue to restrict women’s and girls’ access to opportunities and rights.

Generation Equality envisions a world where all people have the same rights and opportunities. Where there is equality in political leadership, classrooms, corporate boardrooms and agricultural fields. Where women and girls, including those with disabilities, do not have to fear for their safety and can enjoy the same economic opportunities. On this International Women’s Day, let’s make sure we work together to make that vision a reality. Keeping all women and girls visible in national data sources can propel us in the right direction.

We are proud to accompany Tanzania on its journey towards gender equality and the empowerment of women and girls. A journey that, with good data to guide our choices, need not last 135 years.

Zimbabwe: July Moyo orders councils to stop paying senior executives with land


Minister of Local Government, Public Works and National Housing, July Moyo, has written to local authorities across the country asking them to stop using the land to settle senior executive salary arrears.

In recent years, town and country councils have parceled out residential, commercial and industrial stands, especially to senior executives, in lieu of salaries.

In a circular sent to mayors and general managers, Moyo decreed an end to this practice.

“It has been observed that most local authorities, both urban and rural, include land in their conditions of service to employees. The conditions relating to the establishment and use of the estate account are clearly provided for in article 300 of the city code. Councils Act (29:15) and Section 128 of the Rural District Councils Act (29:13) on the Capital Development Fund,” Moyo wrote.

He ordered the immediate rescinding of all such resolutions, stressing that councils must generate revenue in order to be able to pay employees cash salaries.

“It is therefore essential to note that any resolutions or terms of service that freely assign booths to managers should be rescinded and excluded from the terms of service for employees,” he said.

“With this in mind, councils should strive to compensate their employees through recurring expense votes in council budgets,” Moyo said.

Most councils now used to distribute stalls to workers in payment of backdated wages, a development which has seen council workers own multiple stalls at the expense of future owners who spend years on the waiting list for a lodging.

Commissioners court discusses criminal defense options for homeless people | Premium


Victoria County Judge Ben Zeller on Monday kicked off a discussion about opening a public defender’s office for indigent defendants at Commissioners Court.

Victoria County already provides legal representation to indigent defendants, and the discussion focused on what methods might be more effective ways of carrying out this function.

“It’s technically a state responsibility, but it’s been passed down to counties to implement and pay for in most counties,” Zeller said.

The system used by Victoria County is a rotational system, in which private attorneys volunteer to provide their services to indigent defendants, Zeller said. Unfortunately, one of the challenges the county faces is that fewer attorneys are volunteering to fill these roles.

To remedy this, Zeller introduced two potential options to replace the rotation system.

The first option would be to open a public defender’s office.

“There are grants available for a county like Victoria to partner with at least one neighboring county and form a regional public defender’s office,” he said.

There’s the possibility that the state could pay for the office “for the first two years and then pay some of that in future years,” Zeller said.

The second option is to contract with a non-profit organization that would handle indigent criminal defense cases, with the county paying them a fee.

“The question is, which model are we interested in?” Zeller said.

County Commissioner Gary expressed skepticism about how much of the cost of these options the state would cover.

“It’s really good that the state pays for a few years, but do we have a guarantee that they will continue to pay?” Burns asked.

County Commissioner Danny Garcia said he felt the commissioners court should really consider whether this was something they should do.

“We sometimes sit here and complain about unfunded terms,” ​​Garcia said. “The state has put in place a program to help us. It may not be all the help we need, but it is help.

Currently, the county spends about $1 million a year on indigent criminal defense, Zeller said.

“This will be back on our agenda in the weeks and months to come as we continue to answer many questions that need to be answered,” Zeller said.

Cody covers the beat of business for the lawyer. He can be reached at (361) 580-6504 or [email protected]

Tanzania: Census awareness impresses Z’bar vice-president


ZANZIBAR First Vice President, Mr. Othman Masoud Othman expressed satisfaction with the growing public awareness of the National Population and Housing Census scheduled for the end of this year.

The Vice President expressed his satisfaction when he met the Census Commissioner (Zanzibar), Ambassador Mohammed Haji Hamza, who visited him at his office to brief him on the progress of the preparations for the census.

He commended the continuous efforts and political will of leaders at different levels to educate and explain to the people the importance of the exercise for national development.

“It is encouraging to see that the awareness campaign and advocacy programs have shown success. Thanks to the political leaders, NGOs and cadres led by the census commissioners,” Othman said.

The First Vice President also explained how the ongoing National Addressing and Postcode System (NAPS) will also help ensure the success of the planned population and housing census.

“The successful implementation of the NAPS is a crucial step towards an effective population and housing census,” he said, urging census officials to identify the various challenges that might arise during the preparation and actual counting.

Mr. Othman mentioned that some of the challenges that may put people off are the presence of some citizens who so far do not have the required Zanzibari Resident Identity Card (ZanID). He advised the respective authorities to ensure that every Zanzibari of the required age obtains the identity card without delay.

In response, Ambassador Hamza explained that the pilot census was a success and the process of allocating census areas in Zanzibar is now 100% complete.

“A team of experts from the Office of the Chief Statistician of the Government of Zanzibar was sent to mainland Tanzania to share their experience on census and area delineation,” he noted.

Mr. Hamza said his office continues to seek additional funds for the census as the government has allocated 70%, and the remaining 30% is expected to be collected from donors/development partners and other stakeholders.

He noted that the census must be a success because public awareness is high and efforts by leaders to mobilize the community have been good.

Many tech jobs could provide the opportunities needed to accelerate gender diversity


According to the latest TCA report, this challenge is exacerbated by the sector’s underperformance on gender diversity, with only one in four workers being a woman. This is despite the fact that tech jobs are plentiful and on a steady growth trajectory for at least the past decade.

For women, tech jobs pay well and offer the flexibility that has become the deciding factor for many today. The gender pay gap in tech roles is half that of other high-paying sectors, such as finance or professional services, and mid-career upskilling or cross-training can help women accelerate their income and increase their retirement savings.

Admittedly, the recruitment ad writes itself.

The Business Council of Australia hammers home the point. Expanding choices and opportunities for women – making it easier for them to re-enter the workforce, to get new and better jobs, is one of our country’s greatest economic and social opportunities. Notwithstanding the need for representation of women in all inputs that shape attitudes and behaviors in society.

Killing three birds with one stone is the title that needs to be rewritten. Yes, ironically, part of the solution lies in advertising. Recruiting women into roles traditionally reserved for men is not a new advertising strategy. Army recruiting campaigns have long been a benchmark here – “women, your country needs you”. But women can’t be what they can’t see. The campaign should make visible the myriad of roles in data and technology that women can retrain and evolve into.

Advertising will not solve the whole problem. The product and the experience are equally critical. The Great Reshuffle disrupted the job market; work-life balance, better pay, flexibility and alignment of values ​​are big deal-breakers and for women, we’re not there yet.

But let’s not forget that this is a situation of growth and opportunity, as well as impending crisis. Let’s be committed to attracting mid-career women to transition into our industry. If we do it right, the benefits for women, families, communities, businesses, the economy – society as a whole – are tremendous. All boats will rise.

It is the memory. This is a marketing problem to be solved.

Sunita Gloster is CEO of Gloster Advisory, Senior Advisor for Accenture Australia, Advisor for UN Women Australia and Co-Chair of the Tech Council of Australia’s Media and Marketing Sub-Community.

Housing advocates seek funds to repeal California law | national


SACRAMENTO, Calif. (AP) — California lawmakers are again trying to get rid of the nation’s only law that allows voters to veto public housing projects, a provision added to the state’s constitution in 1950 to keep black families out of white neighborhoods.

Almost everyone on Capitol Hill agrees the provision should be repealed, both for its racist roots and because it makes it much more difficult to build affordable housing in a state where the median price of a single-family home is nearly of $800,000.

But the latest repeal attempt hit a snag — not because of organized opposition, but because of a lack of financial support. It’s expensive to change the California Constitution, and supporters haven’t found anyone willing to pay for it.

Get more of the Citrus County Chronicle

Although the state legislature can pass and repeal laws, it cannot change the constitution unless the voters also approve it. Putting a proposal on the ballot is useless unless it is accompanied by a statewide campaign to persuade people to vote for it. These campaigns can cost $20 million or more, as California has some of the most expensive media markets in the country.

“It’s not the type of ballot measure that automatically attracts money,” said State Sen. Scott Wiener, a Democrat from San Francisco who supports repeal with fellow Democrat Sen. Ben Allen. . “The poll is not rock solid. It’s a winnable campaign. We can win. But this will require solid funding.

Support in the Legislative Assembly is not an issue, as a repeal proposal passed the state Senate 37-0 earlier this year. But public support is another matter, and carries a big risk.

In 2020, as support for racial justice causes skyrocketed following the murder of George Floyd, funders spent more than $22 million on a campaign to amend the California Constitution so that public universities can take a person’s race into account when deciding who to admit. They failed, with 57% of voters voting “no” while opponents spent just $1.7 million.

Once a campaign fails, it often takes supporters years to muster enough support to try again. The last time proponents attempted to repeal California’s Affordable Housing Act was nearly three decades ago, in 1993, when it failed with just 40% of votes in favor.

Supporters were prepared to take the proposal to the 2020 ballot, believing a presidential election year would boost turnout among young voters and give him a better chance of passing. But they abandoned the effort because they couldn’t get enough campaign funding, Wiener said.

Lawmakers must decide by June 30 whether to put it on the ballot this year or wait until 2024.

California’s law requiring voters to approve state-funded affordable housing projects came after a 1949 federal law banning segregation in public housing projects. In 1950, a local housing authority in Eureka – 370 kilometers north of San Francisco – applied for federal funds to build housing for low-income people.

Some residents tried to stop the project, but city leaders refused. So residents put an amendment to the constitution on the ballot saying the government must get voter approval before using public money to build affordable housing. The California Real Estate Association paid for the campaign, and it passed.

California is now the only state to have this law, and it only applies to public funding for affordable housing, which is disproportionately used by people of color.

“It’s racist, classist,” Wiener said. “I think it’s shocking to a lot of people that this is in our current constitution.”

The provision had a major impact on state development, as California missed out on much of the federal government’s abundant public housing spending in the 1950s and 1960s, according to Western Center policy advocate Cynthia Castillo on Law and Poverty.

“It tied our hands in exploring solutions to the affordable housing crisis and the homelessness crisis in a sense by taking public housing off the table,” Castillo said.

There are ways to circumvent the law. State lawmakers changed the definition of “low-cost housing project” to mean any development where more than 49% of the units are reserved for low-income people. Anything less than that does not require an election.

In some progressive cities, local leaders ask voters for broad authority to build a set number of affordable housing units across the city. In 2020, San Francisco voters authorized city leaders to build 10,000 affordable housing units. But that kind of voter support doesn’t exist everywhere.

A potential source of funding for the campaign to repeal the law is the California Real Estate Association, now known as the California Association of Realtors. The group was largely responsible for passing the law in 1950. Today, it strongly supports repeal, a position it has maintained for decades, according to Sanjay Wagle, the association’s chief lobbyist. .

Wagle said the association had an obligation to help repeal the law. But he said he couldn’t afford to do it alone. Most people like to have a say in what is being built near them. He said polls suggest people change their minds once they learn about the issue – but that would require a sophisticated and expensive campaign.

“Most people think, ‘Oh yeah, I like the idea of ​​voting on any project. It’s going to take it away from me. They don’t think about the wider implications,’ he said. “You have to overcome that by really going into the weeds, which is difficult or would be very expensive.”

Wagle said it would take multiple groups to fund a successful campaign, which he said wouldn’t be hard to come by because “there’s a lot of money on the progressive side in California.”

But it hasn’t happened yet. Wiener said he believes the funding will eventually arrive, which is why he is pushing to get him on the ballot soon.

“There are a lot of bands that want to get involved,” he said. “And I think once we give them the assurance that it’s real, they can do it.”

Copyright 2022 The Associated Press. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed without permission.

Indonesia plans to vaccinate entire target population this month


Jakarta. The Indonesian government is determined to vaccinate the entire target population against Covid-19 by the end of this month, a spokeswoman said on Saturday.

At least 92% of the more than 208 million eligible citizens received at least one dose of the vaccine on Saturday, according to government figures.

“We plan to vaccinate 100% of the target population with at least a single dose by the end of March,” said health ministry spokeswoman Siti Nadia Tarmizi.

Government data also reveals that 70.7% of the target population are fully vaccinated against Covid-19.

“But we won’t stop there. Our goal is to fully vaccinate at least 70% of the entire Indonesian population eventually. The booster dose is also publicly available and can be taken within three months of the last shot,” Siti added.

The largest country in Southeast Asia is home to over 273 million people.

The government has expanded the vaccination group to children as young as six years old. It is believed that when 70% of the total population is fully vaccinated, the country will achieve so-called population immunity against Covid-19.

“The administration of the second dose to citizens is the most important achievement of our efforts to bring this pandemic under control,” she said.

Indonesia has seen a dramatic increase in the number of new cases in the latest wave of infections triggered by the Omicron variant since early January, but data suggests the country passed its peak in mid-February.

It recorded 30,156 new cases on Saturday, bringing the total to 5.7 million cases, including 149,918 deaths.

The main concern is that the country still has more than half a million active cases of Covid-19 although a large majority of them do not require hospitalization.

Hospital bed occupancy is currently at a manageable 30% nationally.

List of Huawei EMUI March 2022 Updates


On March 11, Huawei will launch its first 108 camera phone – Nova 9 SE in the global market. The phone is equipped with a number of new technologies, including EMUI 12, as well as new smart features.

EMUI 12 has new features that focus on the additions Huawei has made to this new Huawei smartphone software. After its launch, the Chinese tech maker placed EMUI 12 in top flagship phones such as Mate 40 Pro, Mate 30 Pro and P40 series. These phones were also part of the first batch of devices that test EMUI 12 ahead of a stable release.

With the new feature and UI changes, most consumers want to grab the brand new EMUI 12 software update. Therefore, the excitement of EMUI 12 is clearly reflected in week 7.

According to the EMUI 12 roadmap, Huawei will expand the rollout of EMUI 12 for previous generation devices, including mid-range and budget devices such as Huawei Y9 Prime and Nova 4e. This would allow consumers to experience the latest software without changing smartphones.

It has also been observed that Huawei may roll out stable EMUI 12 update for Huawei P30 series and Mate 20 series in the month of April. However, we can expect the Chinese tech maker to make an early release.

If you have an EMUI 12-eligible Huawei device, we recommend that you install it as soon as it arrives on your device. Nevertheless, there are some things you need to know before proceeding to the software update instructions.

As a major update, EMUI 12 comes with new software changes, therefore, we recommend you to backup important data to avoid deletion of unwanted files. Then charge your device. The whole update procedure may take some time, due to the size of the update package.

To check for the latest software update you need to visit the Settings page > open System and updates > from here tap on Software updates > then CHECK FOR UPDATES > now follow the instructions on screen.

So, did you grab the EMUI 12 for your smartphone in week 7 of the stable rollout? Let us know via the survey below.

How to develop stories from 2020 census data


The US Census Bureau released detailed 2020 Census Population Statistics in August 2021, and more releases are yet to come. This decade-long data dump is huge, detailed, highly technical — and massively influential in communities across the United States. Journalists from all walks of life will use this data in their reporting for years to come. This self-directed course, part of Poynter’s 2020 census training serieswill help journalists access and analyze census data to cover their evolving communities, now and in the future.

In five lessons – taken at your own pace – we’ll show you how to find great stories in your community or state using the latest “recut datafile. It includes figures for overall population totals, race and Hispanic origin, and housing units. We’ll show you how to find data for states, counties, cities, and even local neighborhoods , and compare 2020 figures with 2010 figures, using tools developed for journalists and available via Big local news.

In addition to informing the distribution and redistricting, these figures guide at least $1.5 trillion per year in federal funding, guiding the enforcement of civil rights laws, and influencing decisions about where to build new schools, roads, or businesses. They are also used for research on health, the impact of climate change and other topics.

Upon completion of this two and a half hour online course, you will be able to begin reporting and storytelling immediately. You’ll also have access to presentation slides and resource lists to help you for years to come.


If you need help, email us at [email protected]

Who should register

This program is for journalists interested in using the latest census data for a wide range of stories across beats that include government, schools, neighborhoods and businesses. No prior data or census experience required.


This webinar is offered tuition-free and is part of Poynter’s Census Continuing Education Series.

This effort is led by Stanford University’s Big Local News, Northwestern University’s Census Reporter, and The Associated Press, and is made possible with support from the Google News Initiative, in cooperation with JSK Journalism Fellowships and a donor anonymous.

What is Cobb County’s COVID status at this point?


Mask mandates in Cobb County government buildings and courts have been lifted, but what is the overall status of the COVID pandemic in the county?

Most news is good. The CDC has classified us as “moderate” community transmission after we were stuck in “high” for most of the last year.

This afternoon, the county announced that Board of Commissioners Chairwoman Lisa Cupid had lifted the emergency declaration after meeting with county health officials.

One of the most encouraging signs for Cobb County is that the percentage of patients in hospitals in our area who are there for COVID has dropped to less than 10%.

While the news is encouraging, the Courier will continue to do these daily weekday COVID reports until the transmission rate drops to “low” and stays there for four weeks.

Numbers in this report are taken from the Georgia Department of Public Health’s Daily COVID Status Report, the published CDC County View Data Tracking Summary, and the Georgia Hospital Bed and Ventilator Utilization Report. Georgia.

Cobb County Numbers

The Georgian Ministry of Public Health displays its COVID statistics based on 14-day blocks.

New cases in Cobb in the last 14 days: 860

14-day case rate per 100,000 population: 109

Number of cases in Cobb since the start of the pandemic: 133,789

Cases per 100,000 inhabitants since the start of the pandemic: 16,923

Cobb Numbers and CDC County View Rates

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) gets its numbers from the Georgia Department of Public Health, but presents them in 7-day blocks rather than the 14-day blocks presented by the GDPH.

7-day metrics

Case 450
Case rate per 100,000 59.20
% Positivity 3.81%
Deaths 24
% of population aged ≥ 5 years fully vaccinated 61.3%
New confirmed COVID-19 admissions among county residents (estimate) 77

Percent change over 7 days

Case -42.89%
% Positivity -1.38%
Deaths 4.35%
% of population aged ≥ 5 years fully vaccinated N / A
New confirmed COVID-19 admissions among county residents (estimate) -32.20000000000001%

Statewide numbers

reported today

Confirmed cases Antigen positive cases Confirmed deaths Hospitalizations
868 542 60 132

Hospital Beds and Ventilators Report

Region N, which includes Cherokee, Cobb, Douglas, and Paulding counties, has:

1,205 general hospital beds used outside 1,373 total number of beds, or 87.76%

180 Intensive care beds used out of a total of 197 total number of intensive care beds, or 91.37%.

146 ED beds in use on 296 total number of beds, or 49.32%

94 fans used out of 196 total fans, or 47.96%

9.8% of patients in Region N are classified as COVID-19 patients.

For more information on COVID in Cobb County and statewide

Cobb & Douglas Public Health publishes the case rate on its homepage, although it is not updated frequently.

Visit the Cobb & Douglas Public Health home page by following this link

A more frequently updated summary of COVID statistics for Cobb County is the CDC’s County View page for Cobb County. The numbers come from the Georgia Department of Public Health, but are displayed in a way that’s much easier to read than the GDPH’s sprawling website. From this page you can get a week’s figures on the number of new cases, the rate of cases per 100,000 population, hospitalizations, deaths and the percentage change from the previous 7-day period. . It also includes data on testing and vaccination rates.

Visit the CDC County View page for Cobb County by following this link

The Georgian Ministry of Public Health releases a daily report on the status of the pandemic every afternoon around 3 p.m. It’s a comprehensive report with detailed data and charts organized statewide and by county, which also includes age breakdowns, racial demographics, and vaccination and testing data. .

It’s not the easiest system to navigate, but it’s worth spending time learning to use if you want the latest national and local data on the status of COVID-19.

Visit the Georgia Department of Public Health Daily Status Report by following this link

To get an overview of the pressure the pandemic has placed on hospital systems in terms of emergency room visits, hospital bed capacity and ventilator use, there is a report on hospital bed utilization and fans with interactive maps. The map is organized by hospital region, and Cobb County is part of Region N.

Visit the Georgia Hospital Beds and Ventilator Report by following this link

For data on the percentage of patients in Georgia hospitals who have been admitted for COVID-19 versus all other causes, there is a Georgia Medical Facility Patient Census. It also reports numbers by state and by hospital region.

Visit the Georgia Medical Facility Patient Census by following this link

Shaken: Israel to welcome thousands of Jewish immigrants from Ukraine

Far-right Israeli politician Ayelet Shaked. (Photo: Amos Ben Gershom, via Wikipedia Commons)

Israeli Interior Minister Ayelet Shaked announced that her government would take the decision to create seven to twelve new “residential areas” in the Negev region “to house new Jewish immigrants”, Israeli media reported.

“We believe that tens of thousands if not hundreds of thousands of immigrants will arrive from Russia, Ukraine and former Soviet states,” Shaked told Channel 7, adding that the new communities would “strengthen the Negev” and be “necessary to absorb the expected wave of new immigrants.

Calling on the heads of local councils to prepare for the absorption of immigrants, Shaked pointed out that there was a “national housing crisis” in Israel.

“What will happen when new immigrants come to us from Ukraine and Russia,” she reiterated, adding that more homes needed “aggressive and rapid construction to accommodate the massive arrivals.”

On Wednesday, Ukraine’s Ambassador to Israel, Yevgen Korniychuk, expressed “disappointment” upon learning that “Ukrainian asylum seekers were being detained upon arrival in Israel,” The Times of Israel reported.

The Israeli newspaper also reported that the ambassador “expressed his dismay that Israel continues to refuse to provide much-needed military helmets and vests for military and civilian protection.”

(The Palestine Chronicle, MEMO, social media)

Annual report shows increase in Shackleford Banks horse population in 2021 | News


HARKERS ISLAND —The number of Shackleford Banks horses increased by four in 2021 from the previous year, according to the 2021 Annual Horse Report released Feb. 24 by the National Park Service of Cape Lookout National Seashore and the Foundation for Shackleford Horses.

The report, which covers the 2021 calendar year, says that at the end of the year there were 121 horses on Shackleford Banks. That compares to 117 horsepower at the end of 2020.

The NPS and the non-profit Shackleford Horse Foundation cooperatively manage the herd. The legislated population goal for the herd is 120 to 130 horses.

According to the report, since 2005, when the last horse roundup took place, the year-end population has fluctuated between 105 and 126.

“No roundups are planned for the foreseeable future,” the report said.

Eleven foals were sighted in 2021. Seven horses died the same year. This brings the herd mortality rate to 6% for 2021, which matches the average mortality rate of 6% from 1999 to 2020.

The report states that since 1999, the average lifespan of horses has been around 11 years. The oldest living mare on the island is 28 years old.

The majority of horses, 61%, are female, with 39% male. Of the 31 horses aged 15 and over, 27 are female and four are male.

Park officials said contraception was linked to increased longevity in treated females.

Contraception has been used adaptively to manage the feral horse population since the early 2000s. However, no mares received contraception in 2021.

Cape Lookout National Seashore and foundation officials stress that the most important factors in protecting wild horses are public education and viewing them from a distance.

They encourage visitors to watch them “without interacting with them or interrupting their natural behavior,” the report says.

Officials regularly highlight this message in the media and through programs such as the park’s “Horse Sense and Survival” tours, which will resume in 2022.

The park also offers visitors the opportunity to learn more about wild horses by participating in the Junior Ranger Wild Horse Protector activity. The program is designed for students in grades six through eight. Parents, guardians or youth workers can consult backpacks containing the instruments necessary to carry out activities such as those carried out by the wild horse biologist. Upon completion, students receive an award and are certified Wild Horse Protectors.

To view the full report, go to the park’s website at https://go.nps.gov/horsereports.

Contact Cheryl Burke at 252-726-7081, ext. 255; email [email protected]; or follow on Twitter @cherylccnt.

“The party list system stolen from the poor”


A member of election watchdog Kontra Daya delivers the group’s message using his face mask, during a rally outside the Elections Commission office in Intramuros, Manila. —RICHARD A. REYES/FILE PHOTO INVESTIGATOR

MANILA, Philippines – Far from representing marginalized sectors, the majority of the 177 party list groups seeking at least one sectoral seat in the House of Representatives in the May 9 elections are linked to powerful interest groups, according to polling watchdog Kontra Daya.

Kontra Daya said that, based on his analysis, at least 120, or 67%, of the 177 party list groups accredited by the Electoral Commission (Comelec) were either linked to political clans, large corporations, politicians in place, in the government or in the army. ; have pending court cases or criminal charges; or have a questionable background.

“The country’s party list system continues to be hijacked by the rich and powerful. About 70% of party list groups are used as a back door to further strengthen their political and economic interests,” Kontra Daya said in a statement on Thursday.

Revised decision

Among the party list groups reported, Kontra Daya named ACT-CIS, Wow Pilipinas, 4P’s, BHW, IPEACEEPANAW, Duterte Youth, Mocha and Abante Sambayanan due to their multiple alleged links to interest groups.

The Constitution provided for party list elections to give marginalized and underrepresented sectors a chance to elect representatives to Congress. However, in 2013 the Supreme Court overturned a previous ruling and allowed political parties and groups not representing marginalized and underrepresented sectors to participate in the party list race.

Under Republic Act No. 7941, a party list group must obtain at least 2% of the total votes cast in party list elections to gain a seat in Congress.

Leading groups can have a maximum of three seats each.

There are currently 63 party list lawmakers in the House.


In the last elections of 2019, Kontra Daya flagged 62, or about half of the 134 accredited party list groups, for their alleged links to powerful interest groups.

Among the 177 party list groups running in the May 9 elections, at least 44 groups are “controlled by political clans”, the group said.

At least 21 groups are linked to big business and at least 32 groups are linked to the government or the military, he added.

At least 26 groups have designated local officials in place and at least 19 groups have pending court cases or criminal charges.

Kontra Daya found that at least 34 party list groups “have unknown or unclear pleas and representations”.

Need explanations

“Comelec should explain why it continues to allow dodgy groups to hijack the party list system, denying marginalized groups a voice in the House of Representatives,” he said.

Comelec declined to comment on the poll’s watchdog findings.

For the May 9 elections, Comelec had listed 10 candidates for the presidency, nine candidates for the vice-presidency, 64 for the senator and a record number of 177 party groups.

A total of 270 party list groups applied to participate in the May 9 elections.

Comelec rejected 93 and accredited 165 groups of party lists; however, he was forced to include in the official list of candidates 12 groups of rejected party lists which obtained a restraining order from the Supreme Court.

What should have been a 178th group of candidates on the party list that won a last-minute restraining order from the Supreme Court were no longer included by Comelec since ballot printing had already begun .


More than 90 party groups appeal the refusal to register with Comelec

New openly pro-Duterte group joins race for party list in system plagued by political clans

Cardema, 34, ‘unqualified’ as youth representative

Read more

Don’t miss the latest news and information.

To subscribe to MORE APPLICANT to access The Philippine Daily Inquirer and over 70 titles, share up to 5 gadgets, listen to news, download as early as 4am and share articles on social media. Call 896 6000.

For comments, complaints or inquiries, Contact us.

Kiosk Market Census Report 2022


2021 was the year much of the global economy got back on track after the pandemic setback of 2020. For the self-service kiosk industry, 2021 was much more than that. It was a year in which consumer acceptance of self-service hit an all-time high, triggering double-digit growth that shows no signs of slowing down.

Signs of growth were evident in 2020 as technology vendors responded to the coronavirus pandemic with solutions to socially distance, control temperatures and provide contactless interaction with kiosks.

The momentum continued in 2021 as many closed businesses and organizations reopened and researched technologies to protect visitors, customers and employees. The recovery has allowed the self-service kiosk industry to resume the double-digit growth curve of the three consecutive years before 2020.

Why we created this report

Kiosk Marketplace organized the census in response to requests from readers looking for reliable data on the size and growth of the self-service kiosk industry. The Kiosk Marketplace Census is unique in offering statistical information provided by both users and self-service kiosk providers. While other kiosk market research relies primarily on vendor-provided information, the majority of the information in the kiosk market census is user-provided.


Page 3 | Abstract

page 15 | Survey results

  • page 15 | Retailers, locations and consumer brands with kiosks
  • Page 23 | Kiosk Hardware Manufacturers
  • 28 | Kiosk Software Manufacturers
  • Page 31 | Value Added Reseller Kiosk
  • 35 | Kiosk Component Manufacturers

39 | Industry Outlook

  • 39 | The pandemic is accelerating the adoption of self-service kiosk solutions
    By Jeff LeBlank, Director of Solutions Engineering, Integrated Computer Solutions, Inc.
  • Page 42 |The post-pandemic restaurant model and the impending era of kiosks
    By Hope Neiman, Director of Marketing, Tillster
  • page 44 | Kiosks in the Metaverse: Preview of What’s Ahead
    By Alexandra Lauber, Chief Financial and Marketing Officer, Bixly, Inc. and Andrew Savala, Chief Operating Officer, Bixly, Inc.
  • 47 | User authentication and access solutions for electric vehicle charging stations
    By Sean Houchin, Product Manager, Elatec, Inc.
  • page 50 | COVID creates new urgency for public/private urban tech partnerships
    By Lou Celi, Founder and CEO, ThoughtLab
  • 53 | 2022: demand for kiosk accessibility reaches new heights
    By Laura Boniello Miller, Business Development Manager, Vispero
  • 55 | Supply chain issues: Patience will pay off
    By Nicholas O’Connor, Director of Sales, Nidec Sankyo America Corp
  • 57 | What the decline of 3G means for your business
    By Kevin Dalton, Chief Experience Officer, OptConnect
  • 59 | Edge computing, 5G and blockchain: a new era of hyperconnectivity
    By Akshay Sharma, CTO, Motivitee and 5G Edge Computing Tech and Advisor, Grubbrr
  • 61 | Inventory control should not compromise convenience for industrial distributors
    By Mark Hill, Founder, 1sourcevend
  • 65 | Kiosk market ‘melting pot’: a very interesting place
    By Ben Wheeler, the newsstand guy

More than half of South Asian women in Canada plan to quit their jobs: study – Canada News


South Asian women have faced some of the greatest professional challenges during the pandemic in Canada, and a new study takes a deeper look at this group and offers insight into their experiences in the workplace.

More than half of South Asian women surveyed in a survey conducted by CulturaliQ and Pink Attitude Evolution said they plan to leave their jobs for other opportunities.

This proportion is higher than any other group of women in Canada and 19% higher than the average for all women surveyed.

CulturaliQ is a Toronto-based cultural market research company. Founded in 2015, Pink Attitude Evolution is a Canadian non-profit organization that supports South Asian women across multiple sectors.

Among South Asian women’s motivations for leaving their current job, 48% identified unsatisfying work as a major reason, compared to 35% of all women and 32% of all men. The second most cited reason for leaving their job was poor management, at 37%.

“For this to change, it’s not just women’s work or South Asian women’s work. It’s everyone’s work,” said Puneet Maan, who is changing jobs, starting a new position of Vice-President of Laurentian Bank. next week.

Maan said Wednesday that a big strength in being successful in her own career was receiving support and sponsorship in the workplace. Sponsorship refers to a relationship between a protege and a person of higher authority in the company who can help champion career opportunities.

When she returned from maternity leave, Maan said she noticed those she relied on for support had left the company.

“I’ve had bumps in the road where I haven’t had sponsorship, I’ve had periods where I’ve had sponsorship, and those two moments in my career felt very different,” a- she declared.

Conducted from September to December 2021, the survey included responses from 2,200 women and men from a variety of backgrounds, of which 700 were South Asian women, 400 were white women, and 158 were South Asian men compared to 300 men. whites.

The survey cannot be assigned a margin of error as online panels are not considered truly random samples.

Sixty-five percent of South Asian women said they were considering going into business for themselves, compared to 46 percent of all women who say so.

Nita Tandon, CEO and founder of Ottawa-based container and cookware company Dalcini, said Wednesday the number speaks to her own experience as an entrepreneur.

“You can only go through so many employers where you just don’t feel valued,” Tandon said, adding that part of the push to start her own business was learning of a significant pay gap between her. and other people of color compared to their white counterparts.

“You start to feel this injustice,” she said.

The ability to have control over one’s work was an attractive feature of the entrepreneurial path, Tandon said. “Let me create the environment I want to work in, and also who I want to work with.”

The study also suggested that the pandemic has created more challenges for South Asian women.

Nearly half of those surveyed said they planned to leave their jobs due to the pandemic, a higher proportion than any other group of women.

Sixty-five percent said their household workload had increased since the start of the pandemic, more than any other group of women surveyed.

South Asian women were the most likely to say they had lowered their salary expectations over the past few years, with 64% saying so, compared to an average of 50% for all women and 45% for all men .

Ruby Dhillon, CEO and Founder of Pink Attitude, said Wednesday that it’s especially important to pay attention to this group as Canada’s workforce continues to change and the country depends almost entirely on immigration for population growth.

“Having one of your most important and highly skilled squads about to leave, I think is something that should alarm us all,” she said.

According to Statistics Canada, South Asians are the largest visible minority group in Canada, representing one-quarter of all visible minorities of working age.

According to the 2016 census, South Asian women are also among the most highly educated groups compared to other visible minorities.

In April 2021, the employment rate for South Asian women was 59.7%, 15 percentage points lower than the rate for their male counterparts at 75.5%. That’s three times the gap between non-visible minority men and women, according to Statistics Canada.

Statistics Canada showed in July 2020 that South Asian women had the highest unemployment rate among other groups, at 20.4%.

The office of Employment Minister Carla Qualtrough said in a statement on Wednesday that the federal government believes it is essential for a strong economy to ensure that more women can enter and stay in the workforce. .

Qualtrough’s office said $50 million in funding was planned in the 2020 fall economic statement over two fiscal years for a women’s job readiness pilot program. This program helps organizations provide pre-employment and skills development support to women facing multiple barriers, and projects to help racialized women were a top priority for the program, the office said.

“I think like a lot of people of color, I kept that to ourselves for a very long time,” Tandon said, referring to the working conditions described in the study.

“We knew there were differences, but we never wanted to say anything. And I think the only way to let you know there’s a change is to talk and let people know. people.”

Former Monmouth County Residents Charged With $3.3M Paycheck Protection Program Fraud Scheme | USAO-NJ


NEWARK, NJ – Two former residents of Monmouth County, New Jersey, now residing in Frisco, Texas, were arrested today for their role in fraudulently obtaining more than $3 million in Federal Protection Program payments paychecks (PPP), announced the American prosecutor Philip R. Sellinger. .

Jean E. Rabbitt, 51, formerly of Farmingdale, New Jersey, is charged by complaint with bank fraud, conspiracy to engage in monetary transactions in property derived from specified illegal activity and engaging in monetary transactions in property derived from a specified illegal activity. Kevin Aguilar, 51, formerly of Farmingdale, is charged by complaint with conspiracy to engage in monetary transactions in property derived from a specified illegal activity and to engage in monetary transactions in property derived from specified illegal activity. Rabbitt and Aguilar are scheduled to make their first appearances by videoconference on March 3, 2022, before U.S. Magistrate Judge Kimberly C. Priest Johnson in the Eastern District of Texas.

According to documents filed in this case and statements made in court:

The CARES Act (Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security) is a federal law enacted on March 29, 2020, designed to provide emergency financial assistance to millions of Americans suffering from the economic effects caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. One of the sources of relief provided by the CARES Act was the authorization of up to $349 billion in small business forgivable loans for job retention and certain other expenses, through the PPP. . In April 2020, Congress authorized over $300 billion in additional PPP funding.

The PPP allows small businesses and other eligible organizations to receive loans with a term of two years and an interest rate of 1%. PPP loan proceeds are to be used by businesses for payroll costs, mortgage interest, rent and utilities. PPP allows for the interest and principal of the PPP loan to be forgiven if the business spends the loan proceeds on these expenses within a specified time after receiving the proceeds and uses at least a certain percentage of the PPP loan proceeds on the expenses. wages. .

Rabbitt submitted fraudulent PPP loan applications on behalf of four companies she controlled. The applications contained fraudulent statements to lenders, including a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Small Business Administration (SBA), including fraudulent payroll and tax records and false certifications as to the number of employees and gross income from Rabbitt’s businesses. According to IRS records, none of the purported tax documents Rabbitt submitted to PPP lenders were in fact filed with the IRS. Other government documents showed that, contrary to fraudulent payroll records and certifications, Rabbitt’s companies did not in fact pay salaries to any employees. Based on Rabbitt’s alleged misrepresentations in loan applications, Rabbitt’s businesses received approximately $3.33 million in federal COVID-19 emergency relief funds earmarked for struggling small businesses.

After Rabbitt’s companies received the PPP loans through fraudulent applications, Aguilar set up shell payroll companies. Rabbitt then wrote checks from Rabbitt’s businesses to the bogus payroll companies, incorrectly indicating on each check that the payments were for payroll. Rabbitt and Aguilar then transferred funds from the shell payroll companies to other companies created by Aguilar. Aguilar and Rabbitt then used the funds to purchase residential properties in Sherman, Texas, and to pay for personal expenses.

Rabbitt also made false and fraudulent statements and used forged and fraudulent documents in support of requests for forgiveness of some of the PPP loans. Based on Rabbitt’s forged and fraudulent certifications and documents, the SBA paid over $2 million to lenders in the fraudulent PPP loans obtained by Rabbitt.

Each count of bank fraud carries a maximum sentence of 30 years in prison and a fine of $1 million. Each count of conspiracy to engage in monetary transactions in property derived from a specified illegal activity and to engage in monetary transactions in property derived from a specified illegal activity is punishable by a maximum sentence of 10 years in prison. Conspiracy to engage in monetary transactions in property derived from a specified illegal activity and to engage in monetary transactions in property derived from a specified illegal activity is punishable by a maximum fine of 250 $000 or twice the defendant’s gross gain or victim’s gross loss, whichever is greater. . The court may impose another fine not exceeding twice the amount of criminal property involved in the transaction.

U.S. Attorney Sellinger credited special agents from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation – Office of Inspector General, under Special Agent in Charge Patricia Tarasca in New York; IRS – Criminal Investigation, led by Special Agent in Charge Michael Montanez; Special Agents of the Social Security Administration, Office of Inspector General, under Special Agent in Charge Sharon MacDermott; the postal inspectors of the United States Postal Inspection Service, under the direction of the inspector in charge a.i. Raimundo Marrero; Federal Housing Finance Agency Special Agents, Office of Inspector General, under Special Agent in Charge Robert Manchak; and special agents from the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of New Jersey, under the direction of Special Agent in Charge Thomas Mahoney.

The government is represented by Assistant US Attorneys Olajide Araromi and David V. Simunovich of the Government Fraud Unit at the US Attorney’s Office in Newark.

On May 17, 2021, the Attorney General established the COVID-19 Fraud Enforcement Task Force to mobilize Department of Justice resources in partnership with government agencies to scale up enforcement and prevention efforts. pandemic-related fraud. The task force strengthens efforts to investigate and prosecute the most culpable domestic and international criminal actors and assists agencies administering relief programs to prevent fraud, among other methods, by increasing and integrating coordination mechanisms existing ones, identifying resources and techniques to uncover fraudulent actors and their agendas, and sharing and leveraging information and knowledge gained from previous enforcement efforts. For more information about the Department’s response to the pandemic, please visit https://www.justice.gov/coronavirus.

Anyone with information about alleged attempted fraud involving COVID-19 can report it by calling the Department of Justice’s National Disaster Fraud Center hotline at 866-720 -5721 or through the NCDF’s online complaint form at: https://www.justice. gov/disaster-fraud/ncdf-disaster-complaint-form.

The charges and allegations contained in the complaint are charges only, and the defendants are presumed innocent until proven guilty.

Housing supply in Toronto outpaces population growth, but costs remain high


Unlike the struggling housing market in many US cities, Rachelle Younglai of The Globe and Mail reports that Toronto has seen an increase in the number of housing units that exceeds the city’s population growth over the past five years. “The number of private dwellings in the Toronto area increased by 7%, to 2,394,205, between 2016 and 2021. Meanwhile, the area’s population grew by 4.6%, to 6,202,225 residents, according to census figures, which were released on Wednesday. .”

This matches Canadian national trends: “Across the country, the number of private dwellings – which include houses and condos – climbed 5.7%, to 16,284,235, between 2016 and 2021, according to the census. During the same period, the population increased by 5.2%, reaching 36,991,981 people. »

Despite this apparent abundance, home prices in Toronto have risen 52% over the past two years, writes Younglai, with similar trends in other major cities across Canada. For some experts, this indicates that an adequate supply of housing is not necessarily enough to reduce costs.

The article suggests that the higher number of units could be attributed to an increase in the number of single-person households, which for the first time exceeds couples with children in the Canadian census.

Maersk, MSC and CMA CGM suspend Russian deliveries | News


Shipping companies say they are suspending most deliveries to Russia as the West steps up sanctions over the war in Ukraine.

The world’s three largest shipping companies have suspended non-essential deliveries to Russia, joining a growing list of firms avoiding Moscow amid Western sanctions for its invasion of Ukraine.

Danish shipping giant Maersk, Swiss company MSC and French company CMA CGM all announced on Tuesday that they would no longer take bookings for goods from Russia and were suspending most deliveries to the country.

Citing the impact of the sanctions, “bookings to and from Russia will be temporarily suspended, except for food, medical and humanitarian supplies,” Maersk said in a statement.

MSC announced similar measures, saying it would “continue to accept and screen bookings for the delivery of essential goods”.

CMA CGM said its “top priorities remain protecting our employees and ensuring the continuity of your supply chain as much as possible.”

“In the interest of safety, the group has decided to suspend all bookings to and from Russia from today and until further notice,” he said in a statement posted on his website. website.

Container shipping companies transport the bulk of the world’s manufactured goods, making them an essential part of the global trading system.

Russia is the world’s 11th largest economy and supplier of one-sixth of all commodities and decisions by Maersk, MSC and CMA CGM mean Moscow is effectively cut off from much of the world’s shipping capacity.

The West has imposed heavy restrictions on Russia to cut off its economy from the global financial system, prompting companies to suspend sales, sever ties and dump tens of billions of dollars in investments.

The purpose of the sanctions is “to isolate Russia politically, financially and economically”, German Finance Minister Christian Lindner said on Tuesday.

The measures have “already had a massive impact on capital markets and the currency”, he said after a meeting with counterparts from the G7 wealthy nations club.

Other companies that suspended sales in Russia on Tuesday include Apple, Google, Ford and Harley-Davidson.

Apple said it was “deeply concerned about the Russian invasion of Ukraine” and announced a pause in sales in Russia and other measures, including limiting Apple Pay and dropping the ability to download RT News outside of Russia.

US payment card companies Visa Inc and Mastercard Inc have blocked several Russian financial institutions from their network.

Russian authorities have announced a series of measures aimed at stemming the fall of the ruble and broader financial markets, including a ban on money transfers abroad and the closure of the Moscow Stock Exchange.

The ruble has fallen about 35% since last week when Russian President Vladimir Putin launched the invasion.

Kennesaw Bunny Breakfast – Cobb County Mail


Easter is fast approaching and the Town of Kennesaw has sent out the following information about the annual Bunny Breakfast:

Kennesaw, GA (March 1, 2022) – The Kennesaw Parks and Recreation Department is excited to continue the tradition of the annual Bunny Breakfast at the Ben Robertson Community Center on Saturday, April 2, with two spots available from 8:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m. or 10:00 a.m. – 11:15 a.m.

Attendees will be treated to a buffet including hot and ready pancakes, scrambled eggs and sausages, as well as a mix of fresh fruit and delicious breakfast treats, and everyone’s favorite bunny will pass from table to table to say hello to all the boys and girls. Participants are encouraged to bring their own camera to take pictures with the Easter Bunny!

Tickets are only $6 per person and can be purchased online or at the Ben Robertson Community Center. Advance purchase is required. Tickets are non-refundable after March 25. Children two and under do not need a ticket if they are seated on laps.

Tickets are available at 8:00 a.m.: https://secure.rec1.com/GA/kennesaw-ga/catalog?filter=c2VhcmNoPTE4OTk5Mjk 10:00 AM: https://secure.rec1.com/GA/kennesaw-ga/catalog?filter=c2VhcmNoPTE4OTk5MzM

About the Town of Kennesaw

The City of Kennesaw was incorporated in 1887. With a population of 33,036 according to the recent decennial census, Kennesaw is the third largest city in Cobb County, behind Marietta and Smyrna.

The U.S. Census Bureau reports the following facts about Kennesaw, based on 2019 estimates (we’ll update them when the census bureau completes its 2020 census presentation):

Population estimates 2019 34,077

Source: Population estimates for the 2019 vintage

Median household income $70,930

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

People living in poverty, percentage 10.0%

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Level of education: Percentage of secondary school graduates or more 91.8%

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

People without health insurance, percentage 12.4%

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Median home value $194,800

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Total number of housing units 13,530

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Number of companies 3,908

Source: 2012 Business Owner Survey: Company Summary

Male median income $39,367

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Median income of women $31,089

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Veterans 1,661

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Percentage of households with a broadband Internet subscription 94.0%

Source: American Community Survey 2015-2019, 5-year estimates

Warning issued over dodgy home energy sellers likely to rise ahead of price hike next month


Trading Standards is warning everyone across the country to expect an increase in loan sharks and home power sellers due to the cost of living crisis.

The crisis will provide opportunities for fraudsters to exploit financially desperate audiences, especially the most vulnerable, the Chartered Trading Standards Institute (CTSI) has said. Some of the likely consequences include an increase in loan sharking and door-to-door energy tariff gouging, as well as other “dodgy savings schemes”.

The CTSI warning follows Ofgem raising its energy price cap by 54% or £693 from April 1, while the Bank of England reported UK inflation hit 5 .5% in January – the highest rate since March 1992.

The CTSI said the tough economic environment has created a “perfect storm” for consumers.

CTSI chief executive John Herriman said: “The cost of living crisis is likely to lead to a significant increase in consumer detriment that the UK has not seen in decades.

“The Covid pandemic has warned us of the depths to which some will sink through the scams that have emerged from it. For the unscrupulous, crises are opportunities to take dishonest advantage of the most vulnerable.

Local trading standards departments, working in partnership with other agencies, have continually addressed the challenges of consumer protection, but it has become increasingly difficult after funding cuts of 50% over the past decade .

He explained: “Gaps in consumer protection are emerging, and while trading standards professionals are doing all they can to protect the public, we are concerned about the possibility of a significant increase in risk levels.

“CTSI is in constant dialogue with the UK government and other stakeholders on how best to protect consumers. These concerns illustrate the need for a consumer protection strategy that recognizes these profound impacts and will mitigate them as effectively as possible.

Scots are also being warned not to get caught by census scammers as the official count of Scotland’s population begins this week.

woman holding on door using old knocking door

Advice Direct Scotland, which runs the national consumer advice service consumeradvice.scot, urges everyone to be aware of signs of potential fraudsters attempting to collect personal or financial information.

The charity said scammers can ask for money for a fine or fee, or ask for personal financial information like a national insurance number, bank details or debit or credit card details to provide.

He stressed that the Scottish Census will never ask for money or this type of personal financial information.

Advice Direct Scotland said people should only provide personal details in the official Scottish Census online questionnaire, and explained that this will only be sent as a hard copy if the person specifically requests it.

The charity also said the Scottish census field team would only visit someone at home after March 20 if they had not completed their questionnaire or had been selected for census coverage survey.

Colin Mathieson, spokesperson for Advice Direct Scotland, said: ‘The official census of everyone in Scotland starts this week and one of the most important things to remember is that the Scottish census will not ask for money or personal financial information such as a person’s bank details.

“If you believe you have been approached by a scammer claiming to be from the Scottish Census, you can report it directly to the National Records of Scotland or to us at www.scamwatch.scot and our advisers will be able to help you.”

If you believe you have been approached by a scammer claiming to be from the Scottish Census, you can report them to [email protected] or Advice Direct Scotland at www.consumeradvice.scot.

If you have made a payment or provided personal financial information, you should contact your bank or building society immediately.

Scots can also report suspected scams and suspicious activity at www.scamwatch.scot.

Get the latest savings and benefits news straight to your inbox. Sign up for our weekly Money newsletter here.

A gratuitous but not crippling cyberattack in the war in Ukraine


RICHMOND, Virginia. —
Russia has some of the best hackers in the world, but at the start of the war in Ukraine, its ability to wreak havoc through malware didn’t have much of a noticeable impact.

Instead, it was Ukraine that rounded up sympathetic volunteer hackers in an unprecedented global collective effort to make the Kremlin pay for waging war on its neighbor. It’s a kind of cyber-free-for-all that experts say is likely to escalate a moment already fraught with extraordinary danger after Russian President Vladimir Putin put his nuclear forces on high alert.

So far, Ukraine’s internet is mostly working, its president is still able to rally global support via a smartphone, and its power plants and other critical infrastructure are still able to function. The kind of devastating cyberattacks thought likely to accompany a full-scale Russian military invasion did not occur.

“It didn’t play as big of a role as some people thought and it certainly wasn’t seen outside of Ukraine to the extent that people feared,” said Michael Daniel, former coordinator of the cybersecurity at the White House. “Of course, that could still change.”

It’s unclear why Russia didn’t land a stronger cyber punch. Russia might have determined that the impact wouldn’t be severe enough – Ukraine’s industrial base is far less digitized than in Western countries, to begin with. Or Russia could have determined that it could not cause serious damage to Ukraine without risking a collateral impact outside its borders.

Many cybersecurity experts believe the Kremlin, at least for now, prefers to keep Ukraine’s communications open for intelligence value.

Whatever the reasons, the early days of the conflict were marked by low-level cyberattacks that appear to be carried out by both freelancers and state actors.

Prior to the invasion, hackers took Ukrainian government websites offline or defaced. Now an ad hoc army of hackers – some of them rounded up online by Ukraine’s SBU security service – are claiming credit for takedowns and defacements of Russian government and media sites.

A group of volunteers calling themselves the IT Army of Ukraine has more than 230,000 subscribers on a Telegram channel and constantly lists targets for hackers to hit, such as Russian banks and cryptocurrency exchanges.

On Monday, the Ukrainian SBU formalized its recruitment of allied volunteer hackers.

“CYBER FRONT IS NOW OPEN! Help Ukrainian cyber experts hack the occupiers’ platforms! he said on his Telegram channel, asking for advice on Russian cyber defense vulnerabilities, including software bugs and login credentials.

“This is the first time states have openly called on citizens and volunteers to cyberattack another state,” said Gabriella Coleman, a Harvard anthropology professor who has mapped the rise of hacktivism.

This decision reflects Ukraine’s dependence on its citizens for other areas of defence.

“It should come as no surprise that Ukraine is drawing on all possible resources to fight the Russians, a much more powerful enemy. Just as civilians come out to fight in the streets, it doesn’t surprise me that they try to call out civilians to support this through the digital space,” said Gary Corn, a retired Army colonel. who served as general counsel in the United States. Cybercommand.

A hacker group that first emerged last year, the Belarusian Cyber ​​Partisans, claimed on Monday it had disrupted some train services in Belarus, Ukraine’s northern neighbor from which several Russian military strands are based. attacked. The group attempted to thwart the movement of Russian troops and equipment through Belarus.

Sergey Voitekhovich, a former Belarusian railroad worker who runs a rail-related Telegram group, told The Associated Press that cyberpartisan digital sabotage on Sunday brought rail traffic to a standstill in Belarus for 90 minutes. He said e-ticket sales were still not working on Monday evening.

The Cyber ​​Partisans hack was aimed at disrupting Russian troop movements in Belarus and was the second such action in just over a month. Voitekhovich said the current attack has delayed two Russian military trains bound for Belarus from the Russian city of Smolensk. His story could not be independently verified. Voitekhovich spoke with AP Poland. He said police pressure forced him to leave Belarus.

Pro-Russian ransomware criminals the Conti Gang recently pledged on the group’s dark website to “use all our possible resources to retaliate against an enemy’s critical infrastructure” should Russia come under attack. Shortly after, sensitive chat logs that appear to belong to the gang were leaked online.

While proponents on both sides promise more serious cyberattacks, experts say there are real risks the situation could spiral out of control.

“De-escalation and peace will be hard enough on their own without worrying about outsourced hacking,” said Jay Healey, a cyberconflict expert at Columbia University who has long opposed letting the private sector “hack” against Russia or another state. -sustained cyber aggressiveness.

To complicate matters: potential “false flag” operations in which hackers impersonate someone else when launching an attack, a specialty of cyberconflicts. Attribution in cyberattacks is almost always difficult and could be even more so in the fog of war.

There have already been fallouts in some cyberattacks. Several hours before Russia’s invasion, destructive cyberattacks hit Ukraine’s digital infrastructure, damaging hundreds of computers with “wiper” malware – including a financial institution and organizations with offices in Latvia and neighboring Lithuania, cybersecurity researchers said.

Microsoft President Brad Smith said in a statement Monday that such attacks on civilian targets “raise serious concerns under the Geneva Convention.”

Smith noted that the cyberattacks – like a series of similar attacks in mid-January – “have been precisely targeted, and we haven’t seen the use of indiscriminate malicious technology that has spread across the Ukrainian economy and beyond its borders in the 2017 NotPetya attack, “referring to a ‘windshield wiper’ that caused more than $10 billion in damage worldwide by infecting companies doing business in Ukraine with malware seeded via tax preparation software update.

The West blames Russia’s military intelligence agency GRU for the attack as well as some of the other most damaging cyberattacks on record, including a pair in 2015 and 2016 that briefly knocked out parts of Ukraine’s power grid.

So far, there has been nothing like this in this conflict. But officials say it could happen.

“I’ve been pleasantly surprised so far… that Russia hasn’t launched any other major cyberattacks against Ukraine,” Senate Intelligence Committee Chairman Mark Warner said during a briefing. an event on Monday. “Do I expect Russia to up its cyber game? Absoutely.”


Bajak reported from Boston. Associated Press writer Ben Fox contributed from Washington.

jQuery(document).ready( function(){ window.fbAsyncInit = function() { FB.init({ appId: ‘404047912964744’, // App ID channelUrl: ‘https://static.ctvnews.ca/bellmedia/common /channel.html’, // Channel File status: true, // check login status cookie: true, // enable cookies to allow the server to access the xfbml session: true // parse XFBML }); FB. Event.subscribe(“edge.create”, function(response) { Tracking.trackSocial(‘facebook_like_btn_click’); });

// START: Facebook clicks on the unlike button FB.Event.subscribe(“edge.remove”, function (response) { Tracking.trackSocial(‘facebook_unlike_btn_click’); }); };

var plusoneOmnitureTrack = function () { $(function () { Tracking.trackSocial(‘google_plus_one_btn’); }) } var facebookCallback = null; requires dependency(‘https://connect.facebook.net/en_US/all.js#xfbml=1&appId=404047912964744’, facebookCallback, ‘facebook-jssdk’); });

jQuery(document).ready( function(){ window.fbAsyncInit = function() { FB.init({ appId: '404047912964744', // App ID channelUrl: 'https://static.ctvnews.ca/bellmedia/common /channel.html', // Channel File status: true, // check login status cookie: true, // enable cookies to allow the server to access the xfbml session: true // parse XFBML }); FB. Event.subscribe("edge.create", function(response) { Tracking.trackSocial('facebook_like_btn_click'); });

// START: Facebook clicks on the unlike button FB.Event.subscribe("edge.remove", function (response) { Tracking.trackSocial('facebook_unlike_btn_click'); }); };

var plusoneOmnitureTrack = function () { $(function () { Tracking.trackSocial('google_plus_one_btn'); }) } var facebookCallback = null; requires dependency('https://connect.facebook.net/en_US/all.js#xfbml=1&appId=404047912964744', facebookCallback, 'facebook-jssdk'); });

Already too much; population growth can harm the future of the planet | Local columnists


Lately, the population of this country has remained essentially the same. America grew at less than 1%, which we know from US Census report data.

It caused a lot of crying, moaning, and gnashing of teeth for those who think perpetual great growth is good. This does not include Southeast Asian countries, and in particular China and India.

China recognized that eternal growth was harmful and passed a law that limited couples to one child. It didn’t work very well and recently this edict was reversed. The photos from India show a population that is at the limit. Malnutrition and starvation are the results of unlimited growth.

There are certain advantages to increasing our population. There will be more people shopping at big box stores. Real estate people who sell condos to retirees will thrive. More children would mean more care for the elderly.

But, the advantages of perpetual growth are outweighed by the disadvantages. Not only countered, but annihilated.

More people means fewer open spaces, fewer wildlife, and fewer places to hike and walk. This means more cars and trucks on the highways; more skyscrapers; more skyscrapers. Remember this skyscraper in Surfside, Florida, where building codes were ignored or didn’t quite catch up to reality.

Inspections revealed problems, but they were virtually ignored – until the building collapsed.

As usual, a few are enjoying it and the rest of us are crammed into ever smaller living spaces.

As for the claim that more children mean more care for the elderly, that is simply not true. No one is saying that people shouldn’t procreate. It just means that couples should only have two children, which essentially duplicates each other. More than two and the population will increase.

Already, several wild creatures have disappeared, never to be seen again. Many more are threatened. Most of this extinction (real and threatened) is due to the presumption that we are superior to other predators, that herding cows or sheep is an economic advantage, and therefore ranchers justify shooting anything that has a impact on the herd.

For example, the wolf population was nearly wiped out in the United States. It returns thanks to the efforts of repopulation and protection. But even so, the wolf is only allowed to live in national protected areas. If the wolf leaves this protected area, say Yellowstone, it is considered a threat to domesticated species and can be shot.

More people also means more food is needed, and more cows and sheep fill that need. Anything that negatively affects this need is considered a threat that must be eradicated. It doesn’t matter if that threat is wolves, bears or prairie dogs.

Currently, there are very few family farmers and increasingly industrial/factory farms, also known as confined animal feeding operations (CAFOs). California’s Central Valley, where most of our fruits and vegetables come from, is threatened by global warming. Global warming is a direct result of too many people burning too many fossil fuels.

There are enough people on this planet. Maybe already too much.

About opinions in Missourian: The Missourian’s Opinion section is a public forum for the discussion of ideas. The views presented in this article are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of Missourian or the University of Missouri. If you would like to contribute to the Opinion page with an original answer or topic, visit our submission form.

Ken Midkiff, former director of the Sierra Club Clean Water campaign, is now chairman of the city’s Environment and Energy Commission and sits on the board of the Great Rivers Environmental Law Center.

Gold Coast Weather: Full List of Road Closures Due to Flooding


Residents of the Gold Coast’s hinterland have been warned that flood waters could reach 2017 levels as the city continues to be hit by heavy rain. SEE ROAD CLOSURES

RESIDENTS in the Gold Coast hinterland have been warned that flood waters could reach 2017 levels as the town continues to be hit by heavy rain.

Emergency alerts have also been issued by Gold Coast City Council for the Currumbin Valley and the Tallebudgera Valley.

Residents of Tamborine have received emergency messages warning that flooding on the Albert River is expected to approach 2017 levels.

Flooding in Beenleigh is not expected to peak – 1m below 2017 levels – until Monday evening.


  • Latimers Crossing Road, Advancetown / Gilston
  • Rotary Park Road, Alberton
  • Napper Road, Arundel
  • Tallebudgera Creek Road, Burleigh Heads
  • Mundoolun, Boyland/Tamborine Connection Road
  • Chisholm Road, Carrara
  • Robina promenade, clear waters of the island
  • Clagiraba Road, Clagiraba
  • Gold Coast Highway (Brisbane Road) Coombabah
  • Pacific Highway, Cudgera to Tweed Heads
  • Currumbin Creek Road, Currumbin Valley
  • Kianga Court, Currumbin Valley
  • Tomewin Mountain Road, Currumbin Valley
  • Galleon Way, Currumbin Waters
  • Currumbin Road, Currumbin Waters
  • Nineteenth Avenue, Elanora/Palm Beach
  • Burnside Road, Gilberton
  • Whitting Road, Guanaba
  • Road Tarata, Guanaba
  • Helensvale Road, Helensvale
  • Siganto Drive, Helensvale
  • Beaudesert Beenleigh Road, Luscombe / Wolffdene
  • Bird Route, Guanaba / Maudsland
  • Highfield Drive, Merrimac/Robina
  • Harper Street between Ashmore Road and Geary Crescent, Molendinar
  • Heritage Route, Mount Nathan
  • Macpherson Road / Martens Street (Old Pacific Highway) / Old Pacific Highway, Mount Warren Park / Stapylton / Yatala
  • Bell Square, Mudgeeraba
  • Berrigans Road, Mudgeeraba
  • Gold Coast Springbrook Road, Mudgeeraba
  • Gunsynd Drive, Mudgeeraba
  • Hardys Road, Mudgeeraba
  • Somerset Drive, Mudgeeraba
  • Springbrook Road, Mudgeeraba
  • The Link Way, Mudgeeraba
  • Lawrence Drive, Nerang
  • Eggersdorf Road, Norwell
  • Norwell Road, Norwell
  • Nerang Murwillumbah Road, Numinbah Valley
  • Pimpama Jacobs Well Road, Pimpama
  • Rosemount Drive / Ruffles Road, Pimpama / Willowvale
  • Robina Town Center Road, Robina
  • Scottsdale Parkway, Robina
  • Beaudesert-Nerang Road, Tabragalba/Biddaddaba
  • Pacific Highway, Tallebudgera
  • Tallebudgera Connection Road between Gray Street and Valley Drive, Tallebudgera
  • Tallebudgera Connection Road between Andrews Road and Tallebudgera Creek Road, Tallebudgera Valley
  • Dalton Road, Tallebudgera Valley
  • Araluen Road, Tallebudgera Valley
  • Old Coach Road, Reedy Creek / Tallebudgera Valley
  • Mount Cougal Road, Tallebudgera Valley
  • Tallebudgera Creek Path, Tallebudgera Valley
  • Beaudesert Beenleigh Road/Verbena Road, Tamborine
  • Mount Tamborine Road, Mount Tamborine
  • Hotham Creek Road, Willow Vale
  • Stanmore Road, Wolffdene / Yatala
  • Pacific Highway, Yatala


The coast The coast is on high alert for major flooding as a severe weather system moves south.

Evacuation orders have been issued for Tumbulgum and surrounding areas as “life threatening” floods hit the area.

The NSW State Emergency Service ordered residents of Tumbulgum, between the M1 and the River Tweed, to leave immediately via the Terranora Road.

“Once the flood waters exceed 2m on the Tumbulgum gauge, the last access route from Tumbulgum will be closed,” the SES said.

Residents asked to ‘leave now’ can go to the Salvation Army Tweed Center on the corner of Leisure Dr and Woodlands Dr, Banora Point.

The nearby border towns of Chinderah and Fingal Head have been issued an evacuation warning, telling residents to prepare for the likelihood that they too could be ordered to leave.

Those who were ordered to leave were ordered to turn off electricity and gas from the mains before leaving and to turn off and secure all gas cylinders; take your pets with you; never enter or travel in flood waters; keep listening to your local radio station for news, updates and tips; follow your home or business FloodSafe plan; and follow all instructions given to you by the emergency services.

In Murwillumbah:

Tweed Valley Way will be closed between Murwillumbah and Tumbulgum, preventing road access to the Gold Coast.

Roads in Tumbulgum will be closed, isolating Tumbulgum.

Tweed Valley Way could close between Murwillumbah and Condong, isolating Condong

Stormwater backflow onto the street can occur around Knox Park, Nullum Street, King Street, Condong Street, and Hartigan Street.

In Tubulgum:

Dulguigan Road is cut opposite the village of Tumbulgum.

The water crosses Riverside Drive immediately east of the bridge and backs into lower areas on the east side of the village.

Tweed Valley Way north at ‘Mohomad’s’ corner near Stotts Island and south at Dinseys Creek is cut.

Tweed Valley Way closed to north and south traffic between Tumbulgum and Tweed Heads and Tumbulgum and Murwillumbah.



Tamborine Oxenford Road, Wongawalan near Howard Creek

Pimpama Jacobs Well Rd, Pimpama, between Village Boulevard and Wharf Rd

Tallebudgera Creek Road, Tallebudgera Valley to Causeway

Nerang Murwillumbah Road, Numinbah Valley just past Numinbah Valley Public School

Mundoolun Connection Road, Boyland/Tamborine near Biddaddaba Road and Chestnut Road

Macpherson Road, Martens Street, Old Pacific Highway, Mount Warren Park / Stapylton / Yatala

Birds Rd, Guanaba/Maudsland, between Equestrian Drive and property 110 Birds Rd

Heritage Drive, Mount Nathan to Coomera River Bridge

Clagiraba Rd, Clagiraba at causeway near Beaudesert Nerang Rd

Hardys Rd in Mudgeeraba between Bonogin Rd and Glenmore Drive.

Gold Coast Springbrook Road, Mudgeeraba, between Belmont Park and Austinville Rd

Somerset Drive, Mudgeeraba, Franklin Drive to Bonogin Road

Berrigans Road, Mudgeeraba, between Gold Coast Springbrook Road and Mark Way

Stanmore Road, Wolfdene/Yatala between Stanmore Road and the end of Alberta Park Road

Tarata Road, Guanaba, between Guanaba Creek and the State Emergency Services hangar

Whittings Road, Guanaba, between Guanaba Creek and the end of the road

Burnside Road, Gilberton, intersection of Quinns Hill Road East

Lamington National Park Road, Cainbable, Batter slip 19km south of Canungra

Lamington National Park Road, Cainbable Road landslide damage. One-way priority conditions. Expect short delays.

Beaudesert Nerang Road, Witheren, 1 kilometer east of Beechmont Road

Upper Coomera Road, Ferny Glen, Flying Fox Bridge is closed due to damage

Mt Cougal Road, Tallebudgera Valley, between Tallebudgera Creek Road and the end of the road

Siganto Drive, Helensvale, between Gray Gum Drive and Helensvale Road

Old Coach Road, Reedy Creek, between Kingsmore Blvd and Tallebudgera Creek Rd

Gunsynd Drive, Mudgeeraba,

Highfield Drive, Merrimac, between Breakwater Rd and All Saints School

Hotham Creek Road, Willowvale, between Fern Hill Drive and Rosemount Drive

[email protected]

The statistical institute prepares the census; to help with the redrawing process


Views :

Posted: Sunday, February 27, 2022. 10:39 p.m. CST.

By Aaron Humes: The decennial census is one of the most important priorities of the Belize Institute of Statistics – every ten years, every Belizean man, woman and child in the country is counted.

After two postponements in as many years due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Institute’s acting director general Diana Castillo-Trejo said they will be ready for this month of May: “We are on the right track. way. we are on schedule with our preparations for the census. We are currently in the second week of our first training lap. We did our training of trainers last week and this week. It’s on time. We have our field supervisor training taking place in March, and then we will be training our 700+ interviewers in April. Households can expect us to be in the field for data collection around mid-May. Census day is May 12. So after that they can expect to see our data collectors in the field.

Director Castillo-Trejo acknowledged that even with COVID concerns, face-to-face interviews are an integral part of a successful count, and therefore investigators will come fully protected and apply national protocol: “They will be properly equipped with their PPE, will use their masks, face shields. They will be – they have their own health and sanitation procedures that they will need to follow when moving from hotel to hotel. They will not be very close to any of the respondents. They should keep a certain distance when conducting the interviews. So I want to encourage households, when our staff come to your house, to cooperate with them. We are taking all possible steps to ensure this is done safely and quickly so that we are not out in the field for an extended period of time.

And one of the first entities to see the preliminary census data will be the Redistricting Task Force, which will conduct its analysis of electoral districts. According to Castillo-Trejo, “Our first population count will take place towards the end of this year. We will publish them. I know they may also want some help with mapping, because in preparation for the census we have a lot of mapping work, including collecting building footprint data for the entire country. So I think we would need help in that regard. Beyond that, we are just ready to help wherever we can help with this activity.

The population of Belize is estimated at nearly 450,000 at present.


Advertise with Belize’s Most Visited News Site ~ We offer fully customizable and flexible digital marketing packages. Your content is delivered instantly to thousands of users in Belgium and abroad! Contact us at [email protected] or call us at 501-601-0315.

© 2022, BreakingBelizeNews.com. This article is the copyrighted property of Breaking Belize News. Written permission must be obtained before reprinting in online or print media. REPRINTING CONTENT WITHOUT PERMISSION AND/OR PAYMENT CONSTITUTES THEFT AND IS PUNISHABLE BY LAW.

Sonoma County’s Legacy of Segregation – Sonoma Sun


It’s no coincidence that Sonoma County remains geographically and racially segregated, even in its schools, which remain as segregated as the schools of the Civil Rights-era South.

Segregation today is the enduring legacy of federal, state, and local housing policies of the last century — exclusionary zoning, redlining, discriminatory federal housing programs, and more. – which directly resulted in persistent and significant segregation and disparities in property and wealth between Black and White communities that continue to this day.

Prominent black leaders in Sonoma County fought for years to improve access to housing for black residents, and housing was and still is a key issue for the NAACP. The late Willie Garrett, local chapter president of the NAACP in the 1960s, struggled to find a real estate agent in Santa Rosa who would work with him after moving here in the mid-1950s.

“It’s the story of our lives, from dilemma to dilemma,” Garrett said in 1966 of housing issues. Eventually, Garrett and his family found a landlord willing to sell them land on Los Alamos Road despite objections from some white residents. The family home they built there was so beloved that Garrett lived there for five decades before dying in 2019.

Garrett was a local civil rights pioneer who fought hard against racial discrimination to become a landlord, but statistically his story is not as common among black residents of Sonoma County and across the United States. The national black homeownership rate is 44.1%, while the white homeownership rate is 74.5%, according to 2020 data from the US Census Bureau. White households are twice as likely to own homes in Sonoma County as Black households, which have a 33% homeownership rate, according to our 2022 State of Housing Report.

Additionally, 65% of black renters in Sonoma County are rent-burdened — spending more than 30% of their income on housing — including 19% of black renters who are rent-heavy and spending more than half of their housing income.

I encourage you to learn more from our 2020 conversation with Richard Rothstein, Fellow of the NAACP Legal Defense Fund and Haas Institute at University of California, Berkeley. Rothstein is the author of “The Color of Law: A Forgotten History of How Our Government Segregated America”, which chronicles how American cities came to be racially divided by de jure segregation – through government policies and the law – who have promoted discriminatory models. .

Rothstein was also interviewed by Terry Gross on NPR, where he discussed how the Federal Housing Administration justified racial discrimination in the 1930s through New Deal housing programs that subsidized and insured homeowners and tenants. white housing estates while excluding black communities. Color-coded maps drawn at this time designated “safe” areas for insuring mortgages.

Read also Roots, race and placee, a history of racial segregation in the By area published by UC Berkeley’s Othering and Belonging Institute. Areas where black communities lived were colored red to indicate an area that assessors would not insure – a practice otherwise known as “redlining”, which was banned in 1968 but still impacted communities. wealth and property rates of black Americans for generations.

As a community, we have an obligation to address this structural inequity which must be corrected through systemic change, especially in inclusive housing policy. In the words of current NAACP President and CEO Derrick Johnson, “Racial inequality manifests itself in every facet of life, and you can’t fix inequality if you don’t address housing.” . Housing is the basis of its wealth. It is the first creator of wealth in the country. And if you separate housing in such a way that it is devalued over time, that will lock people into a cycle of poverty that we should not allow any human being in this country to be locked into.

Generation Housing strives to bring a strong ethic of equity to its day-to-day work, and it is especially important during Black History Month that we recognize the history behind and current impact of gross inequalities in past housing policy.

— Jen Klose, Executive Director, Generation Housing

Southwark Council will spend an additional £4million on temporary accommodation for homeless households


Pressures on temporary accommodation in Southwark are likely to increase with the rising cost of living, inflation and cuts in Universal Credit last year

Southwark Council will set aside a further £4million for temporary accommodation amid growing housing pressure in the borough.

The council has around 3,500 families in temporary accommodation, awaiting permanent accommodation. Many have been in this type of accommodation for three or four years, according to Southwark’s temporary accommodation action plan, published last September.

Local authorities are responsible for housing eligible people who have been https://www.southwarknews.co.uk/news/rats-cockroaches-mice-and-mould-young-mother-living-in-peckham-temporary- accommodation-hell/homeless up to eight weeks. These people can then stay in temporary accommodation until they find a social home. But “supply is outstripped by demand in this regard”, according to the council’s report, driving up the number of people in temporary accommodation.

This is due to “a national housing crisis, a largely unaffordable rental market due to central government welfare reforms and a continued decline in annual social housing rentals due to the right to buy exceeding our own ambitious project of 11,000 new homes”.

Southwark Council invests £2million in tackling anti-social behavior in the borough

These pressures are likely to increase with the rising cost of living, inflation and the cut in universal credit last year. Southwark likely spent over £8million on temporary accommodation in 2021.

Temporary accommodation can be unpleasant, despite the council’s ‘good homes standard’, introduced last March. The News recently reported the case of a woman living in temporary accommodation with her young son, and rats, mice and cockroaches.

The additional £4 million is part of the budget to be voted on at the council meeting on Wednesday February 23.

New report highlights disparities faced by Hispanic and Black populations in Broward • Tamarac Talk


By Kevin Deutsch

A new analysis sheds light on the challenges facing Hispanic and Black populations in Broward County, highlighting disparities in education, public health and income, among others.

The State of Hispanic and Immigrant Broward 2022 report, released by the service organization Hispanic Unity of Florida, found that the percentage of Hispanic families in Broward with children living in poverty is twice as high as white families and nearly four times higher among black families.

The analysis, conducted in tandem with the Broward County Urban League’s Black Broward State Analysis, indicates that it provides a comprehensive and holistic analysis of key demographic, economic, and social trends, factors, and conditions that enable an informed discussion of issues of racial and ethnic equity and disparity facing Broward County and its municipalities.

Among the other economic conclusions of the report:

-The median income of Hispanic households in Broward is 87% of white households.

-The labor force participation rates of the Hispanic population of Broward County (71.6%) and the black population (71%) are significantly higher than those of the non-Hispanic white population of Broward County (58 .9%) and the American population (61.8%).

-Based on 2019 estimates, the per capita income of Black and Hispanic residents of Broward is 48 and 59 percent of white residents, respectively.

Inside the classroom, Hispanic and Black residents also face challenges:

-The report found disparities in scores between Advanced Placement (AP) exams taken by white students and Hispanic and black students. It also found that most Broward County public schools with a C or D grade are located in communities with high concentrations of Hispanic and Black populations.

-Only 31.3% of Hispanic Broward residents and 21.5% of Black Broward residents age 25 or older have a bachelor’s degree or higher, compared to 40.2% of white Broward residents.

Among the conclusions of the report in the field of health:

-The rate of HIV diagnosis among Broward’s Hispanic population decreased from 30.8 per 100,000 in 2010 to 36.0 in 2019, while the percentage of uninsured Hispanic and Black populations in Broward has declined over the past five last years.

-Hispanics are three times more likely to be uninsured (18.2%) compared to the county’s uninsured white population (5.9%). Levels of uninsured blacks (10.1%) are double those of the county’s uninsured white population (5.9%).

-Based on 2019 estimates, the percentage of Broward’s uninsured Black and Hispanic populations has declined over the past five years. However, the percentages of the county’s uninsured Hispanic population (18.2%) and black population (10.1%) far exceed the county’s uninsured white population (5.9%).

-Survey results revealed that the rate of children born to obese mothers was significantly higher among black residents of Broward (33.6%) than among white residents (19.4%). The rate of births to obese mothers was also higher among Hispanic residents (22.6%) than among white residents.

The report also found significant housing disparities, including:

-Higher levels of financial burden and overall housing distress (i.e. age, condition) in less affluent Hispanic and Black communities in Broward.

-Homeownership rates are significantly lower among Hispanic and Black populations in Broward than among whites. The report also revealed significant fair housing and lending issues in Broward.

-Loan rejection rates for home purchase are much higher among Hispanic and Black applicants than among white applicants.

You have news ? Send it to Talking about Tamarac. Don’t forget to follow us on Facebook, Twitterand instagram.

Author profile

Kevin Deutsch

Kevin Deutsch

Kevin Deutsch is an award-winning crime reporter and author. A graduate of Florida International University, Kevin has worked on the staff of the Miami Herald, New York Daily News and Palm Beach Post.

Tennessee has one of the 20 counties with the strongest housing growth over the past decade | State


Over the past two years, headlines in the housing market have dominated news cycles. From housing shortages to exorbitant home prices, we’ve all heard about how the pandemic has affected nearly every housing market across the country. Many of us have experienced the phenomenon first hand. But while the pandemic has certainly impacted the housing market, many other factors have spurred housing growth in counties across the country — and those factors aren’t as widely discussed.

Take, for example, the massive impact of the oil boom on housing in the Midwest. Between 2007 and 2012, employment in North Dakota’s oil and gas industry increased by 354%, resulting in a population growth of 19% in western North Dakota alone. As oil companies and oilfield workers continue to move in, sleepy towns and counties have been upended by the sudden influx of residents. While more jobs can boost the economy, rapid growth can also cause cities to struggle to meet demand for health services, roads, transportation and housing.

So which counties have seen the most housing growth over the past decade and why? Better Mortgage, an online lender and homeownership platform with a free mortgage calculator, used data from the US Census Bureau’s Decennial Census to calculate which counties saw the biggest increase in units housing over the past 10 years. Counties are ranked by percentage change in housing units between 2010 and 2020, and the top 20 counties with the fastest housing growth were selected for national history. Housing census data was released on August 12, 2021 for all counties in America. Here’s what you need to know about your condition.

Tennessee by the numbers

#20. Williamson County

– Evolution of dwellings (2010-2020): 22,635 (+33.0% since 2010)

– Housing in 2020: 91,133

Williamson County, Tennessee, which borders the city of Nashville to the southwest, has seen explosive growth in housing numbers over the past 10 years, and much of that is due to a high concentration of wealth in the region. In 2019, Williamson County was the only county in Tennessee with a median household income over $75,000 – and the only county in the state with a poverty rate below 5%. In other words, there has been plenty of money in this county to support home purchases over the past decade, and new residents have continued to flow into the area, keeping housing demand at a low level. high, but also pushing home prices higher and higher in tandem.

In other parts of the country, rapid rates of housing growth have other catalysts, including urban sprawl and economic growth. And, in rare cases, the growth may even be caused by an unprecedented influx of retirees moving into the area. The only consistent factor in these counties is that the subsequent housing growth has had a significant impact on the housing market.

Keep reading to see which counties have been at the peak of the housing market boom over the past decade.

Counties that have experienced the strongest housing growth over the past decade

#1. McKenzie County, North Dakota: 4,571 dwellings added from 2010 to 2020 (+147.9% since 2010)

#2. Williams County, North Dakota: 9,763 homes added between 2010 and 2020 (+93.3% since 2010)

#3. Hays County, Texas: 34,117 housing units added between 2010 and 2020 (+57.4% since 2010)

#4. Dallas County, Iowa: 13,865 homes added between 2010 and 2020 (+50.9% since 2010)

#5. Comal County, Texas: 22,831 housing units added from 2010 to 2020 (+48.5% since 2010)

Digital Census – Journal – DAWN.COM


PLANNING for the country’s first-ever digital census due in August appears to be in full swing. The shift to modern methods, if the exercise goes as planned, will help reduce endemic gerrymandering, end boundary disputes in Karachi that are often responsible for ethnic tensions, clarify the landscape of resource distribution and to make financial needs and allocations more transparent. It will also provide insight into other demographic issues in the country. According to the census roadmap revealed by Planning Minister Asad Umar, this year’s count would be conducted on an “as is where is” basis. This means that the requirement to have a CNIC to be counted has been removed. People will be counted as residents of the city or town in which they have lived for the past six months. At least theoretically, this appears to be a convenient method of obtaining a more accurate estimate of the number of people residing in large cities who permanently receive migrants from smaller towns – although factors such as the constant movement of families traveling from urban centers to their villages of origin would have to be taken into account. The challenges of inter-provincial migration are most pronounced in Karachi, where politicians often accuse each other of rigging census results. Meanwhile, the number of languages ​​used in census forms has increased from five to 10. Mr. Umar seems confident that the census data will be released by the end of the year, with enough time for the results guide the next electoral exercise. .

One aspect that remains unclear is the role of the National Database Registration Authority in the census. Nadra’s mention in news reports of consultations between various government departments is conspicuous by its absence. Even without CNIC’s requirement for this count, Nadra’s data can be used to verify or cross-check any potential irregularities in the upcoming count. Moreover, detailed census information can also be used at a later stage to eliminate discrepancies and irregularities in Nadra’s data and improve its record keeping.

Posted in Dawn, February 26, 2022

WeHo’s large Russian and Ukrainian population is watching the invasion closely – CBS Los Angeles


WEST HOLLYWOOD (CBSA) – Southern California is home to a large Russian community, although many people may not realize that West Hollywood claims more Russian speakers than any American city outside of New York.

In the 1970s, the city offered a fresh start for Jews fleeing the former Soviet Union from religious oppression after World War II.

READ MORE: Exclusive: Uber Eats Driver may sue Snoop Dogg for posting personal information on Instagram

“I grew up here. I know every corner,” restaurant owner Oleg Atroshenko said.

Atroshenko owns Truck-tear, a Russian restaurant on Santa Monica Boulevard. His family moved here when he was a child.

“Before it was… like, okay, all the stores were in Russian and the restaurants were here,” he said.

February 24, 2022 (CBSLA)

All over this small town, Russian is written on the walls and spoken in the shops, so what’s happening in Ukraine is on the hearts of many.

“It’s hard to see, really. I hope cool heads prevail in the end,” said Dmitriy Shukan, a Ukrainian national.

READ MORE: Business owners prepare for a relaxed term on Friday

According to a documentary produced by the city of West Hollywood a few years ago, its population was 20% Soviet immigrants when it was founded in 1984.

“West Hollywood has become a magnet for those fleeing the Soviet Union,” said Zev Yaroslavsky.

Yaroslavsky teaches history at the University of California, Los Angeles.

“You had the very liberal progressive gay and lesbian community in WeHo. Then you had the Russian community, but over time they became partners and it’s a great story they have in West Hollywood,” he told CBSLA.

Although many members of this community have spent the past few days watching over loved ones in Ukraine, they also hope for peace and are grateful to have found a new country to live in.

“Everyone wants the same thing, something on the dining table, kids to grow up in and good weather. That’s it,” Shukan said.

NO MORE NEWS: Three people arrested for drugs and firearms in Pomona

Although West Hollywood started out with a much larger population of people from the former Soviet Union, those numbers have dwindled over the years as residents have dispersed to the Valley and other locations, but it There is still a very large Russian community in Los Angeles County with connections. to this part of the world.

Ukraine invasion: Boris Johnson’s new sanctions on Russia carry more weight – but they may not be enough | Economic news


After the wet firecracker that was the modest package of sanctions unveiled Tuesday by Boris Johnson, the last salvo of this evening certainly had a little more weight.

The intention to impose an asset freeze on Russian banks, including the country’s second largest lender, VTB, is significant.

VTB, along with its biggest rival Sberbank, is a key institution that both lends to and receives deposits from millions of ordinary Russian citizens.

Russian banks such as Sberbank could be locked out of the UK financial system under latest measures

Moreover, by excluding Russian banks from the UK financial system and preventing these organizations from accessing sterling, Britain will restrict access to another hard currency that they could have reached now that it has become clear that the United States wishes to deprive Russian lenders of access to US dollars.

As Mr Johnson noted, given that around half of Russia’s trade is now in US dollars and pounds sterling, this will have an impact.

The Prime Minister also referred to excluding Russian SWIFT banksthe international communications and messaging system used by more than 11,500 banks in 200 countries around the world, which would be another difficult option.

Mr Johnson has claimed that decision is not on the table, but clearly not everyone agrees.

The Prime Minister’s specific reference to “G7 unity” underscored this and, with Germany seen as opposed to the measure, it is unlikely to happen.

This is because Russian banks are deeply embedded in the global financial system and there would undoubtedly be ripple effects.

FILE PHOTO: 3D-printed natural gas pipes are placed over the Gazprom logo displayed in this illustration taken January 31, 2022
Gazprom has not been singled out for more punitive treatment

This would for example prevent the Russian gas supplier Gazprom from receiving payments from Western customers, notably Germany, for its gas.

It could become academic if, in the next few days, the Western allies put in place an embargo on Russian energy exports – but it is undoubtedly a factor influencing German thinking.

Nor is it clear that the expulsion of Russian banks from SWIFT would have the same impact on the Russian economy as when in 2012 Iranian banks were excluded from the system.

Once it would have been.

When Russia annexed Crimea in 2014, then-finance minister Alexei Kudrin said evicting Russian lenders from SWIFT would reduce its GDP by 5% by hurting its ability to trade.

Since then, however, Russia has developed its own financial transfer system, called the Financial Message Transfer System (SPFS), to enable it to continue to facilitate payments – although these are thought to be largely national parties and with non-Western trade partners.

Probably more important in the short term will be the government’s decision to ban Russian companies from raising capital in UK markets.

Russian companies have been very active in raising capital through IPOs in recent years, such as the $1.7 billion IPO in London last March of retailer Fix Price.

An aerial view of the City of London including 20 Fenchurch Street called the Walkie Talkie (left) and 30 St Mary Axe, more commonly known as the Gherkin Picture date: Thursday August 28, 2014.
Russian companies will not be able to raise capital on UK markets

London bankers are believed to have worked on a large deal pipeline involving Russian companies.

They will now have to seek their money elsewhere.

The UK has also taken steps to prevent the Russian state from raising capital in London via sovereign debt.

However, this is probably less serious than it seems, because – as with its decision to implement an alternative to SWIFT – the Russian government has been preparing for this moment for some time.

Strong oil prices over the past six months helped Moscow post a balance of payments surplus of $120.3 billion last year and it has also been actively building up its reserves of oil. gold and currencies.

These now stand at a record $643 billion and, significantly, a smaller proportion of this amount is in US dollars than before.

Moreover, Russia’s debt-to-GDP ratio is incredibly low, at less than 20%, compared to 95% for the UK, 98% for France and 133% for the US.

Moscow needs much less than these economies to raise funds on the sovereign debt markets.

Aeroflot aircraft
Aeroflot ban will make little difference to carrier’s finances

Surprisingly, as more and more Russian lenders are targeted, many will be surprised that neither Gazprom nor Rosneft, Russia’s two big energy companies, have received more punitive treatment.

This may be because BP owns 20% of Rosneft and the government will be wary of hurting a company in which one of the biggest companies in the UK – a major stake in long-term pension plans of millions of Britons – holds a strategic stake.

But it’s still surprising.

Some of the other measures announced were largely symbolic.

Banning the airline Aeroflot – a major sponsor of Manchester United – from the UK will make little difference to the carrier’s finances, although it echoes, quite sharply, the ban that former US President Ronald Reagan imposed Aeroflot from his country in 1982 in response to the former Soviet Union’s crackdown on the Polish labor movement.

The ban lasted until 1990 and caused great harm to Aeroflot, which at the time was one of the largest carriers in the world.

More significant is the much longer and longer list of individuals currently facing sanctions and asset freezes.

Among those currently targeted are Denis Bortnikov, the vice-president of VTB; Kirill Shamalov, Vladimir Putin’s former son-in-law and once Russia’s youngest billionaire; Elena Georgieva, chairwoman of the board of directors of Novikombank and Petr Fradkov, son of a former Russian prime minister and chairman and CEO of Promsvyazbank.

Harrods Winter Sale
Shopping at Harrods will no longer be an option for some of the targeted globetrotters

These are all individuals with jet-setting, globe-trotting lifestyles, who will no longer be able to shop at Fortnum and Mason or Harrods and who will no longer be able to send their children to public schools in the future. elite in the UK.

It is also clear that with the US unveiling its own new sanctions list today, Western allies are coordinating their actions more effectively than in the past.

There will however be concerns, as some MPs have pointed out, that the families of some people do not appear to have been overtly targeted – while there will also be bewilderment that some prominent oligarchs with significant UK assets , including Chelsea FC owner Roman Abramovich. , have not yet been added to the sanctions list.

Although it is a much heavier package of sanctions than the one unveiled earlier this weekthis may not have the desired effect.

Because not only has Russia been preparing for this moment for many years, but it also has potential allies ready to help, including China.

Beijing has supported Russia in the past, most notably during the annexation of Crimea in 2014, when it again stands ready to help via resource imports and loans from its banks to Russian companies.

Russia will be only too happy to increase its oil and gas exports to China, a major energy importer, while happily receiving payment in renminbi.

China and Russia have made it clear that they would like to see the price of crude in currencies other than the US dollar and if the renminbi were to become a recognized currency in which crude is denominated, it would seriously undermine the greenback’s hegemony in as the only reserve currency in the world.

More sanctions and penalties against Russian oligarchs and businesses may well be needed in the days and weeks ahead.

Campaign group loses latest bid to stop self-identification in census


A last-ditch effort to prevent Scots from being able to self-identify their gender in this year’s census, regardless of their legal status, has failed.

Campaign group Fair Play for Women have lost their appeal against a ruling by Lord Sandison, which ruled that transgender people can give a different sex answer on their birth certificate without needing a gender recognition certificate (RCMP).

The group had taken their case to three civil judges at the Court of Session in a last-ditch attempt to overturn the decision, but on Thursday the Edinburgh-based court ruled the National Records of Scotland’s advice was legal.

The feminist campaign group said they were ‘surprised and disappointed by the decision’ and it would mean that ‘the census in Scotland in 2022 will not collect clear and reliable data on sex’.

“This is a setback in the fight to protect women and girls. But we always knew it would be long,” a spokeswoman said.

“It’s a skirmish in a long fight and we are not discouraged. We know public opinion is with us.

“Our support continues to grow. We are disappointed but not discouraged.

Earlier this month, Lord Sandison ruled National Records of Scotland guidelines that people can self-identify their gender, even if they don’t have an RCMP, are permitted.

He said an answer provided in “good faith and on a reasonable basis” would not be a false answer.

In his 32-page decision, he said there was “no general rule or principle of law that a question relating to a person’s sex can only be properly answered by reference to the sex listed on the birth certificate or the RCMP of that person”.

Fair Play for Women said sex is biological and the law does not allow self-identification of sex.

The group brought the action after it was announced that the sex question in the census would contain advice saying, “If you are transgender, you may be different from what is on your birth certificate. You do not need a gender recognition certificate.

Vic Valentine, director of Scottish Trans, welcomed the decision and said: ‘The Scotland Census is supposed to count everyone in Scotland as who they are on Census Day, and the guidance provided gives reassurance to men and women trans that it’s the same for them as it is for everyone else.

“This is an important decision, making it clear that all trans men and women can be counted in the census as who they are, not just those who have changed sex on their birth certificate.”

A Countless Voter Register Enables Crisis of Illegitimate Government in Nigeria | The Guardian Nigeria News


“Democracy depends on numbers.” Theodore Porter, “Democracy Matters: On Sacred and Degraded Numbers” (October 22, 2020)

In twelve months, Nigeria will go to the polls for the ninth time in its history to elect a president. If anything has been established in the country’s history over the last eight occasions since 1979, it is that the numbers that anchor democracy in Nigeria bear no rational relation to the count.

On Sunday June 4, 2017, Benue State Independent Electoral Commission (BSIEC) Chairman John Tsuwa called a press conference in Makurdi, the state capital, where he announced that the party in power, All Progressives Congress (APC), had won all the contested positions in the municipal elections that took place in the state the day before. Mr. Tsuwa knew who won the election but not how many votes he got. He could not declare the votes obtained by any of the candidates because, according to him, “the figures are not ready”.

It was not the first time in Nigeria that an election management body announced the winners and losers of an election without counting. In the 2007 presidential election, Maurice Iwu, the chairman of the Independent National Electoral Commission (INEC), declared the winner at a time when results from only 12 states had been collated. By law, to declare the results of a presidential election in Nigeria, you must have mustered at least 24 states. To date, INEC does not have a breakdown of votes in this election.

In Nigeria, election results are derided because the number of voters is always somewhere between magic and voodoo. Take, for example, the story of Oranmiyan North 1 constituency in former Oyo State (now Osun). According to the 1986 report of the Bolarinwa Babalakin Judicial Commission of Inquiry into the Federal Electoral Commission (FEDECO), “the 1979 voter register for the region contained 48,216 names. In 1983, the numbers rose to 214,500! In four years, the electoral population of this federal riding has increased by an incredible 444.87%. The administrative secretary of FEDECO, a certain Mr. Stephen Ajibade, had rigged the polls.

Elections in Nigeria may have made progress in 2011 and 2015, but that progress stalled in 2019. One area where the country has still failed to make progress is in managing voter demographics.

One of the major shortcomings of the demographic management of architecture in Nigeria is that it places responsibility on INEC for failings that belong to other institutions. Despite the existence of a National Population Commission (N-Pop-C) and a National Identity Management Commission (NIMC), INEC still struggles with primary population management. This is where the election rigging begins.

In 1999, Nigeria had 57,938,945 million registered voters. This number increased by 4.98% or 2,884,077 voters to 60,823,022 million in 2003, then by 744,014 voters or 1.22% to 61,567,036 in 2007. By 2011, the number of registered voters had increased over 11,962,964 to reach 73.53 million or 19.43%, which is an annual average. growth rate of almost 4.86%, whereas previously it increased by 1.25% in 1999-2003 and 0.31% between 2003-2007.

In 2015, the population of registered voters had fallen to 68.83%, a deficit of 4.7 million voters or 6.83%, or an annualized turnover rate of 1.71%. Yet over the same period, Nigeria’s population grew from about 162.9 million to 181.2 million, an increase of 15.174 million or 11.23%, or an annual growth rate of 2.8 %. The 2019 electoral roll had 84.004 million registered voters, a growth of 15.17 million voters, or 22.05% at an average annual growth rate of 5.51%.

Over the 20-year period since 1999, the population of registered voters in Nigeria has increased by 26,065,055 million or 44.99%. For comparison, the country’s population in 1999 was estimated at around 115,766,000, rising by current estimates to around 199,039,000 in 2019, a growth of 83,273,000 or 71%.

During the period, the growth rate of voter rolls was less than the growth rate of the general population and not all explanations for this inequality are kosher. It is clear that the country is still struggling with the lack of counting systems or population data management. One of the reasons given for the decline in the number of registered voters from 2011 to 2015 is that INEC had to clean the voter register using Automatic Fingerprint Identification (AFIS) software. It took more than four years from collecting primary data in 2010 to finalizing the voter register at the end of 2014. In the three years to 2018, INEC claimed to have eliminated an additional 300,000 names from the list. Whether this was sufficient to adequately control the contamination of voter lists is another matter.

In Nigeria, however, you become eligible to vote not only because you are on the register, but also in possession of a Permanent Voter Card (PVC). The issuance of PVCs started in 2015 based on data mainly collected in 2010-2011. Since then, the voter register has been updated episodically through continuous voter registration (CVR) exercises. The register for 2019 consolidated data from three election cycles dating back approximately nine years. In 2019, however, it emerged that for the first time, every geopolitical zone in Nigeria reported PVC distribution rates above 75%, with 13 states reporting PVC collection rates above 90%. Katsina (98.69%); Taraba (97.30); Gombe (95.76%); Kebbi (95.13%) and Bauchi (94.84%) reported the five highest PVC collection rates. The lowest were Ogun (71.36); Ekiti (73.25); Oyo (74.17%); Imo (74.91); and Osun (75.37%). The patterns are easily discernible from the numbers.

Impressive as they are, these numbers are mostly demographic impossibilities. With an annual mortality rate of around 1.5%, it would be reasonable to expect a natural attrition in PVC collection rates from year to year, especially since the mortality rate is greater than the annualized CVR rate. Natural attrition would probably suggest at least 85%+ SVP rates would be implausible. Then, a dispersion effect attributable to internal migration and displacement by different causes, including violence, would be expected. Add inertia and internal dysfunctions as well and it would be obvious that a credible ceiling for PVC collection would probably be around 75%.

Without a usable demographic database, however, Nigeria’s electoral register is like Hotel California – you can check whenever you want, but you can never leave. In the absence of credible national birth and death records, INEC has no credible mechanism for removing the dead from the lists. Nigeria is the only country in which long-deceased people are guaranteed the right to vote, but not the diaspora.

Clearly, then, the biggest issue to deal with in elections is surely demographics – identifying who can vote and designating where they can vote. INEC still can’t do it. Counting eligible citizens of voting age should not normally be a problem in a country where population management systems exist. In Nigeria, according to UNICEF, only 43% of children under five are registered. According to the best estimates, “only 13.5% of deaths in Nigeria were recorded in 2007 which declined to 10% in 2017”.

Thus, the elections in Nigeria have become an opportunity for those who manage the electoral lists to increase the numbers where they think they can obtain allocations of uncounted votes and decrease those which they fear will not be allocated. Among the Luo of Kenya, “Stronghold” is the name of a child! Thus voter roll rigging is a natural crisis point in every Nigerian election. This is unlikely to change in 2023.

Thus, in more than 61 years of independence, Nigeria has struggled to manage its public accounts. For its abundance of public accounts, the country has used everything from coercive instruments to commissions of inquiry whose reports have never been seen. Nigeria has also yet to hold a census without controversy. To legitimize the result without tackling the underlying wrongdoing, the country is turning to census courts. For its habitual inability to count voters and votes, politicians choose to capture the judiciary for campaign petition purposes. A country that does not judicialize its figures in this way to hide its inability to count jeopardizes democracy and cannot account for anything.

Odinkalu, lawyer and teacher, can be reached at [email protected]

Image of Welland’s homeless population painted for city councilors


Welland should support low-end housing units to help reduce homelessness in the city, councilors from the Niagara Region Housing and Homelessness Action Plan Councilor heard.

“Whether it’s projects like the new Niagara Region Housing Center through the (federal government’s) Rapid Housing Initiative or supportive housing, that would help,” Jeffrey said. Sinclair.

In January, Ottawa announced funding under the National Housing Strategy for a new 42-unit apartment building at 60 York Street, behind the Provincial Offenses Court building on Main Street East.

Twelve units will be for women and children fleeing domestic violence, 10 for people who are homeless or at risk, nine for people with physical disabilities, six for Indigenous people and five for Black Canadians.

Work will begin in November and will last for a year.

Sinclair said Welland could use low-end housing and supportive housing, both of which would help people in need.

He, Bob Carthew, Niagara Assertive Street Outreach (NASO) Niagara South Team Leader, and Shelly Mousseau, Program Manager of Gateway Residential and Community Support Services of Niagara, presented the latest numbers on homelessness in Welland, at the a meeting of the general committee of the council on Tuesday.

In Niagara, there were 1,037 homeless people.

Welland had 57 such people at the end of January. Of these 57 people, 37 were in emergency shelters, nine were couch surfing, eight were in makeshift shelters, vehicles or on the street, and three were in hotels/motels.

The chronically homeless numbered 28.

Sinclair said Welland had an above-average number of homeless youth, aged 16 to 25, at 14. The rest of Niagara has about seven in this age range.

“It’s a red flag for me. Why so?” said Ward Councilor 3. Jean Chiochio.

Sinclair said there is a youth hub in the city and more and more young people are coming to it to identify a housing need.

He said this was a more recent trend in the city and that the Region was working with its partners, including RAFT, which deals with young people living on the streets and those at risk of being in the street, on the matter.

“It was higher in December and the numbers started to drop.”

Sinclair said that as the housing market tightens, older and younger populations are struggling to access affordable housing.

In the presentation, the figures showed that nine of the city’s homeless people are between the ages of 55 and 65, which is above the regional average.

Men make up the majority of the city’s homeless, Sinclair said, followed by women and Indigenous residents.

In Welland, 83% of people in core housing need are singles or roommates. These residents spend more than 30% of their gross income on housing.

He said The Hope Center provides emergency shelter and supportive housing, Gateway provides supportive housing and active outreach, and RAFT provides outreach and prevention services for young people.

NASO’s Carthew spoke of a homeless man he met two years ago who lived under a bridge in Welland.

“I saw him every week.”

Carthew said it took some time, but he was able to convince the man to take advantage of community services.

“He decided to go and now he works part-time, cleaning around the Gateway building in Port Colborne where he lives. He was on the streets for seven years, living a very difficult life, now he is doing exceptionally well,” he said.

Mousseau of Gateway told the board that the majority of calls from people concerned about those who may be homeless or people experiencing homelessness come through the dedicated 211 phone line. NASO employees are contacted and respond to people immediately or within 15 minutes to an hour and then deploy to assist in any way possible.

In the Western Ghats, the population of the Malabar gray hornbill is declining


Its loud call is distinctive. A series of yelps that almost sound like maniacal laughter as they reach a crescendo. It can be heard from afar, making the Malabar gray hornbill an easy-to-spot bird in the high, humid forests of the Western Ghats. Its large range, in which high densities have been recorded, meant that the species was not considered threatened with extinction.

But things have taken a turn in the past two years with research indicating a downward trend in the population of the Malabar gray hornbill (Ocyceros griseus). The International Union for Conservation of Nature’s Red List, which indicates the global extinction risk status of species, notes: “There is sufficient evidence to infer that there is a rapid and continuing reduction in population range-wide at a rate of 30% to 49% over three generations. It is believed that this will likely continue unless the critical factors causing the decline are identified and reversed.

The State of India’s Birds Report 2020 has also provided evidence to suspect that there is a considerable decline in the population of the species.

The report indicates a “long-term” trend shows a decline of 66.8%. The long-term trend is the change in abundance index (frequency of reporting) in 2014-2015 compared to before 2000. A value of -15% indicates that there has been a 15% decline in frequency of declarations during this period. period of time. The ‘current’ trend, meanwhile, shows a 3.3% reduction in numbers, respectively – indicating that there is an average annual decline of 3.3% in reporting frequency between 2014-’15. and 2018-’19, a period of 5 years. .

Range-wide population trends generated from the citizen science portal, eBird, also tentatively place the rate of decline of the Malabar gray hornbill population in the 30% to 49% band over three generations. The IUCN SSC Hornbill Specialist Group also raised concerns.

“The general population of the Malabar gray hornbill is declining,” said Anish Andheria, chairman of the Wildlife Conservation Trust. “Some outliers may indicate otherwise. You might even find them in good numbers in some areas and classified forests, but overall their densities are decreasing.

nature gardener

The Malabar gray hornbill is endemic to the Western Ghats and associated hills of southern India and can be found from Nashik in Maharashtra to the southernmost hills. It prefers to inhabit moist evergreen and semi-evergreen forests in the tropics, but can also often be spotted in home gardens, timber plantations, and coffee and cardamom plantations that lie next to their preferred habitats.

Cavity-nesting, the breeding season of the Malabar gray hornbill runs from February to May, with the female selecting mature trees that have significantly large trunks (height 36 m +/- 6 m, girth 3 m, +/ – 1 m) to nest.

“The nest should also be at a higher height (17m, +/-6m) to prevent predators from climbing it,” said Vinod Karnik, a conservationist who conducts research on birds in the Western Ghats for over a decade. “A clutch of four eggs is laid. The incubation period is around 40 days and the young period is 46 days. The fruits of ficus and fishtail palms are usually eaten during the breeding and non-breeding season, but the species has been known to feed on snakes, lizards and small birds during the breeding season and when they have to feed their chicks.

The Malabar gray hornbill is an indicator species and has long been praised by conservationists for the important role it plays in the forest ecosystem. It facilitates seed dispersal which helps the forest grow and thrive, thereby indirectly supporting the local wildlife population and reducing human-wildlife conflict to a great extent.

“Some seeds only germinate when they pass through the gut of a bird or mammal,” Andheria said. “Since the Malabar gray hornbill is relatively large in size, it helps disperse larger seeds that smaller birds cannot consume. You may not notice an immediate impact in the forest, if their numbers dwindle In the long term, however, there will be an irreversible impact on the ecosystem since some tree species will not be able to survive without them.

Multiple challenges

There are several threats to the Malabar gray hornbill population. Deforestation driven by agricultural conversion is thought to be one of the main reasons for the decline in their numbers.

Another reason could be the unavailability of large trees suitable for nesting (the bird is unable to dig its own hollow and depends on natural hollows).

“They need large, good-quality forests to thrive,” Andheria said. “You will find more hornbills in areas with less historical damage and where there is old growth forest. But while forest cover may have increased according to the State of the Forest Report 2021, forest quality has declined. Dense forests, for example, have become less dense.

Forest fragmentation also affects the species. Potential threats could also come from an undocumented shift in the range of a competitor or predator, an undetected disease affecting either individuals of that species, or a limitation of resources, or a change in agricultural practices. “But more research is needed to confirm this,” Karnik said.

Malabar Gray Hornbill feeding. Photo credit: Uday Kiran/ Wikimedia Commons

Last call

On January 10, 2020, based on research by Bird Life International, the International Union for Conservation of Nature revised the status of the Malabar Gray Hornbill to “Least Concern”, where the species is assessed with Low Risk from extinction to “Vulnerable”, which means that the species is threatened with global extinction.

But more needs to be done to ensure that the population does not decline further. A suggested step is to ensure compliance with forest protection regulations in protected areas, to avoid the loss of large trees with suitable cavities or large trees that will develop large cavities.

“We also need more data to understand the reasons for their declining numbers and need to start thinking about creating artificial cavities and other ways to help give the species a helping hand to come back,” Karnik said.

The conservation of this key species of the Western Ghats is essential and must be given the attention it deserves. “Failure to save the Malabar gray hornbill could have a cascading effect on the forest and the wildlife that lives there in the long term,” Karnik said.

This article first appeared on Mongabay.

Bird count: winged visitors break 25-year record at Keshopur Chhamb wetland in Gurdaspur


Good news for birdwatchers as Keshopur Chhamb in Gurdaspur, one of Asia’s largest wetlands, is teeming with birding visitors this winter. The number of birds turned out to be the highest in 25 years, a year after witnessing a huge drop in numbers.

The last census of birds coming from Central Asia and Siberia for this season was carried out by the Punjab Wildlife Department in conjunction with the World Wildlife Fund (WWF), Chandigarh Bird Club on February 15. The total count recorded by expert teams was 29,480, which is the highest in 25 years. Last year, the number was just 11,458.

The number of birds from previous years was 16,800 (2014), 20,500 (2015), 25,306 (2016), 21,182 (2017), 22,691 (2018), 20,883 (2019) and 23,018 ( 2020).

Birds of 63 species have arrived

According to data shared by the department, birds of a total of 63 species have arrived in Keshopur Chhamb, which also includes surrounding areas like Shalla Pattan and Makora Pattan. The top five species are pintail (5,726 birds), green-winged teal (4,558), northern lapwing (3,634), coot (3,619) and gadwall (2,254).

Divisional Forestry Officer, Wildlife, (Pathankot) Rajesh Mahajan said: “The reason for the increase in visitation is that we have increased activities to ensure habitat improvement. For example, we remove moss and other green plants from the surface of the water. This increases the surface area of ​​water bodies for birds. Secondly, it also depends on the personal choice of the birds to prefer their natural habitat. In this season, they preferred this place.

“Three factors – food, safety and shelter – play a crucial role in attracting birds. don’t arrive at the same time. One of their groups comes in advance to check the conditions. In their own way, they make the other birds aware of it and little by little all arrive on site.

This wetland is one of three wetlands in Punjab and 10 in the country, which have been declared Ramsar sites of international importance. Ramsar is a city in Iran, where the first Wetlands Convention was held in 1971. From 2011 to 2020, visitation has gradually increased in the wetland which spans 850 acres.


    Surjit Singh is a correspondent. It covers politics and agriculture, in addition to religious affairs and the Indo-Pakistan border in Amritsar and Tarn Taran.
    …See the details

Changes in cause-specific mortality trends by occupation among Japanese working-age women from 1980 to 2015: A cross-sectional analysis | BMC Women’s Health

  • Marmot M, Allen J, Goldblatt P, Boyce T, McNeish D. Fair Society Healthy Lives (The Marmot Review). Strategic review of health inequalities in England post 2010. 2010. https://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/fair-society-healthy-lives-the-marmot-review. Accessed May 1, 2021.

  • Sindelar JL, Falba TA, Gallo B. Occupation as a social determinant of health. In: iHEA 2007 6th World Congress: Explorations in Health Economics article. 2008. https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=996092. Accessed January 20, 2021.

  • Patel A, Lynn S. Exploring occupation as a determinant of health and its contribution to understanding health inequalities. Electronic repository of dissertations, Western University. 2014. https://ir.lib.uwo.ca/etd. Accessed January 20, 2021.

  • Marmot M. Social determinants of health inequalities. The Lancet. 2005;365(9464):1099–104.

    Google Scholar

  • Glonti K, Gordeev VS, Goryakin Y, Reeves A, Stuckler D, Mckee M, et al. A systematic review on the resilience of health to economic crises. PLOS ONE. 2015;10(4):e0123117.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Kim IH, Khang YH, Cho SI, Chun H, Muntaner C. Gender, occupational and non-occupational work, and changing employment inequalities in self-rated poor health, 1995-2006 in South Korea. J Prev Med Public Health. 2011;44(1):22.

    CAS PubMed Google Scholar

  • Wada K, Kondo N, Gilmour S, Ichida Y, Fujino Y, Satoh T, et al. Trends in cause-specific mortality by occupation among Japanese working-age men during the period of economic stagnation, 1980-2005: a retrospective cohort study. BMJ. 2012;344:e1191.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Houweling TA, Kunst AE, Huisman M, Mackenbach JP. Using Relative and Absolute Measures to Monitor Health Inequalities: Experiences from Cross-Country Analyzes of Maternal and Child Health. Int J Health Equity. 2007;6(1):15.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Mackenbach JP Should we aim to reduce relative or absolute mortality inequalities? Eur J Public Health. 2015;25(2):185–185.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Kagamimori S, Gaina A, Nasermoaddeli A. Socioeconomic status and health of the Japanese population. Soc SciMed. 2009;68(12):2152–60.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Ikeda N, Saito E, Kondo N, Inoue M, Ikeda S, Satoh T, et al. What made the people of Japan healthy? The Lancet. 2011;378(9796):1094–105.

    Google Scholar

  • Suzuki E, Kashima S, Kawachi I, Subramanian SV. Social and Geographic Inequalities in Premature Adult Mortality in Japan: A Multilevel Observational Study from 1970 to 2005. BMJ Open. 2012;2(2):e000425.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Dhungel B, Murakami T, Wada K, Gilmour S. Mortality risks among blue-collar and white-collar workers: a time-series study among Japanese men aged 25 to 64 from 1980 to 2015. J Occup Health. 2021;63(1):12215.

    Google Scholar

  • Japan Bureau of Statistics. Labor Force Survey. Ministry of Interior and Communications. 2020. https://www.stat.go.jp/english/data/roudou/index.html. Accessed March 24, 2021.

  • Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare. Vital Statistics of Japan 1980–2015. Office of Vital Statistics, Health and Social Affairs. 2016. https://www.mhlw.go.jp/english/database/db-hw/index.html. Accessed January 24, 2021.

  • Japan Bureau of Statistics. Population census 1980-2015. Ministry of Interior and Communication. 2016. http://www.stat.go.jp/english/data/kokusei/index.html. Accessed January 24, 2021.

  • Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare. Occupational classification (4th revision). Japan Institute for Labor Policy and Training. 2011. https://www.jil.go.jp/institute/seika/shokugyo/bunrui/index.html. Accessed January 29, 2020.

  • Mathers CD, Fat DM, Inoue M, Rao C, Lopez AD. Counting the Dead and What They Died From: An Assessment of the Global State of Cause of Death Data. Bull World Health Organization. 2005;83(3):171–7.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare. Vital Statistics of Japan 2018. Information Policy and Policy Assessment 2018. https://www.mhlw.go.jp/english/database/db-hw/dl/81-1a2en.pdf. Accessed December 25, 2021.

  • Ueshima H. ​​Explaining the Japanese Paradox: Preventing the Increase in Coronary Heart Disease and Reducing Strokes. J Atheroscler Thromb. 2007;14(6):278–86.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Honjo K, Iso H, Inoue M, Tsugane S. Education, social roles, and cardiovascular disease risk in middle-aged Japanese women: the JPHC i study cohort. Stroke. 2008;39(10):2886–90.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Ikeda A, Iso H, Yamagishi K, Inoue M, Tsugane S. Blood pressure and risk of stroke, cardiovascular disease, and all-cause mortality among Japanese people: the JPHC study. Am J Hypertens. 2009;22(3):273–80.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Mannami T, Iso H, Baba S, Sasaki S, Okada K, Konishi M, et al. Smoking and risk of stroke and its subtypes in middle-aged Japanese men and women. Stroke. 2004;35(6):1248–53.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Hori M, Kitamura A, Kiyama M, Imano H, Yamagishi K, Cui R, et al. 50-year trends in blood pressure, body mass index, and their relationships in a Japanese community. J Atheroscler Thromb. 2017;24(5):518–29.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Ikeda N, Gakidou E, Hasegawa T, Murray JL. Understanding the decline in mean systolic blood pressure in Japan: an analysis of pooled data from the National Nutrition Survey, 1986-2002. Bull World Health Organization. 2008;86(12):978–88.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare. Annual report on health, work and well-being 2017: Medical and health services. 2017. https://www.mhlw.go.jp/english/wp/wp-hw11/. Accessed March 31, 2021.

  • Yoshimoto M, Tada K, Hori H, Morota A, Tanabe M, Nishimura S, et al. Improved prognosis of Japanese breast cancer patients from 1946 to 2001, an institutional review. Jpn J Clin Oncol. 2004;34(8):457–62.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Zaitsu M, Kaneko R, Takeuchi T, Sato Y, Kobayashi Y, Kawachi I. Occupational inequalities in cancer incidence among women in Japan: a hospital-based case-control study matched with occupational class. SSM – Heal Popul. 2018;5:129–37.

    Google Scholar

  • Gilmour S, Kanda M, Kusumi E, Tanimoto T, Kami M, Shibuya K. HPV vaccination program in Japan. The Lancet. 2013;382(9894):768.

    Google Scholar

  • Dhungel B, Sugai MK, Gilmour S. Trends in suicide mortality by method from 1979 to 2015 in Japan. Int J Env Res Public Health. 2019;16(10):1794.

    Google Scholar

  • Gilmour S, Le Mai P, Nguyen P, Dhungel B, Tomizawa M, Nguyen H. Progress towards health for all: time to end discrimination and marginalization. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2020;17(5):1696.

    PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Schernhammer ES, Colditz GA. Suicide rates among physicians: a quantitative and gender-specific assessment (meta-analysis). Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161(12):2295–302.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Agerbo E, Gunnell D, Bonde JP, Mortensen PB, Nordentoft M. Suicide and occupation: the impact of socioeconomic, demographic and psychiatric differences. Psychol Med. 2007;37(8):1131–40.

    Google Scholar PubMed

  • Chen J, Choi YJ, Sawada Y. How is suicide different in Japan? Japan World Econ. 2009;21(2):140–50.

    Google Scholar

  • Martínez-Rives NL, Dhungel B, Martin P, Gilmour S. Method-specific trends in suicide mortality among Australian men from 1978 to 2017. Int J Env Res Public Health. 2021;18:4557.

    Google Scholar

  • Nomura S, Kawashima T, Yoneoka D, Tanoue Y, Eguchi A, Gilmour S, et al. Suicide trends in Japan by gender during the COVID-19 pandemic, through September 2020. Psychiatry Res. 2021;295:113622.

    CAS PubMed Google Scholar

  • Fukuda Y, Nakamura K, Takano T. Accumulation of health risk behaviors is associated with lower socioeconomic status and urban residence of women: a multilevel analysis in Japan. BMC Public Health. 2005;5(1):53.

    PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar

  • Usman M, Sawaya A, Igarashi M, Gayman JJ, Dixit R. Strained agricultural agriculture under the stress of youth career selection trends: a case study in Hokkaido (Japan). Humanit Soc Sci Commun. 2021;8(1):1–8.

    Google Scholar

  • Galobardes B. Indicators of socio-economic position (part 1). J Epidemiol Community Health. 2006;60(1):7–12.

    Google Scholar

  • Business Talk: National Mortgage Lender Opens Office in Longview with Longtime Local Loan Officer Amid Housing Market Boom | Local company


    What goes up must come down – except for the housing market, experts say.

    Longtime loan officer and Longview native Jon Trussell oversaw the opening of a nationwide mortgage lender branch in October, nearing the expected end of pandemic-spurred low mortgage interest rates.

    But even if rates rise, Trussell predicts the housing market will remain in strong demand — along with its Synergy One lending branch on 14th Avenue.

    “Growth in the mortgage industry has been pretty wild over the past three years,” he said.

    Rates, house prices are rising

    Financial experts say the Federal Reserve is expected to announce federal rate increases this week, which would take effect in March. How many times the Fed plans to raise rates in 2022 is still unknown.

    Interest rates are already climbing, Trussell said. Federal mortgage company Freddie Mac says 30-year fixed-rate mortgages are up 1.11% and 15-year fixed-rate mortgages are up 0.94% from a year ago . for the week ending February 17.

    People also read…

    As a result, Trussell said he sees fewer home refinances in his future and more home sales.

    Low interest rates, cut by the Fed at the start of the pandemic, are behind historically high home values. People who used to sell homes gobbled up inventory with their low monthly payments.

    Even if interest rates rise, Trussell doesn’t see an immediate end to the pandemic-fueled housing boom because there’s still a lack of homes on the market. Others agree. Real estate market Zillow reported last week that national year-over-year home prices are expected to peak in May at 21.6% and end the year at 17.3%.

    In Cowlitz County, the median closing price for homes in 2021 was about 10% higher than the previous year, reports the Northwest Multiple Listing Service, a member-owned nonprofit.

    Trussell said lending options follow rising prices.

    The U.S. Federal Housing Administration loan, which offers lower down payments and interest rates, increased its maximum payment from $64,000 to $420,680 for Cowlitz County homes in 2022. The grand jump, Trussell said, is one he’s never seen and will even help the field game for new owners, whom he always advises to stay within their means.

    “We’re not saying, ‘this is your maximum amount, go find a house,'” Trussell said. “We want them to set a budget with an accurate monthly bill.”

    “Lending is fun”

    The Longview Synergy One branch is one of three Washington locations of the California-based company licensed to sell mortgages in 45 states. Even before the pandemic real estate boom, Synergy One Lending was growing, quadrupling its loan production in three years, the company announced in 2018.

    The company specializes only in home loans, Trussell said, as opposed to banks or credit unions that offer more lending options, like business and personal loans. The bureau offers applications and online options that don’t require a down payment, such as veterans loans for military and veterans, and United States Department of Agriculture loans for rural homes. .

    Working at Synergy One

    Synergy One Lending Branch Manager Jon Trussell, left, and Loan Partner Garrett Colkitt review interest rates online February 15 at the Longview office.

    Hayley Day, The Daily News

    Trussell worked for Guild Mortgage Company on Commerce Avenue for about nine years before the move. Prior to selling mortgages, Trussell managed youth programs at the YMCA of Southwest Washington in Longview and married Cathlamet native Addy Clark.

    It’s the one-on-one work with neighbors that keeps him in the industry after about 19 years, Trussell said. He helps former students of RA Long, parents of his daughters’ basketball teams, and adult children of former first-time home buyers.

    “Lending is fun,” he said. “It’s fun helping a nervous first time owner get their first keys. It’s fun staying local and keeping the local money.”

    Talking Business is a series featuring new or expanded local businesses and print every Tuesday. The series was suspended during the pandemic and recently restarted.

    Contact Daily News reporter Hayley Day at 360-577-2541 or [email protected] for possible inclusion in the series.

    Portugal: more than 44% of the population has a higher education diploma


    More and more young Portuguese residents are pursuing their university careers, with this figure reaching 44% in 2021, official authority reveals.

    Specifically, 44% of Portugal’s resident population aged 30-34 hold a higher education degree, exceeding the 40% target set by the Europe 2020 Strategy by 4%, according to SchengenVisaInfo.com .

    The Europe 2020 strategy is a plan endorsed by the European Commission that aims to increase adequacy, inclusiveness and growth across all 27 countries. Concretely, the targets that all Member States should have reached by 2020 included the requirement that at least 40% of the young generation should have a higher education qualification, among 75% of the employed population.

    The rate of the population aged 30 to 34 with a higher education degree reaches 44% in 2021, an increase of 4% compared to 2020 and 20% since 2010. In addition, the unemployment rate of graduates in Portugal fell to its minimum value. by 5.3 percent.

    >> Portugal opens its doors to more skilled Indian workers

    Specifically, data from Statistics Portugal (INE) shows an enrollment rate of 42% in the last quarter of 2021, corresponding to an average annual enrollment rate of 44% for the year 2021. In addition, the figure shows a growth by 12%. percentage points compared to 2015 and 20 percentage points compared to 2010.

    In addition, INE data shows that the employed population with higher education in the country jumped by 13% between 2020 and 2021, counting 200,000 more graduates, increasing the number of workers with higher education. from 1.45 to 1.65 million.

    In general, the higher education rate of the working population in Portugal has increased to 34%, which is equivalent to nine percentage points compared to 2015. Moreover, it shows an increase of 520,000 graduates employed between 2015 and 2021 rate of 5.3% is lower than the national average of 6.6%.

    Furthermore, the publication shows that the Lisbon metropolitan area has the most educated and most employed population rates in the last quarter of 2021. Specifically, Lison tops the list with 44% of the working population having higher education. who live there, followed by the Center (32%), the North and Algarve region (31%), the autonomous region of Madeira (27%), the Alentejo (26%) and the autonomous region of the Azores (22%).

    In addition, data from the North region shows an increase of ten percentage points followed by the Algarve with nine percentage points compared to the corresponding period in 2015.

    Lotus explores IPO options to fund global expansion


    Sports car brand Lotus is eyeing a stock market listing within two years to help fund major international expansion and investment in electric vehicles.

    Last year, the historic brand split its business into two business units – the Norfolk-based company making sports cars and a China-based luxury lifestyle company that plans to make electric sports utility vehicles.

    Lotus Group, majority-owned by China’s Geely, has now begun exploring a listing of the lifestyle company, aiming to raise capital to help it meet growth targets of a 100x increase. sales over the next six years, one of the company’s top executives said.

    The brand plans to sell 100,000 vehicles globally by 2028, a huge increase from the 1,500 sports cars produced by the company’s Hethel plant last year, said Matt Windle, chief executive of the Lotus sports car division, to the Financial Times.

    Geely already tapped public markets with its Volvo car float last year, while Volvo-spin-off electric car brand Polestar has announced plans to list in the first half of 2022.

    At the center of the new Lotus lifestyle unit is a series of sport utility vehicles that aim to achieve the agile handling of the brand’s sports cars, but broaden its appeal to drivers in China.

    The first Lotus SUV, developed by engineers in the UK and Germany, will go into production later this year or early 2023 at a custom-built factory in Wuhan, China.

    A sports sedan will follow, with a smaller SUV expected around 2025. The plant, which has been funded by Geely, has a capacity of 150,000 vehicles per year.

    “We are in early discussions” about an IPO, Windle said.

    Geely bought a 51% stake in Lotus in 2017 as part of its deal to take control of former Lotus owner Proton. The Chinese group has invested more than £3 billion in the company, enabling it to end production of its traditional “analog” sports car range and develop new vehicles.

    Video: Cars, companies, countries: the race to go electric

    The company now has an electric supercar, the Evija, as well as its latest combustion engine sports car, the Emira. It has also developed a platform for the three electric models to be built in China, as well as a dedicated system for manufacturing electric sports cars, which is expected to underpin a new electric supercar from 2025 or 2026.

    Renault’s Alpine sports car brand will also produce cars using the Lotus sports car system. These should be made in the UK.

    Lotus predicts that by 2028, 10% of sales will be its sports cars, with Chinese-made vehicles accounting for 90%.

    Lotus’ senior team held a two-day event in London last week to test investors’ appetites, following similar events in Guangzhou, Shanghai and Beijing last year.

    The new Lotus SUV was unveiled at the event, with more details on the model expected to be released later this month.

    Flame Sunday Census: What’s next for Calgary


    just added Tyler Toffoli in their roster, the Calgary Flames clearly show that they are more than ever in “win now” mode. Extending their winning streak to nine games, they are one shy of a franchise record. More than a quarter of Toffoli’s wins this season have come last week at a new team. There’s reason to be happy, but the Flames shouldn’t be over yet. What will they do next to improve their roster? We asked, you answered.

    More ways for the Flames to improve

    The Flames added a major forward in Toffoli without really changing their roster. Sending in progress Tyler Pitlick to the Montreal Canadiens and scratching effectively Brett Ritchie was now the overall result.

    Simply put, they made a two-way improvement with the trade: adding Toffoli to the mix and subtracting both Pitlick and Ritchie. Now, there are other areas that can also improve, so what are the general expectations?

    Call for help

    While Brad Treliving will no doubt continue to work on the phone and either look for a defender to bolster the blue line or a depth ahead to round out the bottom six, the Flames no doubt have players in Stockton who would be viable options to consider.

    Realistically, a call from Stockton Heat for a striker and a trade for a defender could make a lot of sense for the team both from a squad improvement and salary cap perspective.

    Right now they have Brett Ritchie and Brad Richardson in the press box costing $900,000 and $850,000 respectively. Plausible calls in either Matthew Phillips Where Glenn Gawdin would actually be cheaper as both have caps of $750,000. It’s not a lot, but it’s not trivial either, as it can help make room elsewhere.

    Burying Ritchie and Richardson’s hits could be a way to make more room for an NHL defenseman. They can’t just add a defender for free, but they could find a deep defender if either Erik Gudbranson ($1.95M) or Nikita Zadorov ($3.75 million) are plays that go the other way. It would cost them picks though, but they would be clear areas of improvement on the business front.

    They are unlikely to move Michael Stonewho was the seventh defenseman on a $750,000 contract, so that makes the max roster optimization game pretty clear: replace one or both of Ritchie and Richardson with a call, and replace one or the other from Zadorov or Gudbranson via an exchange.

    Just make a trade

    If the Flames are looking to trade without orders, things are a bit simpler. They can target either an attacker from the bottom six or a defender from the third pairing. A deal for needle-pumping depth should see some form of salary withholding from the Flames’ business partner. Again, with the Flames in “win now” mode, cost of business will separate from draft picks to make deals possible.

    Right now their worst regular striker is Trevor Lewis. Not having been scratched once this season, Darryl Sutter relied on Lewis to play a defensive role, as well as a large outnumbered presence. An incoming player should be able to take on similar responsibilities or the Flames may view it as an unnecessary decision to make. They clearly enjoy his presence on the ice enough to keep playing him.

    On the other hand, a deal for a defender would involve sending a big deal in either Zadorov’s or Gudbranson’s deal the other way, as mentioned above. The two players in the third pair should be considered useless. If the right trading partner shows up, moving one of them should in theory result in an upgrade.

    Gudbranson is arguably their worst regular defender, although Zadorov isn’t far ahead. With cap implications involved, they both make sense as bigger trade chips in terms of moving cap hits to acquire a different player.

    On the way to heat

    If they’re only calling one player from Stockton, it makes sense that it’s a forward to improve the bottom six. It would be hard to convince Sutter that a new defenseman should take as many minutes as Zadorov or Gudbranson right away, and seeing a third-pair defenseman fail in his transition to the NHL would be more detrimental than having the same thing. to a fourth line forward.

    Although they have options in Gawdin or Phillips as top scorers, they can also look for players like Byron Froese Where Walker Duehr for more defensive responsibilities too, especially since the only place really available for a striker call-up should be Lewis’s fourth-line role at the moment. Nothing else makes sense.

    Trust the current list

    If the Flames end up doing nothing at all, that’s not necessarily a totally undesirable outcome. The way the team is playing right now, they should be confident enough to take this roster straight into the playoffs. From the back, they have the best career production of the six players, and most are defensively responsible as well. For their attackers, their roles are pretty clearly defined.

    It would be up to Treliving to be confident enough that this list can do it, or perhaps to handle the regret of not going the extra mile for insurance. He can always reward his players by adding one more player who can actually move the needle, so sitting idle should be considered the worst case scenario.

    A turning point for Calgary

    The general consensus is that this Calgary roster should be good enough to make it out of the first round and, ideally, would make it past the second round as well. Is that enough to bet and hope they can progress beyond that?

    This team is as built for the playoffs as it’s ever been before – most games are underpinned by dominant on-ice play. Do they make yet another splash before the trade deadline passes? Only time will tell. What do you think the Flames should do by the deadline?

    Let us know in the comments below or on Twitter @wincolumnCGY.

    Photo by Gerry Thomas/NHLI via Getty Images

    School-Age Cobb COVID Report for February 18


    The Georgia Department of Public Health’s COVID-19 School-Aged Children Data Report released Friday, Feb. 18 showed a continued decline in new cases among all three age brackets of school-aged residents, 0 -4 (preschool), 5-17 (elementary, middle school and high school) and 18-22 years old (undergraduate).

    However, in none of the age groups did the case rate fall below a high community transmission rate.

    Here is a table with new cases and 14-day case rates for each of these age groups.

    age range Total number of cases since the start of the pandemic Cases in the last 14 days 14-day case rate per 100,000 Transmission Rate Category Tendency
    0-4 years old 4808 233 four hundred ninety seven High Descending
    5-17 years old 23910 639 484 High Descending
    18-22 years old 15296 251 533 High Descending

    Statewide figures

    Cobb’s trend is consistent with the statewide trend. Here is the table for Georgia residents of school age.

    age range Total number of cases since the start of the pandemic Cases in the last 14 days 14-day case rate per 100,000 Transmission Rate Category Tendency
    0-4 years old 72108 3109 473 High Descending
    5-17 years old 346468 9917 536 High Descending
    18-22 years old 214962 3773 515 High Descending

    About the GDPH COVID-19 School-Aged Children Data Report

    Documentation for the COVID-19 Data Report for School-Aged Children describes the use of data as follows:

    Data from this report can be used to assess the extent of COVID-19 transmission among preschool/daycare children (0-4 years), school-aged children K-12 grade (5-17 years old) and college/professional age adults (18-22 years old) in Georgia. Click on the tabs above to see statewide and countywide COVID-19 data. This report is updated weekly. Please see additional resources to understand trends and other factors affecting your county.

    For a full list of reports with links, follow this link.

    For more information on COVID in Cobb County and statewide

    Cobb & Douglas Public Health publishes the case rate on its homepage, although it is not updated frequently.

    Visit the Cobb & Douglas Public Health home page by following this link

    A more frequently updated summary of COVID statistics for Cobb County is the CDC’s County View page for Cobb County. The numbers come from the Georgia Department of Public Health, but are displayed in a way that’s much easier to read than the GDPH’s sprawling website. From this page you can get a week’s figures on the number of new cases, the rate of cases per 100,000 population, hospitalizations, deaths and the percentage change from the previous 7-day period. . It also includes data on testing and vaccination rates.

    Visit the CDC County View page for Cobb County by following this link

    The Georgian Ministry of Public Health releases a daily report on the status of the pandemic every afternoon around 3 p.m. It’s a comprehensive report with detailed data and charts organized statewide and by county, which also includes age breakdowns, racial demographics, and vaccination and testing data. .

    It’s not the easiest system to navigate, but it’s worth spending time learning to use if you want the latest national and local data on the status of COVID-19.

    Visit the Georgia Department of Public Health Daily Status Report by following this link

    To get an overview of the pressure the pandemic has placed on hospital systems in terms of emergency room visits, hospital bed capacity and ventilator use, there is a report on hospital bed utilization and fans with interactive maps. The map is organized by hospital region, and Cobb County is part of Region N.

    Visit the Georgia Hospital Beds and Ventilator Report by following this link

    For data on the percentage of patients in Georgia hospitals who have been admitted for COVID-19 versus all other causes, there is a Georgia Medical Facility Patient Census. It also reports numbers by state and by hospital region.

    Visit the Georgia Medical Facility Patient Census by following this link

    Start of construction of 25,000 National Housing Movement units in Alborz province


    TEHRAN – The construction operation of 25,000 houses of the National Housing Movement has started in Alborz province, announced the director general of the province’s Department of Transport and Urban Development.

    Reza Khaleqi said, “The National Housing Movement is a collective government effort to provide housing for all groups in society, and we, in turn, have a major role in this important goal.

    As previously reported, the construction operation of 209,212 National Housing Movement residential units began in early February.

    The launching ceremony of the mentioned operation and the launching of some development projects in the housing sector was attended by the Minister of Transport and Urban Development, Rostam Qasemi.

    Following the government’s public call for registration of people in need of affordable housing under a new scheme called the National Housing Movement, to date 2.387 million people have registered for the scheme.

    After the National Housing Action Plan, the National Housing Movement is the second major government program aimed at providing affordable housing to low-income classes.

    As noted, the construction of 750,000 such homes is underway across the country as part of the National Housing Movement.

    Since the start of the National Housing Action Plan in 2018, so far more than 1,461,528 people have registered for the program and considering the applicants for the new program, a total of 3,812,655 people have registered government housing plans.


    One man’s quest to restore the orca population in the Pacific Northwest: ‘Nature returns’


    Killer whales are one of the most familiar forms of marine life, but in the wild they are increasingly rare.

    Off Port Angeles, Washington, a team is turning whale watching into a science. For the past 45 years, Ken Balcomb has cruised the waters of the Pacific Northwest, leading the Orca Survey, a long-term photographic identification project focused on what is known as the resident killer whale population. of southern Puget Sound.

    At the age of 35, Balcomb worked for the National Marine Fishery Service and was responsible for counting the number of whales left after the practice of capturing killer whales for marine parks intensified in the 1960s and 1970s.

    “A lot of people didn’t think we could find them,” Balcomb told CBS News’ Michelle Miller. “And then even my boss didn’t think that if we found them, we could tell them apart.”

    This impossible task was made possible thanks to photo-identification techniques developed by a Canadian marine biologist. He turned Balcomb’s hundreds of thousands of photos into a scientific database.

    “At that time we had photographs, thirty-five millimeter images. That was a real key,” Balcomb said.

    The results of the investigation? There are only around 70 orcas left in the strait, with a staggering 40% of the population having been taken captive or killed in an attempted capture.

    Balcomb’s findings would help end the killer whale trade in the Pacific Northwest. But the orca’s man-made problems didn’t end there.

    “In the late 1980s the whales stopped following their usual pattern and basically they weren’t coming to Puget Sound twice a month anymore, they were being fished out,” Balcomb said.

    A depleted food supply is a persistent problem for whales today and significantly inhibits their ability to reproduce.

    “It’s our indicator, a leading indicator, the canary in the coal mine kind of thing,” Balcomb said. “If we lose the ball on wilderness, humans aren’t going to last very long after that.

    In response to what he has already witnessed, Balcomb founded the nonprofit Center for Whale Research to study whales and use their findings to promote conservation.

    Balcomb said orca sightings were a weekly occurrence in the same waters decades ago. Orcas have been in the area for thousands of years, but finding a single orca is hard to do now, as they don’t appear.

    It’s a sad situation that Balcomb is working to change, not at sea, but about 8 miles upriver, bordering Olympic National Park.

    The Elwha River is an essential part of Balcomb’s operation and essential for killer whales.

    “It will bring the salmon back to a pristine state where there will be plenty of food for the whales,” he said.

    “What happened to the salmon?” Miller asked.

    “Well, on this river there was a dam,” Balcomb said. “So we had a dam about two miles south of us, and no fish passed that dam for 100 years.” The population of Chinook salmon has dropped from about 30,000 per year to almost zero.

    In an effort to restore the river’s ecosystem, Congress authorized the removal of the Elwha Dam in 1992. After two decades of planning, the largest dam removal in US history began and has was completely removed in March 2012.

    “So now that the dams have been removed, it’s starting to come back. And we want to celebrate that and, you know, let the world know that’s how you do it, reclaim the ecosystem,” Balcomb said.

    He went further. In October 2020, at the age of 80 and unemployed, his Whale Research Center purchased a 45-acre ranch bordering both sides of the waterway, where the majority of remaining Chinook salmon spawn. A private donor helped fund the $7,000 purchase.

    The salmon have returned to the region. Last year, 7,000 chinook salmon were counted in the area, but Balcomb thinks it will take 20 to 25 years to bring the salmon back to their original numbers. For now, the few fish spotted are a sign of hope.

    “Oh, it’s like, they’re back. Nature is coming back,” Balcomb said. “That’s how it is. It’s worth it. Money doesn’t matter, you know? It does,” he said.

    Gaza family recovers from traumatic home destruction with help from UNRWA – Occupied Palestinian Territory


    Standing on the rubble of his apartment, Rashad al-Sayed, a Palestinian refugee from Gaza, cries every moment he worked to save money to buy his house: “We thought we were safe in our house. I never imagine losing the house I’ve worked for all my life. There was an explosion nearby while we were sleeping. We couldn’t run.

    Rashad and his family lost their home during the May 2021 hostilities in Gaza. The blast also injured all of her family members and left her 24-year-old son Ahmad a quadriplegic when the flat’s roof collapsed on their heads.

    The event traumatized the grief-stricken family, who had to start a new chapter of life without a home or a future.

    “I went blind 15 years ago and was waiting for my kids to graduate and work to help me. I just finalized all the apartment payments and Ahmad just graduated. [university] as a physiotherapist. He started a temporary job opportunity a month before the outbreak of hostilities. Our lives have been ruined,” Rashad says.

    Following the destruction of their apartment, the family is now living in a rented apartment and receiving Transitional Shelter Cash Assistance (TSCA) from UNRWA to help with the payments. Following the May hostilities, a total of 701 households (3,595 people) in Gaza require transitional shelter support, received in the form of cash grants, to cover their immediate shelter needs. shelters. Each family received a one-time cash payment of US$2,000 to cover rental costs for six months and some basic necessities.

    To be eligible for TSCA, the Ministry of Public Works and Housing in Gaza established an initial list of families, which were identified as those whose shelters were severely or completely damaged during the escalation. To ensure transparency, an online system has been set up for affected families to submit their applications. This list was then shared with humanitarian actors as part of the shelter cluster. In accordance with its mandates, UNRWA was tasked with managing the number of refugee families.

    UNRWA was able to meet the needs of Palestinian refugees directly affected by the May hostilities thanks to a $2.5 million grant it received from the United Nations Central Emergency Response Fund (CERF) in favor of UNRWA Flash Appeal: Hostilities in Gaza and Rising Tensions in the West Bank. Of this amount, approximately 70 percent went to TSCA, with the remainder supporting after-school mental health and psychosocial activities and summer school activities in Gaza.

    “At least there is something that alleviates the calamity we are going through. UNRWA pays the rental subsidies. It is very helpful until our own house is rebuilt,” Rashad explains.

    Why the 2022 census matters – The Mail & Guardian


    The fourth national census in South Africa’s democratic history began on February 2, 2022. For the first time, and partly as response to complications related to the Covid-19 pandemicthe 2022 census contains a large-scale online component, with South African residents having the option to register online and complete the census questionnaire remotely without the presence of a field worker.

    The census provides a comprehensive count of all people living within South Africa’s borders, regardless of age, place of residence and nationality. The questionnaire also collects key information on income levels, living conditions, age profiles and people’s access to essential basic services such as water, electricity and functioning sewage systems. . The information gathered during this process plays a crucial role in planning at the national, provincial and municipal levels, providing decision makers with the information needed to formulate sound policies and implement service delivery, build and maintain critical infrastructure. such as hospitals and schools, and determine budget allocations for different spheres of government.

    South Africa has one of the best statistical capacity and data collection infrastructure of any developing country. The cornerstone is Statistics South Africa (SA Statistics). Although the national statistics office predates democratization, the origin and mandate of the contemporary institution derives from the Statistics Act (Act 6 of 1999). This legislation mandates the organization to collect, produce and disseminate official statistics, including periodic national population censuses. The act also established a Statistics Council representing a variety of interests in the statistical community.

    Since 1994, South Africa has had three comprehensive population censuses, in 1996, 2001 and 2011.

    Beyond this, Stats SA also collects data and produces vital publications such as quarterly employment statistics, quarterly financial statistics, industry breakdowns and mid-year population estimates. These publications provide valuable information for entities such as ministries, international organizations, researchers, universities and the private sector. The graph visualizes the mid-year population estimates for each year from 1994 to 2021.

    A story of stagnation

    However, the quality of South Africa’s data infrastructure and statistical capacity is truly the exception and not the norm on the African continent. This is partly a consequence of the relationship between better governance, economic development and improved statistical capacities. Countries like Egypt, South Africa and Mauritius, which are better resourced and have achieved higher levels of economic development than many of their counterparts, have superior data infrastructure and statistical capacity.

    African countries with weaker state capacity and fewer resources, such as Eritrea and the Democratic Republic of Congo, have lower data infrastructure and statistical capacity. States such as Somalia will have limited ability to improve their statistical capacity as long as they continue to be plagued by fragilitywhich makes ground-level data collection itself difficult, due to the risk posed to the life and well-being of the data collectors themselves.

    And yet, while not all African countries have such problems, statistical capacity across the continent has stagnated over the past decade. The figure below shows the performance of Sub-Saharan African countries for the period between 2010 and 2020, according to World Bank Statistical Capacity Indicator.

    As the graph visualization shows, the region’s statistical capacity has seen little improvement over this period, consistently ranking worse than other countries classified as “developing”, according to the International Development Association (IDA). African countries, on average, need to improve from a lower baseline capacity compared to other developing regions such as Southeast Asia and South America. Thus, their stagnation is a primary concern in a world where data plays an increasingly important role in issues of trade, conflict, development, education, governance and health.

    The Covid-19 pandemic has highlighted the need for critical data infrastructures and improved statistical capabilities. Access to reliable data has been essential in help countries monitor infection, hospitalization and death rates, determine the virulence of variants through statistical sampling and modelling, and use location-based data to distribute essential medical equipment such as as treatments, vaccines and ventilators in areas that need them.

    However, our ability to understand all the consequences of the virus in African countries is incomplete due to this stagnant capacity. The lack of reliable death registration systems is one of the clearest ways in which this dearth of information has affected our understanding of the consequences of the pandemic, as there is little information on critical indicators such as ‘excess deaths’. To help improve the statistical capacity to collect and analyze these vital statistics across the continent, statistical communities that have these resources and skills should play a more active role.

    South Africa’s role in capacity building

    The South African statistical community has shown leadership in this regard, primarily through the ISIbalo Capacity Building Program. SA Statistics launched the program in 2009 coincide with South Africa’s hosting of the 57and session of the Congress of the International Statistical Institute (ISI). ISIbalo had five main initiatives:

    • the development of Africa’s research and statistical capacities;
    • the establishment of a research program for young statisticians in Africa;
    • encouraging the participation of young girls in the teaching of mathematics and statistics;
    • the formulation of an international program of statistical education;
    • and an initiative on African Women in Statistics designed to foster the participation of professional women within the formal statistical community in Africa.

    For much of the 2010s, Stats SA, through ISIbalo, played a leading role in improving critical data infrastructure and statistical capacity on the continent, being the main funder of events such as the Conference of Young African Statisticians. However, by 2018, the initiative was facing significant spending cuts due to austerity measures imposed on Stats SA, which forced the institution to divert spending from its capacity building initiatives on the continent to other priorities. As a result, ISIbalo’s initiatives have had look elsewhere for continued funding, a particularly difficult task in the aftermath of the impact that the Covid-19 pandemic has had on public and private finances.

    Not only has statistical capacity in many African countries continued to stagnate over the past decade, but one of the few well-resourced statistical communities now plays a lesser role in capacity building in the rest of the continent. To improve these trends, it is essential that the South African government adequately funds vital institutions such as Stats SA, enabling them to revive and expand their efforts to build data infrastructure and statistical capacity in the rest of Africa.

    At the grassroots level, this funding must be sufficient to build the capacity of the ISIbalo program and the five main initiatives it describes. And while these initiatives will go a long way to improving statistical knowledge on the continent, areas of statistical innovation also require greater investment. This is particularly important when dealing with geospatial data, which plays a an increasingly important role in policy-making in both developed and developing countries.

    Such collaborative approaches will not only improve statistical capacity and innovation on the continent, as well as South Africa’s reputation with other African countries, but will also help achieve South Africa’s aspirations facilitate Africa’s development and increase regional cooperation.

    A signal of intent that the South African government can use to confirm its serious commitment to improving statistical capacity on the continent is to complete the ratification process required to sign the African Charter on Statistics. Despite continued advocacy by Stats SA, this process has moved too slowly since the charter was received initial cabinet approval in September 2015.

    The path to follow

    South Africa’s ability to administer its census amid the pandemic further bolsters the reputation of its statistical community as being at the forefront of the developing world. However, to help reverse continental trends of stagnating capacity, South Africa needs to play a greater role in building statistical capacity across the continent. This can be done by reviving and properly funding initiatives such as the ISIbalo capacity building program, and also by providing greater investments to help the continent keep up with data innovations in areas such as geospatial data. . The first way the South African government can send a strong signal of intent to help improve the state of statistical capacity on the continent is to streamline the ratification process for the inclusion of South Africa. South in the African Charter on Statistics.